7290 Open Collegiate Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1RQH B. 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH closing date for entries: 8-16 skaters, all of whom must have a high school diploma or equivalent and be enrolled in a degree program at a college or university and must be full-time students as recognized by the college or university they attend OPEN COLLEGIATE SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following six elements in any order BLOCK One block element CIRCLE One circle element CREATIVE One creative element INTERSECTION One intersection element LINE One line element WHEEL One wheel element STANDARDS • A minimum of three different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • Other elements may be incorporated into the free skate and will be judged in the program component mark. • &UHDWLYH LQQRYDWLRQV DQG YDULDWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH WUDQVLWLRQV DQG UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV DQG ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH program component mark. • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally, several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so UHTXLUHV VXFK DV SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW ([FHVVLYH GLYLVLRQ LQWR VPDOO JURXSV without the reasons mentioned above is not according to the requirements. • Features and additional features are optional. Step sequences are permitted in non-step sequence elements and may also be used during transitions. Turns and linking steps may also be used during elements. • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. Syncopated choreography may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.
251
7500 Adult Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 3UHOLPLQDU\ RU DGXOW EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG RU SUHOLPLQDU\ GDQFH RU SUHOLPLQDU\ ¿JXUH % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ WKDW XS WR four team members may be 18, 19 or 20 years of age
CREATIVE OR COMBINED INTERSECTION LINEAR PIVOTING ROTATING TRAVELING
ADULT SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE (2017-18) 3:15 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following six elements in any order One creative element or one combined element One intersection element + point of intersection • $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI H[HFXWHG FRUUHFWO\ One linear element – line One pivoting element – block One rotating element – wheel or circle • Teams may not repeat the same shape used in the traveling element One traveling element – wheel or circle • Teams may not repeat the same shape used in the rotating element
STANDARDS • A minimum of three different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXO¿OOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • 2WKHU HOHPHQWV PD\ EH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKH IUHH VNDWH DQG ZLOO EH MXGJHG LQ WUDQVLWLRQV DQG RU FKRUHRJUDSK\ • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH ,Q RUGHU WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH UHTXLUHG elements in the free skate, features and additional features may be incorporated into the free skating elements and will be called by the technical panel and evaluated by the judges. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.
252
7510 Masters Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1RQH % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU ZLWK WKH PDMRULW\ RI VNDWHUV years of age or older
BLOCK CIRCLE CREATIVE INTERSECTION LINE WHEEL
MASTERS SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following six elements in any order One block element One circle element One creative element One intersection element One line element One wheel element
STANDARDS • A minimum of two different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • Other elements may be incorporated into the free skate and will be judged in the program component mark. • &UHDWLYH LQQRYDWLRQV DQG YDULDWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH WUDQVLWLRQV DQG UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV DQG ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH program component mark. • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally, several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so UHTXLUHV VXFK DV SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW ([FHVVLYH GLYLVLRQ LQWR VPDOO JURXSV without the reasons mentioned above is not according to the requirements. • Features and additional features are optional. Step sequences are permitted in non-step sequence elements and may also be used during transitions. Turns and linking steps may also be used during elements. • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. Syncopated choreography may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.
253
7520 Open Adult Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1RQH % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZLWK WKH PDMRULW\ RI WKH WHDP \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU OPEN ADULT SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:30 +/- 10 seconds 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ ¿YH HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ RUGHU BLOCK One block element CIRCLE One circle element INTERSECTION One intersection element LINE One line element WHEEL One wheel element STANDARDS • A minimum of two different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • Other elements may be incorporated into the free skate and will be judged in the program component mark. • &UHDWLYH LQQRYDWLRQV DQG YDULDWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH WUDQVLWLRQV DQG UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV DQG ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH program component mark. • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally, several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so UHTXLUHV VXFK DV SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW ([FHVVLYH GLYLVLRQ LQWR VPDOO JURXSV without the reasons mentioned above is not according to the requirements. • Features and additional features are optional. Step sequences are permitted in non-step sequence elements and may also be used during transitions. Turns and linking steps may also be used during elements. • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. Syncopated choreography may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.
254
7530 Open Masters Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1RQH % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU ZLWK WKH PDMRULW\ RI VNDWHUV years of age or older
BLOCK CIRCLE INTERSECTION LINE WHEEL
OPEN MASTERS SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:30 +/- 10 seconds 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ ¿YH HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ RUGHU One block element One circle element One intersection element One line element One wheel element
STANDARDS • A minimum of two different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • Other elements may be incorporated into the free skate and will be judged in the program component mark. • &UHDWLYH LQQRYDWLRQV DQG YDULDWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH WUDQVLWLRQV DQG UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV DQG ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH program component mark. • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally, several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so UHTXLUHV VXFK DV SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW ([FHVVLYH GLYLVLRQ LQWR VPDOO JURXSV without the reasons mentioned above is not according to the requirements. • Features and additional features are optional. Step sequences are permitted in non-step sequence elements and may also be used during transitions. Turns and linking steps may also be used during elements. • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. Syncopated choreography may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.
255
7900 Marking of Synchronized Skating – 6.0 and IJS 7910 Marking of Synchronized Skating – 6.0 System 7911 The 6.0 system is marked on a scale from 0 to 6, of which: 1RW 6NDWHG 4.0 = Good 1.0 = Very Poor 5.0 = Very Good 2.0 = Poor 6.0 = Outstanding 3.0 = Mediocre $ 'HFLPDOV WR RQH SODFH DUH SHUPLWWHG DV IXUWKHU LQWHUPHGLDWH YDOXHV H J % :KHQ GHVHUYHG D MXGJH PD\ DZDUG WKH PDUN RI HLWKHU LQ WKH ¿UVW PDUN RU LQ WKH VHFRQG PDUN EXW QRW LQ ERWK H[FHSW for the last competitor. 7912 Marking of the Synchronized Skating Short Program and Free Skate – 6.0 System In any synchronized skating event that is judged under the 6.0 system, two marks are awarded on a scale from 0 to 6 as in UXOH 7KH ¿UVW PDUN LV IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN LV IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV $ )RU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV VHH UXOH ' ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH MXGJHV PXVW FRQVLGHU: 'LI¿FXOW\ RI WKH SHUIRUPDQFH ZLWK QR FUHGLW JLYHQ IRU SRUWLRQV WKHUHRI ZKLFK DUH PLVVHG 2. Variety; 3. Cleanness and sureness; 4. Speed. B. For the marking of the program components, see rule 7922. & (YHU\ IDLOXUH LQ WKH WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV PXVW EH UHÀHFWHG RQO\ LQ WKH ¿UVW PDUN DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH LPSRUWDQFH RI WKH HOHPHQW IDLOHG RU RPLWWHG DQG WKH JUDYLW\ RI WKH PLVWDNH LWVHOI VLQFH WKHUH LV QR GLUHFW UHODWLRQVKLS EHWZHHQ WKH ¿UVW DQG second marks. However, marks must be deducted for failures in the second mark if the harmonious and artistic aspects of the program are involved. D. An element is omitted when it is not tried. Any element started after WKH PD[LPXP DOORZDEOH SURJUDP OHQJWK DV LGHQWL¿HG XQGHU UXOHV WKURXJK will be considered as omitted in the marking and will incur a 0.6 deduction IURP WKH WHFKQLFDO PDUN SHU UXOH , . ( $ ZKLVWOH will be blown by the referee when the allowable time has elapsed, and the judges must cease judging the SHUIRUPDQFH ,I WKH WHDP IDLOV WR ¿QLVK WKH SURJUDP ZLWKLQ WKH WLPH OLPLW WKHUH VKRXOG EH D GHGXFWLRQ LQ WKH PDUNV IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV LQ H[FHVV ) 7KH H[HFXWLRQ RI D QRQ SUHVFULEHG HOHPHQW LQ SODFH RI D SUHVFULEHG HOHPHQW PXVW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DQ RPLVVLRQ DQG DQ DGGLWLRQDO GHGXFWLRQ RI IRU DQ H[WUD HOHPHQW VKRXOG EH WDNHQ LQ WKH PDUN IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV G. When illegal or non-permitted elements are included, a deduction of 0.1 must be made in both the technical element and program component marks for each forbidden element performed. H. If the music is not according to the requirements, a deduction of 0.1 must be made in the program component mark. I. Deductions in the mark for technical elements: General Omission 0D[LPXP GHGXFWLRQ UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW $GGHG UHSHDWHG HOHPHQW %UHDN LQ H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH HOHPHQW Stumble during a required element 1RW DFFRUGLQJ WR UHTXLUHPHQWV Falls 0DMRU PRUH WKDQ RQH VNDWHU IRU SURORQJHG WLPH
0HGLXP HLWKHU RQH VNDWHU IRU SURORQJHG WLPH RU GRZQ DQG XS IRU PRUH WKDQ RQH VNDWHU
0LQRU RQH VNDWHU GRZQ DQG XS
256
Deduction 0.6 0.5 0.2 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.2 0.4-0.5 0.3 0.2
7920 Marking of Synchronized Skating – IJS 7921 Technical Score – Synchronized Skating – IJS 7KH JXLGHOLQHV IRU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH WHFKQLFDO VFRUH DUH XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO Info� link. A. 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV The Scale of Values of the synchronized skating elements will be updated and published on XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 7KH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FRQWDLQV EDVH YDOXHV RI DOO WKH HOHPHQWV DQG WKH QXPHULFDO YDOXHV RI WKH JUDGHV RI H[HFXWLRQ B. %DVH 9DOXHV 7KH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO ZLOO GHWHUPLQH WKH QDPH DQG ZKHQ UHTXLUHG WKH OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ RI HYHU\ HOHPHQW Base values of elements are measured in points and are indicated in the scale of values table. They increase with the LQFUHDVLQJ GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH HOHPHQWV 7KH GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH HOHPHQWV GHSHQGV RQ WKHLU OHYHOV RI GLI¿FXOW\ C. /HYHOV RI 'LI¿FXOW\ RI (OHPHQWV 7KH GHVFULSWLRQV RI FKDUDFWHULVWLFV IHDWXUHV WKDW JLYH DQ HOHPHQW D FHUWDLQ OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ LV XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 5HTXLUHG DQG RSWLRQDO HOHPHQWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR WKUHH RU IRXU OHYHOV RI GLI¿FXOW\ GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKHLU GLI¿FXOW\ H[FHSW HOHPHQWV GHVLJQDWHG ZLWK D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH LQ WKH OLVW RI HOHPHQWV D. *UDGH RI ([HFXWLRQ *2( (DFK MXGJH PXVW PDUN WKH TXDOLW\ RI H[HFXWLRQ RI HYHU\ HOHPHQW GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH SRVLWLYH IHDWXUHV RI WKH H[HFXWLRQ and any errors present. 7KH *2( LV PDUNHG IURP EDVH YDOXH 7KH JXLGHOLQHV IRU GHWHUPLQLQJ WKH JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ IRU HDFK HOHPHQW ZLOO EH XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN ( )HDWXUHV $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 7KH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV VWHS VHTXHQFHV IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHV HOHPHQWV SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ DUH GLYLGHG LQWR WKH JURXSV DFFRUGLQJ WR WKHLU GLI¿FXOW\ F. ,OOHJDO (OHPHQWV )HDWXUHV $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 0RYHPHQWV (YHU\ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH PRYHPHQW VHH UXOH SHUIRUPHG LQ WKH SURJUDP ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ D GHGXFWLRQ VHH UXOH ,I DQ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH PRYHPHQW LV SHUIRUPHG GXULQJ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI DQ\ HOHPHQW WKH HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FDOOHG DV /HYHO %DVH LI WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH DUH IXO¿OOHG RWKHUZLVH WKH HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FDOOHG 1R /HYHO G. 1RQ SHUPLWWHG (OHPHQWV )HDWXUHV $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 0RYHPHQWV (YHU\ QRQ SHUPLWWHG HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH PRYHPHQW VHH UXOH SHUIRUPHG LQ WKH SURJUDP ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ D GHGXFWLRQ VHH UXOH ,I D QRQ SHUPLWWHG HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH PRYHPHQW LV SHUIRUPHG GXULQJ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI DQ\ HOHPHQW WKH HOHPHQW will be called as follows: /HYHO %DVH LI WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH DUH IXO¿OOHG RWKHUZLVH WKH HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FDOOHG 1R /HYHO LI WKH non-permitted element is the element; (OHPHQW LV FDOOHG DQG IHDWXUH LV QRW FRXQWHG LI WKH QRQ SHUPLWWHG PRYHPHQW LV LQFOXGHG LQ WKH IHDWXUH (OHPHQW LV FDOOHG DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH LV QRW FRXQWHG LI WKH QRQ SHUPLWWHG PRYHPHQW LV LQFOXGHG LQ WKH DGGLWLRQDO feature. 7922 Program Component Score – Synchronized Skating – IJS In addition to the technical score, WKH WHDPœV ZKROH SHUIRUPDQFH LV HYDOXDWHG E\ ¿YH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 7UDQVLWLRQV 3HUIRUPDQFH &RPSRVLWLRQ DQG ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF 7LPLQJ )RU V\QFKURQL]HG skating, there must be equal demonstration of the criteria by all skaters. $ 'H¿QLWLRQV DQG FULWHULD IRU DQDO\]LQJ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV 1. Skating Skills: 'H¿QHG E\ RYHUDOO FOHDQQHVV DQG VXUHQHVV HGJH FRQWURO DQG ÀRZ RYHU WKH LFH VXUIDFH GHPRQVWUDWHG E\ D FRPPDQG RI WKH VNDWLQJ YRFDEXODU\ HGJHV VWHSV WXUQV HWF WKH FODULW\ RI WHFKQLTXH DQG WKH XVH RI HIIRUWOHVV power to accelerate and vary speed. In evaluating the Skating Skills, the following must be considered: a. Use of deep edges, steps and turns; b. Balance, rhythmic knee action and precision of foot placement; c. Flow and glide; d. Varied use of power, speed and acceleration; e. Use of multi directional skating; f. Use of one-foot skating. 2. Transitions: The varied and purposeful use of intricate footwork, positions, movements, formations and holds that link all elements. In evaluating the Transitions, the following must be considered: a. Continuity of movements from one element to another; E 9DULHW\ LQFOXGLQJ YDULHW\ RI KROGV F 'LI¿FXOW\ d. Quality.
257
3. Performance: Involvement of the team physically, emotionally and intellectually as they deliver the intent of the music and composition. In evaluating the Performance, the following must be considered: a. Physical, emotional and intellectual involvement and projection; b. Carriage and clarity of movement; c. Variety and contrast of movements and energy; G ,QGLYLGXDOLW\ SHUVRQDOLW\ e. Unison and “onenessâ€?; f. Spatial awareness between skaters – management of the distance between skaters and management of changes of hold. 4. Composition: $Q LQWHQWLRQDOO\ GHYHORSHG DQG RU RULJLQDO DUUDQJHPHQW RI DOO W\SHV RI PRYHPHQWV DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH principles of musical phrase, space, pattern and structure. In evaluating the Composition, the following must be considered: D 3XUSRVH LGHD FRQFHSW YLVLRQ PRRG E 3DWWHUQ LFH FRYHUDJH c. Multidimensional use of space and design of movements; G 3KUDVH DQG IRUP PRYHPHQWV DQG SDUWV VWUXFWXUHG WR PDWFK WKH PXVLFDO SKUDVH e. Originality of the composition. ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF 7LPLQJ The personal, creative and genuine translation of the rhythm, character and FRQWHQW RI WKH PXVLF WR PRYHPHQW RQ LFH ,Q HYDOXDWLQJ WKH ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF 7LPLQJ WKH IROORZLQJ must be considered: D 0RYHPHQW DQG VWHSV LQ WLPH WR WKH PXVLF WLPLQJ E ([SUHVVLRQ RI WKH PXVLFÂśV FKDUDFWHU IHHOLQJ DQG UK\WKP ZKHQ FOHDUO\ LGHQWLÂżDEOH F 8VH RI ÂżQHVVH WR UHĂ€HFW WKH GHWDLOV DQG QXDQFHV RI WKH PXVLF )LQHVVH LV WKH VNDWHUVÂś UHÂżQHG DUWIXO PDQLSXODWLRQ of music details and nuances through movement. It is unique to the skaters and demonstrates an inner feeling IRU WKH PXVLF DQG WKH FRPSRVLWLRQ 1XDQFHV DUH WKH SHUVRQDO ZD\V RI EULQJLQJ VXEWOH YDULDWLRQV WR WKH LQWHQVLW\ WHPSR DQG G\QDPLFV RI WKH PXVLF PDGH E\ WKH FRPSRVHU DQG RU PXVLFLDQV
G 5HODWLRQVKLS EHWZHHQ WKH VNDWHUV UHÀHFWLQJ WKH FKDUDFWHU DQG UK\WKP RI WKH PXVLF B. Marks for Program Components 1. Program components are marked on a scale of 0.25 to 10.00 in increments of 0.25, with a separate mark given for each program component, of which: 0.25-0.75 = ([WUHPHO\ SRRU 5.00-5.75 = Average 1.00-1.75 = Very poor 6.00-6.75 = Above average 2.00-2.75 = Poor 7.00-7.75 = Good 3.00-3.75 = Weak 8.00-8.75 = Very good 4.00-4.75 = Fair 9.00-9.75 = Superior 10.00 = Outstanding ,QFUHPHQWV DUH XVHG IRU HYDOXDWLRQ RI SHUIRUPDQFHV FRQWDLQLQJ VRPH IHDWXUHV RI RQH GHJUHH DQG VRPH RI WKH QH[W degree. *XLGHOLQHV IRU MXGJLQJ DUH SXEOLVKHG DQG XSGDWHG XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ
258
7923 Deductions and Reductions – Synchronized Skating – IJS 5HGXFWLRQV IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DUH XSGDWHG \HDUO\ DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 5HGXFWLRQV IRU EUHDNV VWXPEOHV IDOOV DQG FROOLVLRQV LQ WKH UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV ZLOO EH PDGH E\ MXGJHV LQ WKH JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ A. Deductions from the total score for each violation will be as follows: 1. Program time violation: a. For senior, junior and collegiate: IRU HYHU\ ¿YH VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV E )RU QRYLFH LQWHUPHGLDWH MXYHQLOH DQG DGXOW IRU HYHU\ ¿YH VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV 2. Music violation: -1.0 per program &RVWXPH LQFOXGLQJ XVH RI IHDWKHUV DV SDUW RI WKH FRVWXPH DQG KHDGSLHFHV DQG SURS YLRODWLRQ SHU SURJUDP 3DUW RI WKH FRVWXPH GHFRUDWLRQ IDOOV RQ WKH LFH SHU SURJUDP )DOOV VHH UXOH IRU WKH GH¿QLWLRQ RI D IDOO a. For senior, junior and collegiate: -1.0 for every fall of one skater and -2.0 for every fall of more than one skater b. For novice, intermediate, juvenile and adult: -0.5 for every fall of one skater and -1.0 for every fall of more than one skater 6. For every interruption in performing the program: a. For 11-20 seconds interruption: -1.0 for senior, junior and collegiate, -0.5 for novice, intermediate, juvenile and adult; b. For 21-30 seconds interruption: -2.0 for senior, junior and collegiate, -1.0 for novice, intermediate, juvenile and adult; c. For more than 30 seconds interruption for one or several skaters: -3.0 for senior, junior and collegiate, -1.5 for novice, intermediate, juvenile and adult; d. More than 40 seconds interruption by the team as a whole: Team is withdrawn. e. Interruption of the program with allowance of up to three minutes to resume from the point of interruption: -3.0 for senior, junior and collegiate, -1.5 for novice, intermediate, juvenile and adult. 1RW DFFRUGLQJ WR UHTXLUHPHQWV SHU YLRODWLRQ 8. Omitted requirement: -0.5 per violation ,OOHJDO HOHPHQWV IHDWXUHV DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PRYHPHQWV SHU YLRODWLRQ 1RQ SHUPLWWHG HOHPHQWV IHDWXUHV DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PRYHPHQWV SHU YLRODWLRQ 11. Un-prescribed or additional element: -1.5 per violation 5HSHDWHG HOHPHQW VKDSH LQ VKRUW SURJUDP SHU YLRODWLRQ :URQJ HOHPHQW VKDSH LQ VKRUW SURJUDP 1R YDOXH +ROGV QRYLFH LQWHUPHGLDWH MXYHQLOH DQG DGXOW a. -1.0 missing one hold per program b. -2.0 missing two holds per program % (YHU\ IDLOXUH LQ WKH UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PXVW EH UHÀHFWHG RQO\ LQ WKH WHFKQLFDO VFRUH DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH LPSRUWDQFH RI WKH element failed or omitted and the gravity of the mistake itself, since there is no direct relationship between the technical score and the program component score. However, deductions for failures must be made in the program component VFRUH LI RWKHU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV DUH LQYROYHG $Q HOHPHQW DQG IHDWXUH DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH H[WUD IHDWXUH LV RPLWWHG when it is not tried.
259
Notes
260
Test Rules TR 1.10 Judges’ Creed Standard of Conduct 7KH IROORZLQJ -XGJHVÂś &UHHG 6WDQGDUG RI &RQGXFW LV HVWDEOLVKHG IRU WKH JXLGDQFH RI DOO MXGJHV RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ LFH GDQFH DQG synchronized skating: ‡ , FRQVLGHU LW DQ KRQRU DQG D SULYLOHJH WR EH D MXGJH RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ LFH GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ • I shall make my judgment to the best of my ability with all humility and then shall keep my own counsel unless questioned RIÂżFLDOO\ • I shall free my mind of all former impressions, be cooperative and punctual, and do my best always to improve my knowledge and to uphold the dignity of the sport. TR 1.11 Electronic Devices -XGJHV DUH SHUPLWWHG WR EULQJ WR WKH RIÂżFLDOVÂś VWDQG DQ HOHFWURQLF FRPPXQLFDWLYH GHYLFH GXULQJ WHVW VHVVLRQV IRU WKH VROH SXUSRVH RI DFFHVVLQJ RIÂżFLDO GRFXPHQWV VXFK DV WKH UXOHERRN 6HH DOVR UXOH -5 TR 1.20 Judges’ Duties — Marking of Tests TR 1.21 2QH PHWKRG RI PDUNLQJ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ LV WKH V\VWHP ZKLFK LV PDUNHG RQ D VFDOH IURP WR RI ZKLFK 1RW 6NDWHG 4.0 = Good 1.0 = Very Poor 5.0 = Very Good 2.0 = Poor 6.0 = Outstanding 3.0 = Mediocre 'HFLPDOV WR RQH SODFH DUH SHUPLWWHG DV IXUWKHU LQWHUPHGLDWH YDOXHV H J TR 1.30 Marking of Moves in the Field TR 1.31 0RYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG ZLOO EH PDUNHG RQ D VFDOH RI WR ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV ZKLFK ZLOO UHFHLYH D ÂłSDVV´ RU ÂłUHWU\´ RQO\ 6HH 75 TR 1.40 Marking of Single Free Skate Tests TR 1.41 7ZR PDUNV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG RQ D VFDOH RI WR ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVWV ZKLFK ZLOO UHFHLYH D ÂłSDVV´ RU ÂłUHWU\´ RQO\ 6HH 75 7KH ÂżUVW PDUN LV IRU WHFKQLFDO PHULW DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN is for presentation. TR 1.42 ,OOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV DOVR DSSOLHV WR SDLU WHVWV Âą 0RYHG WR UXOHV 75 & DQG 75 & TR 1.50 Marking of Pair Tests TR 1.51 7ZR PDUNV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG RQ D VFDOH RI WR 6HH 75 7KH ÂżUVW PDUN LV IRU WHFKQLFDO PHULW DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN is for presentation. TR 1.60 Marking of Pattern Dance Tests TR 1.61 7ZR PDUNV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG RQ D VFDOH RI WR ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV ZKLFK ZLOO UHFHLYH D ÂłSDVV´ RU ÂłUHWU\´ RQO\ 6HH 75 7KH ÂżUVW PDUN LV IRU WHFKQLTXH DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN LV IRU WLPLQJ H[SUHVVLRQ TR 1.70 Marking of Free Dance Tests TR 1.71 7ZR PDUNV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG RQ D VFDOH RI WR 6HH 75 7KH ÂżUVW PDUN LV IRU WHFKQLFDO PHULW DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN is for presentation. 75 4XDOLÂżFDWLRQV WR 7DNH 7HVWV TR 2.01 7KH RIÂżFLDO WHVWV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PD\ EH WDNHQ E\ DOO SHUVRQV ZKR DUH PHPEHUV RI D PHPEHU FOXE D FROOHJLDWH FOXE RU LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV ZKR DUH FXUUHQWO\ UHJLVWHUHG ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG DUH RWKHUZLVH TXDOLÂżHG XQGHU WKHVH UXOHV DV ZHOO DV E\ PHPEHUV RI D PHPEHU DVVRFLDWLRQ RI WKH ,68 (DFK FDQGLGDWH PXVW SUHVHQW D FXUUHQW UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDUG before taking a test. A. To qualify for any adult test, the candidate must be 21 years of age or older and must have passed the preceding adult test ZLWKLQ WKH FODVVLÂżFDWLRQ XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VSHFLÂżHG ZLWKLQ WKHVH UXOHV B. Skaters who have not tested in the United States but have tested or competed under ISU federations may apply to have their credentials evaluated for placement within the U.S. test and competition structure. Application should be made to the chairs of the Tests and Competitions Committees jointly. TR 2.02 A candidate will not be eligible to take a higher-level test until all of the preceding tests in the same category have been SDVVHG RU FRPSOHWHG H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH VSHFLÂżHG LQ WKHVH UXOHV $ FHUWLÂżFDWH RU RWKHU VDWLVIDFWRU\ HYLGHQFH RI WKH KLJKHVW WHVW previously passed or completed must be presented before taking a test. TR 2.03 All tests, when marked “retry,â€? may not be retaken prior to the 27th day following the date of the original test. ([DPSOH $ WHVW WDNHQ RQ 0D\ DQG PDUNHG ÂłUHWU\´ PD\ QRW EH UHWDNHQ EHIRUH 0D\ WKH WK EHLQJ WKH WK GD\ IROORZLQJ WKH GDWH RI WKH RULJLQDO WHVW )RU WKH SXUSRVHV RI WKLV UXOH D PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW WDNHQ DV D PDVWHUV FDQGLGDWH LV FRQVLGHUHG WKH VDPH DV WKH VDPH OHYHO PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW WDNHQ DV DQ DGXOW RU VWDQGDUG FDQGLGDWH (IIHFWLYH 1RY LI D FDQGLGDWH LV submitting an IJS protocol from a U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned nonqualifying competition for test credit, the waiting period does not apply.
261
TR 2.04 Skate Canada members who have passed the Skate Canada gold free skate, senior competitive pairs or gold dance WHVWV PD\ DSSO\ IRU SHUPLVVLRQ WR WDNH WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VHQLRU IUHH VNDWH WHVW VHQLRU JROG SDLU WHVW JROG GDQFH WHVW DQG or senior free dance test, respectively, provided such candidates present permission in writing from their home club, a Skate &DQDGD WHVW UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDUG DQG D WHVW FHUWLÂżFDWH HYLGHQFLQJ WKH IDFW WKDW VXFK FDQGLGDWHV KDYH SDVVHG WKH FRPSDUDEOH 6NDWH &DQDGD WHVW 3ULRU WR WDNLQJ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VHQLRU IUHH VNDWH RU VHQLRU SDLU WHVWV FDQGLGDWHV PXVW ÂżUVW SDVV WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VHQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW 3ULRU WR WDNLQJ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VHQLRU IUHH GDQFH WHVW FDQGLGDWHV PXVW ÂżUVW pass the U.S. Figure Skating gold dance test. The foregoing rule is based upon a reciprocal arrangement with Skate Canada. TR 3.00 Procedure TR 3.01 Tests must be held only under the auspices and control of a member club, the principal skating headquarters of which is GHÂżQHG DV WKH DGGUHVV DW ZKLFK D FOXE FRQGXFWV WKH PDMRULW\ RI LWV VNDWLQJ VHVVLRQV 7HVWV PD\ DOVR EH KHOG E\ FROOHJLDWH FOXEV SURYLGHG WKH\ HOHFW DSSRLQW D WHVW FKDLU DQG DGKHUH WR DOO WHVW UXOHV (IIHFWLYH 1RY FDQGLGDWHV PD\ DSSO\ IRU WHVW FUHGLW SHU WHVW RUGHU DQG SUHUHTXLVLWH UXOHV E\ DFKLHYLQJ WKH PLQLPXP GHÂżQHG SDVVLQJ VFRUHV IRU WKH GLVFLSOLQH DQG OHYHO EDVHG RQ WKHLU ,-6 SURWRFRO DW D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQHG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ VHH UXOH 75 TR 3.02 If a member club desires to conduct tests at the principal skating headquarters of another member club, the prior FRQVHQW RI WKH ODWWHU LV UHTXLUHG SHU 05 % TR 3.03 The test chair or duly authorized representative of a member club will establish the time schedule and order of skating for any test session conducted by the club, as well as any priorities to be followed by candidates desiring to take such tests, subject to the limitation that the privilege to take such tests must not be unreasonably withheld from members in good standing ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG ZLWK WKHLU KRPH FOXE DV GHÂżQHG LQ 05 LI DQ\ LQFOXGLQJ PHPEHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ clubs other than the club conducting the tests. The test chair or duly authorized representative of a member club must also arrange for the judges required and will make all other necessary arrangements pertaining to the tests. TR 3.04 $OO RU DQ\ SRUWLRQ RI DQ\ H[SHQVHV LQFXUUHG E\ D PHPEHU FOXE LQ FRQGXFWLQJ WHVWV PD\ EH DVVHVVHG E\ WKH FOXE WR WKH candidates taking such tests. TR 3.05 Candidates whose home club is conducting tests and who wish to take a test must apply to their test chair or duly authorized representative. Candidates who are members of other member clubs, collegiate clubs, individual members or members of a member association of the ISU must apply to the test chair or duly authorized representative of a member club for supervision of their tests and the reporting of test results to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters and to other required clubs or associations. TR 3.06 Candidates holding membership in more than one member club must designate one of these as a home club and be JRYHUQHG E\ WKH WHVW UXOHV RI WKDW KRPH FOXE 6HH 05 DQG TR 3.07 :ULWWHQ FHUWLÂżFDWLRQ RI PHPEHUVKLS LV UHTXLUHG IURP FDQGLGDWHV ZKR DUH PHPEHUV RI PHPEHU DVVRFLDWLRQV RI WKH ,68 TR 3.08 Candidates wishing to take a test at a club other than their home club must obtain and present written permission from the test chair or duly authorized representative of their home club, or the candidates will not be permitted to take WKH WHVW H[FHSW LQ VXFK FDVHV ZKHUH DQ DJUHHPHQW H[LVWV EHWZHHQ FOXEV WKDW ZULWWHQ SHUPLVVLRQ LV QRW QHFHVVDU\ :ULWWHQ SHUPLVVLRQ PD\ RQO\ EH ZLWKKHOG LI WKH FDQGLGDWH HLWKHU KDV DQ RXWVWDQGLQJ ÂżQDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQ WR WKHLU KRPH FOXE RU GRHV QRW PHHW WKH TXDOLÂżFDWLRQV WR WDNH WHVWV FRQWDLQHG LQ 75 6WDQGDUG 3HUPLVVLRQ )RUP LV DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RU RQOLQH DW XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ
TR 3.09 ([FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH VHW IRUWK in these rules, all tests may be held only within the geographical jurisdiction of U.S. Figure Skating. However, subject to the general approval of another ISU member, U.S. Figure Skating tests may also be held within the geographical jurisdiction of that ISU member provided that such tests are sponsored and conducted by a U.S. Figure Skating member club in strict accordance with these rules. TR 3.10 U.S. Figure Skating will send complimentary rulebooks and directories to test chairs upon request from their club. 75 4XDOLÂżFDWLRQ WR $SSO\ IRU 7HVW &UHGLW IURP ,-6 3URWRFRO HIIHFWLYH 1RY
TR 4.01 In lieu of taking a free skate, pair or free dance test at the juvenile, intermediate, novice, junior or senior levels, or an adult gold free skate test, at a test session, candidates may elect to submit their protocol from a U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ FRQGXFWHG XQGHU WKH ,-6 ZKHUH WKH\ KDYH PHW WKH PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ VFRUHV DV GHÂżQHG LQ UXOH 75 4.02. $ 7KH SURWRFRO ZLOO EH YHULÂżHG E\ WKH ,-6 &RPSDQLRQ SURJUDP DQG D OLVW RI DWKOHWHV LQ HDFK HYHQW PHHWLQJ WKH PLQLPXP requirements for that respective level will be generated. Athletes must obtain this list together with their individual detailed protocol. B. Candidates must also obtain an overall copy of the appropriate event segment results with the signature of the event referee and technical controller. The candidate’s total score must match the scores on their individual protocol. C. Candidates must submit A and B to the test chair or duly authorized representative of their home club, along with a statement from their coach verifying that the results are correct and unaltered. Individual members may submit the documents directly to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. D. Candidates have one year from the time they achieved the requirements at a competition to submit their documents for test credit. TR 4.02 7KH PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ VFRUHV IRU HDFK UHVSHFWLYH WHVW GHÂżQHG LQ UXOH VHFWLRQ 75 LV GHÂżQHG DV IROORZV $ 7KH PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ VFRUH ZLOO FRQVLVW RI D 7HFKQLFDO (OHPHQW 6FRUH 7(6 D 3URJUDP &RPSRQHQWV 6FRUH 3&6 DQG D 7RWDO 6HJPHQW 6FRUH 766 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW DFKLHYH DW OHDVW WKH PLQLPXP LQ DOO WKUHH VFRUHV LQ DGGLWLRQ WR DOO HOHPHQWV having a value > “0â€?. 262
B. The minimum passing scores will be determined annually by the Tests Committee and the respective Singles, Pairs and 'DQFH &RPPLWWHHV DQG SXEOLVKHG YLD 7HFKQLFDO 1RWLÂżFDWLRQV & 7KH PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ 7(6 ZLOO EH EDVHG XSRQ WKH FRPSRVLWH EDVH YDOXH RI DOO HOHPHQWV UHTXLUHG DW HDFK OHYHO SHU WKH current ISU Scale of Values document. ' 7KH PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ 3&6 ZLOO EH EDVHG XSRQ WKH FRPSRVLWH RI WHVW OHYHO H[SHFWDWLRQV DQG UHDVRQDEOH FRPSHWLWLRQ OHYHO H[SHFWDWLRQV XVLQJ FXUUHQW SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW IDFWRUV ( 7KH PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ 766 ZLOO EH WKH PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ 7(6 PLQLPXP SDVVLQJ 3&6 ) 6NDWHUV UHTXHVWLQJ WHVW FUHGLW WKURXJK WKHLU ,-6 SURWRFRO PXVW IROORZ WKH SURFHGXUH RXWOLQHG LQ UXOH 75 TR 5.00 Coaching TR 5.01 Any coach wanting to coach a skater at a U.S. Figure Skating test session is required to be a member of U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH\ PXVW KDYH VXFFHVVIXOO\ FRPSOHWHG WKH FRDFK DQG LQVWUXFWRU FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHG LQ 05 DQG FRPSOHWHG WKH FRQWLQXLQJ HGXFDWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV DV VSHFLÂżHG LQ 05 TR 5.02 Skaters may receive coaching from the sidelines while on the ice during warm-up periods and may also leave the ice surface for that purpose, provided such coaching does not interfere with the judging of another skater. However, coaching is not permitted during the actual performance of the candidate before the judges, nor may the coach be on the ice with the skater in the warm-up area. The judging panel may bar from the rink anyone who disregards this rule and may disqualify any candidate who receives coaching in violation of this rule. For the purpose of this rule, coaching will be considered any FRPPXQLFDWLRQ EHWZHHQ WKH FDQGLGDWH DQG D FRDFK SDUHQW RU DQ\ RWKHU SHUVRQ )RU H[DPSOH D VNDWHU PD\ EULHĂ€\ VSHDN ZLWK WKHLU FRDFK EHWZHHQ HOHPHQWV RI D PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW EXW QRW ZKLOH FKDQJLQJ GLUHFWLRQV RU IHHW RI DQ HOHPHQW 6LPLODUO\ D VNDWHU PD\ EULHĂ€\ VSHDN ZLWK WKHLU FRDFK EHWZHHQ WKH SDUWQHUHG SRUWLRQ RI D GDQFH WHVW DQG WKH VROR SRUWLRQ TR 6.00 Conduct TR 6.01 &DQGLGDWHV DUH ERXQG WR REH\ LPSOLFLWO\ WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV RI WKH RIÂżFLDOV LQ FKDUJH RI WKH WHVWV DQG PXVW REVHUYH DQG FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH &RGH RI (WKLFV VHW IRUWK LQ *5 DW DOO WLPHV &DQGLGDWHV ZKR GLUHFWO\ RU LQGLUHFWO\ RU LQ ZULWLQJ H[SUHVV WKHPVHOYHV LQ DQ\ LPSURSHU PDQQHU UHJDUGLQJ WKH RIÂżFLDOV RU WKHLU GHFLVLRQV RU WKH PDUNLQJV RI WKH MXGJHV PD\ EH VXVSHQGHG RU H[FOXGHG IURP IXUWKHU WHVWV TR 6.02 Prior to each performance before the judges, the name of the candidate will be called. Failure to appear within two minutes after their name has been called will cause that portion of the test for which candidates have been called to be marked as “not skated.â€? The judge-in-charge may, for good cause, modify the strict interpretation of this rule. TR 6.03 U.S. Figure Skating and its member clubs conducting tests undertake no responsibility for damages or injuries suffered by the candidates. As a condition of and in consideration of the acceptance of their applications, all candidates and their SDUHQWV DQG RU JXDUGLDQV ZLOO EH GHHPHG WR KDYH DJUHHG WR DVVXPH DOO ULVNV RI LQMXU\ WR WKH FDQGLGDWHÂśV SHUVRQ DQG SURSHUW\ resulting from, caused by or connected with the conduct and management of the tests, and to release any and all claims which WKH\ PD\ KDYH DJDLQVW DQ\ RIÂżFLDOV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH FOXE KRVWLQJ WKH WHVWV DQG WKHLU RIÂżFHUV $SSOLFDWLRQV ZLOO EH accepted only on the foregoing conditions. 75 2IÂżFLDOV TR 7.01 $SSOLFDEOH MXGJHVÂś UXOHV HVSHFLDOO\ WKH 6WDQGDUG RI &RQGXFW IRXQG LQ VHFWLRQ -5 ZLOO DSSO\ WR DOO WHVWV TR 7.02 ([FHSW DV VSHFLÂżHG EHORZ WKH MXGJLQJ SDQHO IRU DOO WHVWV ZLOO FRQVLVW RI WKUHH MXGJHV $ 3UH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG FHUWLÂżHG VLQJOHV pairs test judge or dance test judge of any level. % 3UHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG FHUWLÂżHG VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW judge or dance test judge of silver level or higher. & 3UH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW MXGJH RI DQ\ OHYHO ' 3UHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVWV DQG WKH DGXOW EURQ]H SDLU WHVW PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW MXGJH of silver level or higher ( 3UHOLPLQDU\ SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH GDQFH WHVW MXGJH RI DQ\ OHYHO ) 3UH EURQ]H DQG EURQ]H VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV MXYHQLOH LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG DGXOW PDVWHUV pre-bronze and bronze partnered free dance tests may be judged by one judge who is a silver dance judge or higher. G. Juvenile and intermediate solo free dance tests may be judged by one judge who is a silver dance judge or higher. H. All solo pattern dance track tests may be judged by one dance test judge of the appropriate level. , 6HH 75 IRU 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ WHVW UXOHV TR 7.03 A judge-in-charge is to be chosen by the judges to assume charge of the conduct of the test. $ 7KH MXGJH LQ FKDUJH PD\ EH RQH RI WKH WKUHH WHVW MXGJHV RU D UHOLHI MXGJH TXDOLÂżHG WR MXGJH WKH WHVW B. The designated judge-in-charge will decide whether the ice and arena conditions are suitable for conducting a test. TR 7.04 1RQH RI WKH MXGJHV RI D WHVW QRU WKH MXGJH LQ FKDUJH PD\ EH D SDUHQW VSRXVH FORVH UHODWLYH RU VNDWLQJ SDUWQHU RI WKH candidate or of the candidate’s partner. A person will be considered a skating partner who, in the preceding 12 months, has entered any sanctioned competition as a partner of the candidate. TR 7.05 Persons married or closely related to a coach may not act as a judge or judge-in-charge of any test in which a pupil of such coach is a candidate or a partner. A person will be considered a pupil for 12 months after the last day of receiving FRDFKLQJ 6HH DOVR -5 TR 7.06 Members of a three judge panel PD\ EH VHOHFWHG ZLWKRXW UHJDUG WR UHODWLRQVKLS WR HDFK RWKHU 6HH UXOH -5 -XGJHVÂś Creed Standard of Conduct. 263
TR 7.07 7KH VHOHFWLRQ RI DQ XQRIÂżFLDO MXGJH E\ D FOXE WHVW FKDLU ZLOO LQ WKH FDVH RI WHVWV UHVXOW LQ WKH WHVW EHLQJ LQYDOLG KRZHYHU WKH VWULFW DSSOLFDWLRQ RI WKLV UXOH PD\ EH PRGLÂżHG ZLWK WKH FRQFXUUHQFH RI WKH FKDLUV RI WKH -XGJHV DQG 7HVWV &RPPLWWHHV 6HH -5 TR 7.08 6XIÂżFLHQW MXGJHV PXVW EH SURYLGHG WR SHUPLW QRUPDO OXQFK DQG GLQQHU KRXUV DQG EL KRXUO\ PLQXWH EUHDNV -XGJLQJ time will be limited to eight hours per day per judge. TR 7.09 For all tests, the test chair or duly authorized representative of the member club conducting the tests must select the MXGJHV IURP WKH FXUUHQW OLVWV RI TXDOLÂżHG MXGJHV DSSURYHG E\ WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH TR 7.10 The judge-in-charge, after consultation with the test chair of the host club, will be authorized to select a replacement MXGJH LI D MXGJH ZKR KDV FRPPHQFHG MXGJLQJ D WHVW LV XQDEOH WR FRQWLQXH SURYLGHG DQRWKHU TXDOLÂżHG MXGJH LV DYDLODEOH TR 7.11 )RU WKH OHYHO DQG QXPEHU RI MXGJHV UHTXLUHG IRU DOO WHVWV VHH VSHFLÂżF WHVW GHVFULSWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV DW 75 DQG 6HH DOVR -5 DQG TR 7.12 -XGJHV PXVW QRW UHYLHZ WKHLU PDUNV MRLQWO\ EHIRUH WKH UHVXOWV DUH FKHFNHG DQG PDGH RIÂżFLDO TR 7.13 Judges or prospective judges will apply in advance for permission to trial judge any test. Application will be made to the test chair or duly authorized representative of the member club conducting the tests. TR 7.14 $OO DXWKRUL]HG RIÂżFLDOV PXVW VXEPLW WKHLU H[SHQVH UHLPEXUVHPHQW UHTXHVWV ZLWKLQ GD\V WR WKH KRVW FOXEÂśV WHVW FKDLU in accordance with WKH FXUUHQW DSSURYHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7UDYHO DQG ([SHQVH 3ROLF\ DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ org 7KLV H[SHQVH PD\ QRW H[FHHG WKH OLPLWDWLRQV LPSRVHG E\ WKH FXUUHQW DSSURYHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7UDYHO DQG ([SHQVH Policy 5HLPEXUVHPHQW WR DXWKRUL]HG RIÂżFLDOV PXVW EH PDGH DV VRRQ DV SRVVLEOH EXW QR ODWHU WKDQ GD\V IROORZLQJ WKH VXEPLVVLRQ RI WKHLU H[SHQVH IRUPV TR 8.00 Records TR 8.01 7KH PDUNV RI DOO WHVWV PXVW EH UHFRUGHG RQ RIÂżFLDO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHVW MXGJLQJ DQG WULDO MXGJLQJ IRUPV 6XFK IRUPV PD\ EH GRZQORDGHG IURP XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ RU XVIVDRQOLQH RUJ TR 8.02 The completion of test judging sheets will be carried out by each judge as soon as possible after a test is completed, DQG QR UHVXOWV PD\ EH DQQRXQFHG XQWLO WKH VKHHWV KDYH EHHQ YHULÂżHG E\ WKH WHVW FKDLU RU GXO\ DXWKRUL]HG UHSUHVHQWDWLYH RI WKH FOXE KRVWLQJ WKH WHVW VHVVLRQ DQG WKH UHVXOWV FHUWLÂżHG 7KH WHVW MXGJLQJ VKHHWV ZLOO EH PDGH DYDLODEOH DV VRRQ DV SRVVLEOH DIWHU the completion of a test for review by candidates, their parents and coaches. TR 8.03 The test chair or duly authorized representative of any member club conducting tests will make a report to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters certifying whether such tests were passed or marked “retryâ€? and must either send it to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters together with the appropriate fee for each test taken or register the test online. Checks are to be made payable to U.S. Figure Skating. A. If a test session takes place on multiple days, a separate report is required for each day. % 7KH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HVW 5HSRUW )RUP PXVW EH XVHG WR UHSRUW DOO PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG IUHH VNDWH SDLU SDWWHUQ GDQFH DQG free dance tests. TR 8.04 7KH UHSRUW UHTXLUHG E\ UXOH 75 PXVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ LQIRUPDWLRQ A. Host club name and number; B. The date the tests were taken; C. Test chair’s name, U.S. Figure Skating registration number, address, daytime phone and email address; D. The name of each judge and U.S. Figure Skating registration number, if applicable, or status in the case of a Skate Canada judge; ( 7KH QDPH RI HDFK WULDO MXGJH DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHJLVWUDWLRQ QXPEHU LI DSSOLFDEOH F. (DFK FDQGLGDWHÂśV QDPH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHJLVWUDWLRQ QXPEHU DQG KRPH FOXE G. The appropriate test code for each test taken; H. For each test reported, the total points awarded by each judge and trial judge, if applicable; , $Q LQGLFDWLRQ E\ WKH OHWWHU Âł3´ RU Âł5´ DV WR ZKHWKHU WKH RYHUDOO UHVXOW RI WKH WHVW LV D ÂłSDVV´ RU ÂłUHWU\ ´ 6HH WKH WHVW UHSRUW IRUPV DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ RU XVIVDRQOLQH RUJ - (IIHFWLYH 1RY LI WKH FDQGLGDWH LV FKRRVLQJ WR VXEPLW DQ ,-6 SURWRFRO LQ OLHX RI D VWDQGDUG WHVW LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH VHFWLRQ 75 WKH QDPH RI WKH QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ WKH QDPH RI WKH WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU DQG WKH QDPH RI WKH event referee. TR 8.05 7KH UHSRUW UHTXLUHG E\ UXOH 75 PXVW EH GLVWULEXWHG DV IROORZV $ 7KH RULJLQDO UHSRUW DQG WHVW IHHV DUH WR EH VHQW WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV 6HH 75 % $ FRS\ RI WKH RULJLQDO UHSRUW WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH LQGLYLGXDO WHVW MXGJLQJ VKHHWV LV WR EH UHWDLQHG LQ WKH ÂżOHV RI WKH FOXE conducting the test for at least one year after the date of the test session. TR 8.06 $ FRPSOHWH WHVW UHSRUW PXVW EH IRUZDUGHG ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH GDWH RI WKH WHVWV 5HSRUWV IRUZDUGHG DIWHU WKH GD\ period but within 45 days must be accompanied by a penalty fee of $1 per test. An additional penalty of $1 per test must be SDLG IRU HYHU\ GD\ SHULRG WKHUHDIWHU +RZHYHU WKH PD[LPXP SHQDOW\ IRU DQ\ ODWH SHULRG ZLOO QRW H[FHHG A. Fees are to be paid by the host club. A club failing to report tests within 90 days may be suspended from conducting tests until penalties are paid. TR 8.07 Clubs giving tests to members other than their own must notify the candidate’s home club of the date the test was taken, including the names of the judges and the marks awarded. The report must be forwarded within two weeks after the date on which such tests were conducted.
264
TR 8.08 Trial judging sheets for visiting trial judges must be completed and sent to the trial judge’s home club test chair or monitor within 21 days of the date of the test session. TR 8.09 U.S. Figure Skating headquarters will enter the test results into the personal record of each candidate reported, issue WHVW FHUWLÂżFDWHV IRU VXFFHVVIXO FDQGLGDWHV DQG IRUZDUG WKH FHUWLÂżFDWHV WR WKH WHVW FKDLU RU GXO\ DXWKRUL]HG UHSUHVHQWDWLYH RI WKH candidate’s home club for distribution. TR 9.00 Test Registration Fees TR 9.01 The test chair or duly authorized representative of the member club must collect and remit a standardized registration fee to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters of $6 per test if the test is registered online or $9 per test if the test is manually VXEPLWWHG YLD WKH 7HVW 5HSRUW )RUP ,Q WKH FDVH RI SDLU SDWWHUQ GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH WHVWV HDFK FDQGLGDWH ZLOO EH DVVHVVHG WKH appropriate test fee. TR 9.02 A candidate must pay all test fees to the test chair or a duly authorized representative of the host club. TR 9.03 &DQGLGDWHV ZKR DUH PHPEHUV RI PHPEHU DVVRFLDWLRQV RI WKH ,68 H[FHSW 6NDWH &DQDGD ZKR DUH QRW PHPEHUV RI 8 6 Figure Skating or of a member club will pay a fee of $10 in addition to the regular test fees for each U.S. Figure Skating free VNDWH SDLU PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG RU FODVV RI GDQFH WHVWV WDNHQ DW DQ\ RQH WHVW SHULRG RU VHVVLRQ 7KH IHH IRU PHPEHUV RI 6NDWH Canada who are not members of U.S. Figure Skating or of a member club will be $2 in addition to the regular test fee. TR 10.00 Emblems TR 10.01 7KH HPEOHPV DYDLODEOH IRU WHVWV FDQ EH IRXQG DW XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ RU XVIVDRQOLQH RUJ TR 11.00 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Test Rules TR 11.01 $ 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ WHVW PD\ EH JLYHQ WR DQ\ 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV RU WKHUDSHXWLF VNDWLQJ DWKOHWH ZKR is registered with a Special Olympics or therapeutic skating program. Tests are to be judged on a “passâ€? or “retryâ€? basis. $ 0RYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV PD\ EH JLYHQ DW DOO OHYHOV VSHFLÂżHG LQ UXOHV 75 , 75 DQG 75 , regardless of the age of the athlete. All elements may be reskated one time at the request of the judge-in-charge. Additional reskates will be at the discretion of the judge-in-charge. There is no focus for any element. A Special Olympics or therapeutic skating DWKOHWH PD\ EH DVVLVWHG GXULQJ WKH WHVW E\ D FRDFK RU DQRWKHU DWKOHWH IURP WKH ERDUGV RU RQ WKH LFH *XLGHOLQHV DQG VSHFLÂżF H[DPSOHV RI DSSURSULDWH YHUEDO FXHV WUDQVODWLRQV RU SURPSWLQJ FDQ EH REWDLQHG IURP XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ % )UHH VNDWH WHVWV PD\ EH JLYHQ DW DOO OHYHOV VSHFLÂżHG LQ UXOHV 75 , 75 DQG 75 , regardless of the age of the athlete. Any number of elements may be reskated at the request of the judge-in-charge. A Special Olympics or therapeutic skating athlete may be assisted during the test by a coach or another athlete from the boards or on the ice. Guidelines and VSHFLÂżF H[DPSOHV RI DSSURSULDWH YHUEDO FXHV WUDQVODWLRQV RU SURPSWLQJ FDQ EH REWDLQHG IURP XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ & 3DWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV PD\ EH JLYHQ DW DOO OHYHOV VSHFLÂżHG LQ UXOH 75 3DUWQHUV PD\ EH VHOHFWHG ZLWKRXW UHJDUG WR WKHLU GDQFH WHVW DFFRPSOLVKPHQWV 1R VRORV DUH UHTXLUHG TR 11.02 Guidelines and diagrams may differ from the standard and adult tests set forth in these rules and should be obtained IURP XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ TR 11.03 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH MXGJH ZKR PXVW EH RI VLOYHU UDQN RU KLJKHU LQ WKH UHVSHFWLYH GLVFLSOLQH H[FHSW DV VSHFLÂżHG EHORZ $ 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ RU SUH EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH WHVW MXGJH RI DQ\ OHYHO ZKR LV FHUWLÂżHG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV % 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ RU SUH EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH VLQJOHV SDLUV test judge of any level; & 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ SUHOLPLQDU\ SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ RQH GDQFH WHVW MXGJH RI any level.
265
Moves in the Field Tests 75 &ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVWV TR 19.01 7KH VWDQGDUG PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR HLJKW FODVVHV WR EH WDNHQ LQ WKH IROORZLQJ RUGHU SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ preliminary, pre-juvenile, juvenile, intermediate, novice, junior and senior. TR 19.02 7KH DGXOW PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR IRXU FODVVHV WR EH WDNHQ LQ WKH IROORZLQJ RUGHU SUH EURQ]H EURQ]H silver and gold. $ 7R TXDOLI\ IRU DQ\ DGXOW PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW SUH EURQ]H EURQ]H VLOYHU DQG JROG WKH FDQGLGDWH PXVW EH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU DQG PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH SUHFHGLQJ DGXOW PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW % $GXOW VNDWHUV ZKR KDYH SDVVHG WKH DGXOW JROG PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW DUH SHUPLWWHG WR WDNH WKH VWDQGDUG LQWHUPHGLDWH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW ZLWKRXW WHVWLQJ WKH VWDQGDUG SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ WKURXJK MXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV & $GXOW VNDWHUV ZKR KDYH SDVVHG VWDQGDUG WUDFN PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV ZLOO QRW EH UHTXLUHG WR WDNH DGXOW PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG tests per the table below. Standard MIF test passed Adult MIF test not required Pre-preliminary MIF Adult pre-bronze MIF Preliminary MIF Adult bronze MIF Pre-juvenile MIF Adult silver MIF Juvenile MIF Adult gold MIF Note: 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG HTXLYDOHQFLHV DUH DOORZHG LQ RQH GLUHFWLRQ RQO\ IURP WKH VWDQGDUG WUDFN WR WKH DGXOW WUDFN QRW IURP WKH DGXOW WUDFN WR WKH VWDQGDUG WUDFN H[FHSW DV GHVFULEHG LQ 75 % DERYH TR 19.03 ,QWHUPHGLDWH QRYLFH MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU VWDQGDUG PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV PD\ EH WDNHQ DV D VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV FDQGLGDWH $GXOW EURQ]H VLOYHU DQG JROG PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV PD\ EH WDNHQ DV DQ DGXOW RU PDVWHUV FDQGLGDWH $ $JHV IRU VNDWHUV WDNLQJ VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV DV DGXOW RU DGXOW PDVWHUV FDQGLGDWHV VHH FKDUW EHORZ MIF Test Taken as Age Standard Adult Candidate 25-49 Standard Masters Candidate 50 and over Adult Masters Candidate 50 and over % $ FDQGLGDWH ZKR PHHWV WKH DJH UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ 75 $ ZKR ZRXOG OLNH WR WDNH D VWDQGDUG PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW DV DQ adult or masters candidate or an adult test as a masters candidate must specify this when registering to take the test. If the FDQGLGDWH GRHV QRW VR VSHFLI\ LW ZLOO EH DVVXPHG WKDW WKH FDQGLGDWH LV WDNLQJ WKH WHVW DV D VWDQGDUG FDQGLGDWH IRU VWDQGDUG WHVWV RU DQ DGXOW FDQGLGDWH IRU DGXOW WHVWV UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V DJH TR 19.04 7KH 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR IRXU FODVVHV WR EH WDNHQ LQ WKH following order: pre-bronze, bronze, silver and gold. TR 20.00 Moves in the Field Test Rules TR 20.01 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV PD\ EH WDNHQ DQG SDVVHG LQGHSHQGHQWO\ RI WKH IUHH VNDWH SDLU DQG GDQFH WHVWV $ VNDWHU PD\ WDNH DQG SDVV PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV KLJKHU WKDQ WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ IUHH VNDWH WHVWV DQG VWLOO EH TXDOL¿HG WR FRPSHWH LQ TXDOLI\LQJ DQG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV LQ IUHH VNDWLQJ HYHQWV DW WKH OHYHO GH¿QHG E\ WKH KLJKHVW IUHH VNDWH WHVW SDVVHG &RPSHWLWRUV should refer to test and age requirements for each event. TR 20.02 )RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV WKH HQWLUH LFH VXUIDFH PXVW EH DYDLODEOH 7KH LFH VXUIDFH PD\ QRW EH OHVV WKDQ IHHW E\ IHHW VTXDUH IHHW LQ VL]H TR 20.03 7KHUH DUH QR UHVWULFWLRQV RQ WKH XVH RI SDLQWHG OLQHV RU PDUNV RQ WKH LFH IRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 20.04 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ WKH RUGHU VHW IRUWK LQ WKH 6FKHGXOH RI 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVWV DW 75 TR 21.00 Marking of Moves in the Field Tests TR 21.01 Basic Rules — Moves in the Field TR 21.02 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DUH EDVLF VNDWLQJ PRYHV not set to music. The terms and judging standards applied to moves in the ¿HOG DUH IRU EDVLF VNDWLQJ $ 7KH HOHPHQWV LQ WKH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ WKH RUGHU DV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH VFKHGXOH RI WHVWV % $V EDVLF VNDWLQJ HOHPHQWV PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WXUQV PXVW EH MXGJHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH FULWHULD VHW IRUWK LQ WKH corresponding test rules. & 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG PXVW EH FRPPHQFHG IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDWLRQDU\ SRVLWLRQ ZLWK D PD[LPXP RI VHYHQ LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV XQOHVV VSHFL¿HG RWKHUZLVH LQ WKHVH UXOHV 6HH UXOH 75 %
D. If a skater starts a move on the wrong foot or skates a move other than that prescribed, the judge-in-charge must draw attention to the mistake as soon as possible. The mistake must be treated as a false start. Such fresh start must be allowed RQO\ RQFH SHU PRYH ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 6HH UXOH 75 %
( 'LUHFWHG E\ WKH MXGJH LQ FKDUJH VNDWHUV ZLOO VHOHFW WKH DUHD RQ WKH LFH VXUIDFH IRU WKHLU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 21.03 $Q HIIRUWOHVV ÀRZLQJ DQG JUDFHIXO H[HFXWLRQ VKRXOG EH DFKLHYHG :LWKLQ WKH OLPLWV RI WKH IROORZLQJ UXOHV FRPSOHWH freedom is permitted to the skater: $ 7KH KHDG VKRXOG EH FDUULHG LQ DQ XSULJKW SRVLWLRQ UHOD[HG DQG KHOG QDWXUDOO\ B. The upper body should be upright, but not stiff; C. The arms should be held gracefully; ' 7KH IUHH OHJ VKRXOG EH H[WHQGHG ZLWK WKH WRH SRLQWHG 266
TR 21.04 The steps must be skated in general accordance with the diagrams and descriptions. Subject to a general conformity with the basic requirements, the skater is permitted complete freedom with respect to arm and free leg positions. TR 21.05 0RYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG PXVW EH VNDWHG ZLWK JRRG HGJHV FRQWURO Ă€RZ H[WHQVLRQ FDUULDJH DQG UK\WKP $ $Q HYHQ VSHHG DQG Ă€RZ VKRXOG EH PDLQWDLQHG WKURXJKRXW % 0D[LPXP XWLOL]DWLRQ RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH LV GHVLUDEOH ,FH FRYHUDJH PXVW QRW EH REWDLQHG E\ WKH XVH RI Ă€DW RU VKDOORZ HGJHV TR 21.06 )RU DOO WHVWV H[FHSW WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV WKH IROORZLQJ LQIRUPDWLRQ LV OLVWHG A. Passing total: The total points which must be obtained for the test from an individual judge in order to obtain a “passâ€? from that judge. B. Passing average: The mark which, if obtained in each division of a test, would result in a passing total for the test. TR 21.07 0RYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV ZLOO EH PDUNHG E\ HDFK MXGJH RQ D VFDOH IURP WR LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 75 +RZHYHU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW ZLOO EH RQ WKH EDVLV RI ÂłSDVV´ RU ÂłUHWU\´ IRU WKH entire test. TR 21.08 In assigning marks, the following must be considered: A. Accuracy: The correct start, steps and adherence to the general pattern. B. Edge quality: Initiated through proper body alignment over the skating foot, creating a stable arc that travels uninterrupted until a required transition takes place. Depth of edge refers to the acuteness of the arc and is created by the lean of the body DQG WKH DQJOH RI WKH EODGH ZKHQ LW WDNHV WKH LFH *RRG HGJH TXDOLW\ UHVXOWV LQ D FRQÂżGHQW VXUH DQG FRQWUROOHG PRYHPHQW C. Turn execution: 7KH SURSHU VNLOO DQG WHFKQLTXH RI KRZ WKH WXUQ VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG 7KH FRUUHFW HQWU\ DQG H[LW HGJHV DUH WR EH DGHTXDWH DQG PDLQWDLQHG WKURXJKRXW WKH WXUQ IRU LWV LGHQWLÂżFDWLRQ D. Extension: 7KH JHQHUDO FDUULDJH VKRXOG EH HUHFW FKDUDFWHUL]HG E\ DQ H[WHQGHG ERG\OLQH 7KH DQJOH RI WKH KHDG IROORZV QDWXUDOO\ IURP WKH OLQH RI WKH EDFN WKH DUPV VKRXOG EH QDWXUDOO\ H[WHQGHG ZLWK WKH VKRXOGHUV GRZQ DQG EDFN 7KH VNDWHUÂśV KDQGV VKRXOG IROORZ WKH OLQH RI WKH PRYHPHQW EHLQJ H[HFXWHG 7KH ÂżQDO H[WHQGHG SRVLWLRQ VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG LQ D FRQWUROOHG PDQQHU DQG VKRXOG DFKLHYH WKH PD[LPXP OHQJWK RI DOO ERG\ OLQHV ( Quickness: 5HIHUV WR IRRW VSHHG ,W LV SUHFLVH UDSLG DQG FULVS H[HFXWLRQ RI WXUQV FKDQJHV RI HGJH DQG WUDQVLWLRQV 4XLFNQHVV does not refer to the overall pace at which the move is skated, although in some moves the foot speed will result in a brisk DQG FRQWLQXRXV FDGHQFH 5HÂżQHPHQWV WR DFNQRZOHGJH LQFOXGH TXLFN PRYHPHQW WKDW LV TXLHW Ă€XLG DQG FRQWLQXRXV ZLWKRXW disturbing the proper and erect carriage of the upper body or interrupting the established rhythm. F. Power: 7KH FUHDWLRQ DQG PDLQWHQDQFH RI VSHHG DQG Ă€RZ ZLWKRXW YLVLEOH HIIRUW ,W LV GHYHORSHG E\ D FRQWLQXRXV ULVH DQG IDOO RI WKH VNDWLQJ NQHH WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH SUHVVXUH RI WKH HGJH RI WKH EODGH DJDLQVW WKH LFH 7KH VNDWHU VKRXOG GHPRQVWUDWH WKH DELOLW\ WR H[HUW HTXDO SUHVVXUH DJDLQVW WKH VXUIDFH RI WKH LFH RQ ERWK WKH ULJKW DQG OHIW IRRW (QG SURGXFWV RI SRZHU DUH YHORFLW\ VSHHG RU SDFH Ă€RZ DFURVV WKH LFH DQG DFFHOHUDWLRQ G. &RQWLQXRXV Ă€RZ The skater’s ability to maintain a consistent and undisturbed running edge across the ice. Flow does not necessarily relate to the speed at which the skater is traveling as it is sometimes best recognized as the skater starts to slow. H. Posture/carriage: The proper alignment of the hips, back, arms and shoulders, and head over the skate. Unless the move requires a variation, typically, the skater’s back should be straight, with the spine and head perpendicular to the surface of WKH LFH 7KH DUPV VKRXOG EH H[WHQGHG RXW IURP WKH VKRXOGHUV OHYHO DQG UHOD[HG 7KH IUHH OHJ VKRXOG EH LQ D VWUDLJKW OLQH and slightly turned out from the free hip to the free toe. I. Bilateral movement: 7KH DELOLW\ WR H[HFXWH PRYHPHQWV RQ ERWK VLGHV RI WKH ERG\ FORFNZLVH DQG FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH forward and backward. J. Strength: 7KH FUHDWLRQ DQG PDLQWHQDQFH RI EDODQFH DQG Ă€RZ GHYHORSHG E\ D FRQWLQXRXV ULVH DQG IDOO RI WKH VNDWLQJ NQHH WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH SUHVVXUH RI WKH HGJH RI WKH EODGH DJDLQVW WKH LFH 7KH VNDWHU VKRXOG GHPRQVWUDWH WKH DELOLW\ WR H[HUW HTXDO SUHVVXUH DJDLQVW WKH LFH ZLWK ERWK WKH ULJKW DQG OHIW IRRW (QG SURGXFWV RI VWUHQJWK DUH JRRG SRVWXUH Ă€RZ DFURVV WKH LFH DQG FRQVLVWHQW SDFH TR 22.00 Requirements for Passing Moves in the Field Tests TR 22.01 ,Q RUGHU WR SDVV D PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW D FDQGLGDWH PXVW KDYH UHFHLYHG D SDVVLQJ WRWDO RU D ÂłSDVV´ IRU WKH HQWLUH WHVW from a majority of the judges. TR 22.02 ,Q RUGHU IRU D PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW WR SDVV QR VHULRXV HUURUV DV GHÂżQHG EHORZ PD\ EH SUHVHQW IROORZLQJ UHVNDWHG HOHPHQWV 6HH 75 $ 6HULRXV HUURUV LQ PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV DUH 1. A fall; 2. A touchdown of the hand or free foot needed to save the skater from falling; 3. Omission of an element. % &HUWDLQ HUURUV LQ PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV UHTXLUH D PDQGDWRU\ GHGXFWLRQ RI DQG GR QRW UHTXLUH D UHVNDWH RI WKH HOHPHQW in question in order to pass the test. Such errors are: ([FHHGLQJ WKH VHYHQ LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV 1RW VWDUWLQJ IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDWLRQDU\ SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ UHTXLUHG ,QFRUUHFW H[HFXWLRQ RI D VHFRQG IUHVK VWDUW
267
TR 23.00 Reskating Any Element of a Moves in the Field Test TR 23.01 At the completion of any test and before any other test is conducted, the judge-in-charge must ask the other two judges individually if they wish to see any element reskated before the judges turn in their judging sheets. Should the judges wish a reskate, they will indicate to the judge-in-charge what they wish to be reskated. This must be done privately without conference. If a majority of the panel requests a reskate, the judge-in-charge will direct the skater to reskate the agreed-upon element. If the judges do not agree on which element to reskate, the judge-in-charge will decide. A brief rest and warm-up is permitted before the reskate is performed. $ $IWHU D PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW RQO\ RQH HOHPHQW PD\ EH UHVNDWHG 7KH UHVNDWH PD\ FRQVLVW RI WKH HQWLUH HOHPHQW RU D SRUWLRQ of the element. TR 25.00 Schedule of Moves in the Field Tests TR 25.01 Pre-Preliminary Moves in the Field Test 7KH SXUSRVH RI WKLV WHVW LV WR HQFRXUDJH EHJLQQLQJ VNDWHUV WR OHDUQ WKH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI LFH VNDWLQJ 1R JUHDW GHDO RI WHFKQLFDO DELOLW\ FDUULDJH RU Ă€RZ LV H[SHFWHG 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV IDLUO\ JRRG HGJHV DQG VRPH HYLGHQFH of good form. 1. Forward perimeter stroking 2. Basic consecutive edges 3. Forward right and left foot spirals 4. Waltz eight The entire test will be marked on a “passâ€? or “retryâ€? basis only, and individual marks will not be awarded. The “passâ€? or “retryâ€? will be arrived at by consideration of the composite of each element in relation to the whole. The judge-in-charge may request a reskate of only one element, upon the request of a majority of the judging panel, should it change the overall evaluation of the test from a “retryâ€? to a “pass.â€? $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW HLJKW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 25.02 Preliminary Moves in the Field Test The purpose of this test is to continue the encouragement of beginning skaters to learn the fundamentals of ice skating. The FDQGLGDWH PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV DQG D JRRG VHQVH RI SRZHU VSHHG DQG ÀRZ $WWHQWLRQ VKRXOG EH JLYHQ WR GHSWK of edges and proper curvature of lobes. 1. Forward and backward crossovers 2. Consecutive outside and inside spirals 3. Forward power three-turns 4. Alternating forward three-turns 5. Forward circle eight 6. Alternating backward crossovers to backward outside edges One element may be retried, if necessary Passing average: 2.5 Passing total: 15.0 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJH ZKR LV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 25.03 Pre-Juvenile Moves in the Field Test 7KH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI LFH VNDWLQJ PXVW EH GHPRQVWUDWHG DOWKRXJK QRW QHFHVVDULO\ PDVWHUHG *RRG HGJHV ÀRZ SRZHU H[WHQVLRQ and posture are required and must be strongly emphasized. 1. Forward and backward perimeter power stroking )2 %, WKUHH WXUQV LQ WKH ¿HOG ), %2 WKUHH WXUQV LQ WKH ¿HOG 4. Forward and backward power change of edge pulls 5. Backward circle eight 6. Five-step mohawk sequence One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 2.7 Passing total: 16.2 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWLÂżHG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG tests.
268
TR 25.04 Juvenile Moves in the Field Test &DQGLGDWHV PXVW VNDWH WKH FRUUHFW VWHSV DQG WXUQV RQ JRRG HGJHV ZLWK JRRG IRUP ÀRZ SRZHU DQG SUHFLVHQHVV WR WKHLU VWHSV 1. Stroking: Forward power circle 2. Stroking: Backward power circle (LJKW VWHS PRKDZN VHTXHQFH 4. Forward and backward free skate cross strokes 5. Backward power three-turns 6. Forward double three-turns One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.0 Passing total: 18.0 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG tests. TR 25.05 Intermediate Moves in the Field Test 6WURQJ WUXH HGJHV VPRRWK WXUQV FRUUHFW SRVWXUH DQG HIIRUWOHVV ÀRZ DUH H[SHFWHG RI WKH FDQGLGDWH 1. Backward double three-turns 2. Spiral sequence %UDFNHWV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFH 4. Forward twizzles 5. Inside slide chassé pattern One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing Average Passing Total Standard 3.2 16.0 Adult 3.0 15.0 Masters 2.8 14.0 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG tests. TR 25.06 Novice Moves in the Field Test The candidate must give a performance that is generally good. The preciseness of the footwork should be nearly faultless, the ERG\ PRWLRQ ZHOO WLPHG DQG WKH ÀRZ DQG SRZHU YHU\ JRRG 1R PDMRU FRQVLVWHQW HUURUV VKRXOG EH LQ HYLGHQFH 1. IQVLGH WKUHH WXUQV URFNHU FKRFWDZV 2. Forward and backward outside counters 3. Forward and backward inside counters 4. Forward loops 5. Backward rocker choctaw sequence 6. Backward twizzles One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing Average Passing Total Standard 3.5 21.0 Adult 3.3 19.8 Masters 3.1 18.6 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG tests.
269
TR 25.07 Junior Moves in the Field Test 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW JLYH D SHUIRUPDQFH WKDW LV JHQHUDOO\ YHU\ JRRG LQ DOO UHVSHFWV )RFXV VKRXOG EH RQ SRZHU ÀRZ HGJH quality and line and footwork control. 1. Forward and backward outside rockers 2. Forward and backward inside rockers 3. Power pulls 4. Choctaw sequence 5. Backward loop pattern 6. Straight line step sequence One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing Average Passing Total Standard 4.0 24.0 Adult 3.8 22.8 Masters 3.6 21.6 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWLÂżHG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV TR 25.08 Senior Moves in the Field Test 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW JLYH DQ H[FHOOHQW SHUIRUPDQFH GLVSOD\LQJ SRZHU VWURQJ HGJH FRQWURO DQG GHSWK H[WHQVLRQ DQG SUHFLVH footwork control. 1. Sustained edge step 2. Spiral sequence 3. BO power double three-turns to power double inside rockers 4. BI power double three-turns to power double outside rockers 5. Serpentine step sequence One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing Average Passing Total Standard 4.5 22.5 Adult 4.3 21.5 Masters 4.1 20.5 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWLÂżHG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV TR 25.09 Adult Pre-Bronze Moves in the Field Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV DGXOW VWDQGDUG WHVW UHĂ€HFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW 7KH SXUSRVH RI WKLV WHVW LV WR HQFRXUDJH EHJLQQLQJ DGXOW VNDWHUV WR OHDUQ WKH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI LFH VNDWLQJ 1R JUHDW GHDO RI WHFKQLFDO DELOLW\ FDUULDJH RU Ă€RZ LV H[SHFWHG &DQGLGDWHV PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV IDLUO\ JRRG HGJHV DQG VRPH evidence of good form. 1. Forward perimeter stroking 2. Basic consecutive edges 3. Forward and backward crossovers 4. Waltz eight 5. Forward right and left foot spirals The entire test will be marked on a “passâ€? or “retryâ€? basis only, and individual marks will not be awarded. The “passâ€? or “retryâ€? will be arrived at by consideration of the composite of each element in relation to the whole. The judge-in-charge may request a reskate of only one element, upon the request of a majority of the judging panel, should it change the overall evaluation of the test from a “retryâ€? to a “pass.â€? $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWLÂżHG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV
270
TR 25.10 Adult Bronze Moves in the Field Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV DGXOW VWDQGDUG WHVW UHÀHFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW 7KH purpose of this test is to continue the encouragement of beginning adult skaters to learn the fundamentals of ice skating. The candidate PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV DQG D VHQVH RI FRQWLQXRXV ÀRZ DQG VWUHQJWK $WWHQWLRQ VKRXOG EH JLYHQ WR GHSWK of edges and proper curvature of lobes. 1. Forward and backward perimeter power stroking 2. Forward power three-turns 3. Alternating backward crossovers to backward outside edges 4 Forward circle eight 5. Five-step mohawk sequence One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing Average Passing Total Adult 2.5 12.5 Masters 2.3 11.5 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJH ZKR LV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 25.11 Adult Silver Moves in the Field Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV DGXOW VWDQGDUG WHVW UHÀHFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH SUH MXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW 7KH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI LFH VNDWLQJ PXVW EH GHPRQVWUDWHG DOWKRXJK QRW QHFHVVDULO\ PDVWHUHG *RRG HGJHV ÀRZ VWUHQJWK H[WHQVLRQ and form are required and must be strongly emphasized. (LJKW VWHS PRKDZN VHTXHQFH 2. Forward and backward free skate cross strokes )2 %, WKUHH WXUQV LQ WKH ¿HOG ), %2 WKUHH WXUQV LQ WKH ¿HOG 5. Consecutive outside and inside spirals 6. Forward and backward power change of edge pulls One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing Average Passing Total Adult 2.7 16.2 Masters 2.5 15.0 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
-XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG tests. TR 25.12 Adult Gold Moves in the Field Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV DGXOW VWDQGDUG WHVW UHÀHFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH MXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW &DQGLGDWHV PXVW VNDWH WKH FRUUHFW VWHSV DQG WXUQV RQ JRRG HGJHV ZLWK JRRG IRUP ÀRZ VWUHQJWK DQG SUHFLVHQHVV WR WKHLU VWHSV 1. Stroking: Forward power circle 2. Stroking: Backward power circle 3. Forward double three-turns 4. Backward double three-turns 5. Backward circle eight %UDFNHWV LQ WKH ¿HOG One element may be retried, if necessary. Passing Average Passing Total Adult 3.0 18.0 Masters 2.8 16.8 $SSUR[LPDWH WLPH IRU WHVW PLQXWHV
Judging panel required: Three bronze RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG tests.
271
TR 25.13 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Pre-Bronze Moves in the Field Test The purpose of this test is to encourage beginning skaters to learn the fundamentals of ice skating. No great deal of technical DELOLW\ FDUULDJH RU ÀRZ LV H[SHFWHG 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV IDLUO\ JRRG HGJHV DQG VRPH HYLGHQFH of good form. )RUZDUG SHULPHWHU VWURNLQJ FORFNZLVH DQG FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH
%DVLF FRQVHFXWLYH IRUZDUG HGJHV LQVLGH DQG RXWVLGH
)RUZDUG FURVVRYHUV LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW )RUZDUG RXWVLGH WKUHH WXUQV OHIW DQG ULJKW 7KHUH LV QR GLDJUDP IRU WKLV PRYH
7KH HQWLUH WHVW ZLOO EH PDUNHG RQ D ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ EDVLV RQO\ DQG LQGLYLGXDO PDUNV ZLOO QRW EH DZDUGHG 7KH ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ ZLOO EH DUULYHG DW E\ FRQVLGHUDWLRQ RI WKH FRPSRVLWH RI HDFK HOHPHQW LQ UHODWLRQ WR WKH ZKROH (Approximate time for test: 10 minutes) -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJH ZKR LV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 25.14 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Bronze Moves in the Field Test The purpose of this test is to continue the encouragement of beginning skaters to learn the fundamentals of ice skating. The FDQGLGDWH PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV DQG D JRRG VHQVH RI ÀRZ )RUZDUG DQG EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW )RUZDUG ULJKW DQG OHIW IRRW VSLUDOV RU OXQJHV %DVLF FRQVHFXWLYH EDFNZDUG HGJHV LQVLGH DQG RXWVLGH
$OWHUQDWLQJ IRUZDUG WKUHH WXUQV $ ULJKW IRUZDUG LQVLGH HGJH WR OHIW EDFNZDUG LQVLGH HGJH RSHQ PRKDZN 7KH IUHH OHJ VKRXOG EH H[WHQGHG EHIRUH DQG DIWHU WKH WXUQ 7KHUH LV QR GLDJUDP IRU WKLV PRYH
7KH HQWLUH WHVW ZLOO EH PDUNHG RQ D ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ EDVLV RQO\ DQG LQGLYLGXDO PDUNV ZLOO QRW EH DZDUGHG 7KH ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ ZLOO EH DUULYHG DW E\ FRQVLGHUDWLRQ RI WKH FRPSRVLWH RI HDFK HOHPHQW LQ UHODWLRQ WR WKH ZKROH (Approximate time for test: 10 minutes) -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJH ZKR LV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 25.15 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Silver Moves in the Field Test 7KH SXUSRVH RI WKLV WHVW LV WR FRQWLQXH HQFRXUDJHPHQW ZLWK IXQGDPHQWDOV RI LFH VNDWLQJ EHLQJ GHPRQVWUDWHG *RRG HGJHV ÀRZ H[WHQVLRQ DQG SRVWXUH DUH HPSKDVL]HG DOWKRXJK QRW QHFHVVDULO\ PDVWHUHG )RUZDUG DQG EDFNZDUG SHULPHWHU SRZHU VWURNLQJ )LYH VWHS PRKDZN VHTXHQFH )RUZDUG FLUFOH HLJKW &LUFXODU VHTXHQFH FORFNZLVH DQG FRXQWHU FORFNZLVH
:DOW] WKUHH VWHS VHTXHQFH 7KH HQWLUH WHVW ZLOO EH PDUNHG RQ D ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ EDVLV RQO\ DQG LQGLYLGXDO PDUNV ZLOO QRW EH DZDUGHG 7KH ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ ZLOO EH DUULYHG DW E\ FRQVLGHUDWLRQ RI WKH FRPSRVLWH RI HDFK HOHPHQW LQ UHODWLRQ WR WKH ZKROH (Approximate time for test: 10 minutes) -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJH ZKR LV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV TR 25.16 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold Moves in the Field Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV WHVW UHÀHFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI LFH VNDWLQJ 6NDWHU VKRXOG GHPRQVWUDWH DOWKRXJK QRW QHFHVVDULO\ PDVWHU WKH IROORZLQJ JRRG HGJHV ÀRZ H[WHQVLRQ DQG IRUP (LJKW VWHS PRKDZN VHTXHQFH )RUZDUG DQG EDFNZDUG IUHH VNDWH FURVV VWURNHV $OWHUQDWLQJ ULJKW IRUZDUG FKDQJHV RI HGJH DQG OHIW IRUZDUG WKUHH WXUQV $OWHUQDWLQJ OHIW IRUZDUG FKDQJHV RI HGJH DQG ULJKW IRUZDUG WKUHH WXUQV $OWHUQDWLQJ EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV WR EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJHV %DFNZDUG FLUFOH HLJKW 7KH HQWLUH WHVW ZLOO EH PDUNHG RQ D ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ EDVLV RQO\ DQG LQGLYLGXDO PDUNV ZLOO QRW EH DZDUGHG 7KH ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ ZLOO EH DUULYHG DW E\ FRQVLGHUDWLRQ RI WKH FRPSRVLWH RI HDFK HOHPHQW LQ UHODWLRQ WR WKH ZKROH (Approximate time for test: 10 minutes) Judging panel required: 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJH ZKR LV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV
272
Single Free Skate Tests 75 &ODVVLÂżFDWLRQ RI )UHH 6NDWH 7HVWV TR 26.01 The standard free skate tests are divided into eight classes to be taken in the following order: pre-preliminary, SUHOLPLQDU\ SUH MXYHQLOH MXYHQLOH LQWHUPHGLDWH QRYLFH MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU 7KH VWDQGDUG PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW RI WKH VDPH OHYHO VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH LV WKH SUHUHTXLVLWH WR D VWDQGDUG IUHH VNDWH WHVW TR 26.02 The adult free skate tests are divided into four classes to be taken in the following order: pre-bronze, bronze, silver and gold. A. To qualify for any adult free skate test, the candidate must be 21 years of age or older and must have passed the preceding DGXOW IUHH VNDWH WHVW 7KH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW RI WKH HTXLYDOHQW OHYHO VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH LV WKH prerequisite to an adult free skate test as shown in the following chart. Prerequisite Adult free skate test Pre-preliminary MIF or adult pre-bronze MIF Adult pre-bronze FS Preliminary MIF or adult bronze MIF Adult bronze FS Pre-juvenile MIF or adult silver MIF Adult silver FS Juvenile MIF or adult gold MIF Adult gold FS B. An adult skater who has passed the standard free skate test may cross over to the adult track as follows: Standard FS passed Must then pass either To take this adult test Pre-preliminary FS Preliminary MIF or adult bronze MIF Adult bronze FS Preliminary FS Pre-juvenile MIF or adult silver MIF Adult silver FS Pre-juvenile FS Juvenile MIF or adult gold MIF Adult gold FS Juvenile FS 1R DGGLWLRQDO 0,) UHTXLUHG Adult gold FS optional but not required C. Adult skaters who have passed the adult gold free skate test are permitted to take the standard intermediate free skate test without testing the standard pre-preliminary through juvenile free skate tests. However, prior to taking the standard LQWHUPHGLDWH IUHH VNDWH WHVW FDQGLGDWHV PXVW ÂżUVW SDVV WKH VWDQGDUG LQWHUPHGLDWH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW 6HH UXOH 75 TR 26.03 7KH 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ IUHH VNDWH WHVWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR IRXU FODVVHV WR EH WDNHQ LQ WKH IROORZLQJ RUGHU SUH EURQ]H EURQ]H VLOYHU DQG JROG 0RYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVWV DUH QRW SUHUHTXLVLWHV IRU WKHVH WHVWV TR 27.00 Free Skate Test Rules TR 27.01 )UHH VNDWH WHVWV PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ WKH RUGHU VHW IRUWK LQ WKH 6FKHGXOH RI )UHH 6NDWH 7HVWV DW 75 TR 27.02 For free skate tests the entire ice surface must be available. The ice surface may not be less than 125 feet by 75 feet VTXDUH IHHW LQ VL]H H[FHSW LQ WKH FDVH RI WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ IUHH VNDWH WHVW DQG WKH DGXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVW ZKHUH HQRXJK LFH PXVW EH DW WKH GLVSRVDO RI WKH FDQGLGDWH WR SHUPLW WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH UHTXLUHG PRYHV TR 27.03 For free skate tests, vocal music with lyrics is permitted. TR 27.04 In the event of a substantive change to any singleV ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH UHTXLUHPHQW V by the ISU or U.S. Figure Skating WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6LQJOHV &RPPLWWHH ZLOO UHYLVH WKH DIIHFWHG IUHH VNDWH WHVW V WR LQFOXGH VXFK FKDQJH V DV VRRQ DV SUDFWLFDO 7KH FKDLU ZLOO QRWLI\ WKH FKDLUV RI WKH -XGJHV 5XOHV DQG 7HVWV &RPPLWWHHV DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO SRVW WKH change on the XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ QRWLI\ FOXE WHVW FKDLUV DQG HQVXUH WHVW IRUPV DUH PRGLÂżHG DFFRUGLQJO\ TR 28.00 Marking of Free Skate Tests TR 28.01 7KH UXOHV JRYHUQLQJ WKH PDQQHU RI SHUIRUPDQFH DQG WKH PDUNLQJ RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ DQG LFH GDQFLQJ ZLOO DSSO\ WR DOO IUHH skate tests. TR 28.02 )RU DOO WHVWV H[FHSW WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVWV WKH IROORZLQJ LQIRUPDWLRQ LV OLVWHG A. Passing total: The total points which must be obtained for the test from an individual judge in order to obtain a “passâ€? from that judge. B. Passing average: The mark which, if obtained in each division of a test, would result in a passing total for the test. TR 28.03 Free skate tests must be marked by each judge for technical merit and presentation each on a scale from 0 to 6 in DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 75 +RZHYHU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ IUHH VNDWH DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVWV ZLOO EH on the basis of “passâ€? or “retryâ€? only for the entire test, and all of the elements of the test must be evaluated before the mark is given. TR 28.04 ,I D VNDWHU IDLOV WR ÂżQLVK D IUHH VNDWH WHVW SURJUDP ZLWKLQ WKH WLPH GXUDWLRQ DOORZHG LQ VHFWLRQ 75 D GHGXFWLRQ VKRXOG EH WDNHQ LQ ERWK PDUNV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV RI WKH SUHVFULEHG UDQJH TR 29.00 Requirements for Passing Free Skate Tests TR 29.01 In order to pass a free skate test, a candidate must have received a passing total or a “passâ€? for the entire test from a majority of the judges. TR 29.02 ,Q RUGHU IRU D IUHH VNDWH WHVW WR SDVV QR VHULRXV HUURUV DV GHÂżQHG EHORZ PD\ EH SUHVHQW IROORZLQJ UHVNDWHG HOHPHQWV 6HH 75 ,I RQO\ RQH VHULRXV HUURU LV SUHVHQW DIWHU WKH WHVW KDV EHHQ VNDWHG MXGJHV KDYH WKH RSWLRQ RI XVLQJ WKH VHFRQG SUHVHQWDWLRQ PDUN WR SDVV WKH WHVW LI ZDUUDQWHG RU RI UHTXHVWLQJ D UHVNDWH A. Serious errors in free skate tests are: 1. A fall; 2. Incomplete rotation of a jump, either on the landing or the take off; 273
3. Two-footed landing on jumps; 4. A touchdown of the hand or free foot needed to save the skater from falling; $ EODWDQW FKDQJH RI HGJH EHIRUH D MXPS VXFK DV WXUQLQJ D /XW] LQWR D ÀLS 6. When a combination jump is required, a turn between the two jumps of that combination; 6SLQV VKRUW RQH RU PRUH UHYROXWLRQV VHH 75 %
)DLOXUH WR DWWDLQ WKH UHTXLUHG SRVLWLRQ V LQ WKH VSLQ V 9. Omission of a required element. B. Quality errors in free skate tests not necessitating failure of the test: 1. Incidental touchdown of the free foot; ,PSURSHU FKDQJH RI HGJH VKRUWO\ EHIRUH WKH WDNH RII RI D UHTXLUHG MXPS YHU\ VKRUW FKDQJH RI HGJH 7XUQV DIWHU WKH ODQGLQJ RI D UHTXLUHG MXPS RU VLPLODU GLI¿FXOWLHV LQ KROGLQJ WKH ODQGLQJ 4. Traveling in required spins; 5. Spins short less than one revolution. & ,OOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV /\LQJ RQ WKH LFH DQG SURORQJHG DQG RU VWDWLRQDU\ NQHHOLQJ RQ ERWK NQHHV DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ HQG DQG RU GXULQJ WKH program. 2. Somersault types of jumps. 7KH SHQDOW\ WR EH DSSOLHG VKRXOG EH LQ HDFK PDUN IRU HDFK LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW SHUIRUPHG TR 30.00 Reskating Any Element of a Free Skate Test TR 30.01 At the completion of any test and before any other test is conducted, the judge-in-charge must ask the other two judges individually if they wish to see any element reskated before the judges turn in their judging sheets. Should the judges wish a reskate, they must indicate to the judge-in-charge what they wish to be reskated. This will be done privately without conference. If a majority of the panel requests a reskate, the judge-in-charge will direct the skater to reskate the agreed-upon element. If the judges wish a reskate and do not agree on which elements to reskate, the judge-in-charge will decide. A brief rest and warm-up is permitted before the reskate is performed. A. After a free skate test, only two different elements may be reskated. % 8SRQ D UHTXHVW IRU D UHVNDWH WKH VNDWHU PD\ FKRRVH WR FRPSOHWH DQ\ HOHPHQW WKDW IXO¿OOV WKH VWDWHG UHTXLUHPHQW C. A skater who omitted a required element or substituted for a required element in the test may use one of their reskates to IXO¿OO WKH VWDWHG UHTXLUHPHQW TR 32.00 Schedule of Free Skate Tests TR 32.01 Pre-Preliminary Free Skate Test 7KH SXUSRVH RI WKLV WHVW LV WR HQFRXUDJH EHJLQQLQJ VNDWHUV WR OHDUQ WKH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ 1R JUHDW GHDO RI WHFKQLFDO DELOLW\ FDUULDJH RU ÀRZ LV H[SHFWHG 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH HOHPHQWV IDLUO\ JRRG HGJHV DQG VRPH HYLGHQFH of good form. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH UXOH IRU HOHPHQW UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG RSWLRQDO SURJUDP GXUDWLRQ (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the skater must successfully complete the following technical elements: Jumps: 1. One waltz jump 2. One single Salchow 3. One single toe loop 2QH ÀLS ODQG RQ HLWKHU IRRW
2QH /XW] ODQG RQ HLWKHU IRRW
Spins: 2QH RQH IRRW XSULJKW VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ ZLWK RSWLRQDO IUHH OHJ SRVLWLRQ WRZDUG NQHH OHYHO The entire test will be marked on a “passâ€? or “retryâ€? basis only, and individual marks will not be awarded. The “passâ€? or “retryâ€? will be arrived at by consideration of the composite of each element in relation to the whole. The judge-in-charge may request a reskate of two different elements, if necessary, upon the request of a majority of the panel, should it change the overall evaluation of the test from a “retryâ€? to a “pass.â€? -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV TR 32.02 Preliminary Free Skate Test The purpose of this test is to continue the encouragement of beginning skaters to learn the fundamentals of free skating. The FDQGLGDWH PXVW GHPRQVWUDWH NQRZOHGJH RI WKH HOHPHQWV DQG D JRRG VHQVH RI SRZHU VSHHG Ă€RZ $ UHODWLRQVKLS ZLWK WKH music should be attempted in the program. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH UXOH IRU HOHPHQW UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG program duration. (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps 5HFRPPHQGHG ÂżYH MXPS HOHPHQWV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ IRXU VROR MXPSV DQG RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ 2QH ZDOW] MXPS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH VLQJOH 6DOFKRZ DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH VLQJOH ORRS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH VLQJOH ÀLS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI D VLQJOH WRH ORRS DQG RQH RI WKH MXPSV OLVWHG DERYH LQ HLWKHU RUGHU QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV
274
Spins: 5HFRPPHQGHG WZR VSLQV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH IURQW VFUDWFK WR EDFN VFUDWFK VSLQ ZLWK H[LW RQ VSLQQLQJ IRRW RSWLRQDO PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW
2QH VLW VSLQ LQ UHFRJQL]DEOH VLW SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
Steps: Connecting moves and steps should be demonstrated throughout the program ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV DQG 0HQ ² VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 2.5 Passing total: 5.0 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJH TR 32.03 Pre-Juvenile Free Skate Test 7KH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ PXVW EH GHPRQVWUDWHG DOWKRXJK QRW QHFHVVDULO\ PDVWHUHG *RRG HGJHV ÀRZ SRZHU H[WHQVLRQ DQG SRVWXUH DUH UHTXLUHG IRU DOO RI WKH HOHPHQWV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ MXPSV VSLQV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ PRYHV 7KH SURJUDP should utilize the ice surface and demonstrate some relationship with the music. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH UXOH 4250 for element requirements and program duration. (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps: 5HFRPPHQGHG ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ WKUHH VROR MXPSV DQG RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ 2QH VLQJOH ORRS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH VLQJOH ÀLS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH VLQJOH /XW] DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ ² FKRLFH RI DERYH ZLWK D VLQJOH ORRS QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV 7KH VLQJOH loop must be the second jump. Spins: 5HFRPPHQGHG WZR VSLQV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH FDPHO VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ IRUZDUG FDPHO VSLQ WR IRUZDUG VLW VSLQ 2SWLRQDO FKDQJH RI IRRW PLQLPXP VL[ UHYROXWLRQV FRPELQHG LQ IRUZDUG FDPHO DQG IRUZDUG VLW SRVLWLRQV Steps: One step sequence, fully utilizing the ice surface. Pattern is not restricted. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV DQG 0HQ ² VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 2.7 Passing total: 5.4 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV TR 32.04 Juvenile Free Skate Test 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW VNDWH WKH VHOHFWHG HOHPHQWV MXPSV VSLQV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV RQ JRRG HGJHV ZLWK JRRG IRUP ÀRZ power and preciseness. The candidate must also skate to the music and utilize the ice surface. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU 2017, see rule 4240 for element requirements and program duration. (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps 5HFRPPHQGHG ¿YH jump elements which must include the following: 2QH VLQJOH $[HO DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
7KUHH GLIIHUHQW VLQJOH RU GRXEOH MXPSV HDFK SHUIRUPHG DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI WZR VLQJOH MXPSV QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV
4. One non-listed jump from the following: split jump, stag jump, falling leaf or half loop. Spins: 5HFRPPHQGHG WZR ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ /DGLHV 2QH OD\EDFN VSLQ VLGHZD\V OHDQLQJ VSLQ RU DWWLWXGH VSLQ PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
0HQ 2QH IRUZDUG FDPHO VSLQ PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ ZLWK RQH FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW 0XVW LQFOXGH WZR RI WKH IROORZLQJ SRVLWLRQV FDPHO VLW RU XSULJKW Steps: One step sequence, fully utilizing the ice surface. Pattern is not restricted. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV DQG 0HQ ² 20 VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.0 Passing total: 6.0 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV
275
TR 32.05 Intermediate Free Skate Test 6WURQJ VPRRWK HGJHV DQG WXUQV FRPELQHG ZLWK FRUUHFW SRVWXUH DQG HIIRUWOHVV ÀRZ ZKLOH XWLOL]LQJ WKH PXVLF DQG WKH LFH VXUIDFH DUH H[SHFWHG RI WKH FDQGLGDWH LQ DOO W\SHV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ HOHPHQWV MXPSV VSLQV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH UXOH IRU HOHPHQW UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG SURJUDP GXUDWLRQ (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps: 5HFRPPHQGHG VL[ MXPS HOHPHQWV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH VLQJOH $[HO DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH GRXEOH MXPS GRXEOH 6DOFKRZ RU GRXEOH WRH ORRS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI WZR VLQJOH MXPSV QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI HLWKHU RQH VLQJOH DQG RQH GRXEOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU RU WZR GRXEOH MXPSV QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV
Spins: 5HFRPPHQGHG WZR VSLQV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH À\LQJ VSLQ PLQLPXP ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW
Steps: One step sequence, fully utilizing the ice surface. Pattern is not restricted. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV DQG 0HQ ² 2:40 VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.2 Passing total: 6.4 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV TR 32.06 Novice Free Skate Test The candidate must give a performance that is generally good. The preciseness of the footwork should be nearly faultless, ERG\ PRWLRQV ZHOO WLPHG ZLWK WKH PXVLF DQG WKH ÀRZ DQG SRZHU YHU\ JRRG LQ DOO IUHH VNDWLQJ HOHPHQWV MXPSV VSLQV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV 7KH SURJUDP VKRXOG IXOO\ XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG QR PDMRU RU FRQVLVWHQW HUURUV VKRXOG EH LQ HYLGHQFH (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH UXOH IRU HOHPHQW UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG SURJUDP GXUDWLRQ (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps: 5HFRPPHQGHG VHYHQ MXPS HOHPHQWV IRU PHQ DQG VL[ MXPS HOHPHQWV IRU ODGLHV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH GRXEOH 6DOFKRZ DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH GRXEOH WRH ORRS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH GRXEOH ORRS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH VLQJOH $[HO RU RQH GRXEOH $[HO DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI WZR GRXEOH MXPSV QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV
Spins: 5HFRPPHQGHG WKUHH VSLQV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH VSLQ LQ RQH SRVLWLRQ FKRLFH RI FDPHO VSLQ VLW VSLQ RU OD\EDFN VSLQ PLQLPXP VL[ UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH À\LQJ VSLQ PLQLPXP ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW
Steps: One step sequence, fully utilizing the ice surface, or one spiral sequence. Pattern is not restricted. See rules 4104 and 4105 for descriptions. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV ² VHFRQGV 0HQ ² VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.5 Passing total: 7.0 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV
276
TR 32.07 Junior Free Skate Test 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW JLYH D SHUIRUPDQFH WKDW LV JHQHUDOO\ YHU\ JRRG LQ DOO UHVSHFWV )RFXV VKRXOG EH RQ SRZHU ÀRZ HGJH quality, line and footwork control. The program should demonstrate a good, harmonious composition that is skated to the PXVLF ZLWK UK\WKP DQG H[SUHVVLRQ ZKLOH XWLOL]LQJ WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH UXOH IRU element requirements and program duration. (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps: 5HFRPPHQGHG HLJKW MXPS HOHPHQWV IRU PHQ DQG VHYHQ MXPS HOHPHQWV IRU ODGLHV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ $W OHDVW WKUHH GLIIHUHQW GRXEOH MXPSV RQH RI ZKLFK PXVW EH D GRXEOH ÀLS HDFK SHUIRUPHG DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI WZR GRXEOH MXPSV QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV
2QH VHULHV RI RQH RU PRUH QRQ OLVWHG MXPS V DQG RQH GRXEOH MXPS 7KH QRQ OLVWHG MXPS V PXVW SUHFHGH WKH GRXEOH MXPS ZKLOH PDLQWDLQLQJ WKH FDGHQFH RI WKH MXPSLQJ UK\WKP 1RQ OLVWHG MXPSV PD\ LQFOXGH EXW DUH QRW OLPLWHG WR ZDOW] MXPS LQVLGH $[HO KDOI ÀLS KDOI ORRS VSOLW MXPS ZDOOH\ VWDJ MXPS EXQQ\ KRS PD]XUND EDOOHW KRS VLGH WRH KRS DQG falling leaf. 2QH VLQJOH $[HO RU RQH GRXEOH $[HO Spins: 5HFRPPHQGHG WKUHH VSLQV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH À\LQJ VSLQ PLQLPXP VL[ UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ LQ RQH SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP VL[ UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI DOO WKUHH SRVLWLRQV DQG RQH FKDQJH RI IRRW PLQLPXP WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ DQG PLQLPXP ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW
Steps: One VWHS VHTXHQFH RI DGYDQFHG GLI¿FXOW\ IXOO\ XWLOL]LQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH 3DWWHUQ LV QRW UHVWULFWHG 6HH UXOH IRU description. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV ² VHFRQGV 0HQ ² VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 4.0 Passing total: 8.0 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV TR 32.08 Senior Free Skate Test 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW JLYH DQ H[FHOOHQW SHUIRUPDQFH GLVSOD\LQJ SRZHU VWURQJ HGJH FRQWURO DQG GHSWK H[WHQVLRQ DQG SUHFLVH footwork control in all aspects of the selected elements. The program should fully utilize the ice surface, have a change of SDFH DQG VXSHUEO\ H[SUHVV WKH PRRG DQG UK\WKP RI PXVLF +DUPRQLRXV VWHSV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ PRYHPHQWV LQ WLPH WR WKH PXVLF should be maintained throughout the program. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH UXOH IRU HOHPHQW UHTXLUHPHQWV and program duration. (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps: 5HFRPPHQGHG HLJKW MXPS HOHPHQWV IRU PHQ DQG VHYHQ MXPS HOHPHQWV IRU ODGLHV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ )RXU GLIIHUHQW GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV RQH RI ZKLFK PXVW EH D GRXEOH /XW] HDFK SHUIRUPHG DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH
7ZR GLIIHUHQW MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV FRQVLVWLQJ RI WZR GRXEOH MXPSV RU D GRXEOH DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV
2QH VLQJOH $[HO RU RQH GRXEOH $[HO 1RWH ,I WKH VNDWHU HOHFWV WR SHUIRUP WULSOH MXPSV RQO\ RQH PD\ EH UHSHDWHG LQ D FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH Spins: 5HFRPPHQGHG WKUHH VSLQV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ 2QH À\LQJ VSLQ PLQLPXP VL[ UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI DOO WKUHH SRVLWLRQV DQG RQH FKDQJH RI IRRW PLQLPXP WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ DQG PLQLPXP ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW
2QH VSLQ LQ RQH SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP VL[ UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
Steps: Men: 2QH VWHS VHTXHQFH RI DGYDQFHG GLI¿FXOW\ IXOO\ XWLOL]LQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG HLWKHU D VHFRQG VWHS VHTXHQFH RI DGYDQFHG GLI¿FXOW\ IXOO\ XWLOL]LQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH RU D FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH 3DWWHUQV DUH QRW UHVWULFWHG 6HH UXOH 4105 for descriptions. Ladies: 2QH VWHS VHTXHQFH RI DGYDQFHG GLI¿FXOW\ IXOO\ XWLOL]LQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG HLWKHU RQH VSLUDO VHTXHQFH RU RQH choreographic sequence. Patterns are not restricted. See rules 4104 and 4105 for descriptions. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV ² VHFRQGV 0HQ ² VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 4.5 Passing total: 9.0 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV
277
TR 32.09 Adult Pre-Bronze Free Skate Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV WHVW UHÀHFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ IUHH VNDWH WHVW The purpose of this test LV WR HQFRXUDJH EHJLQQLQJ DGXOW VNDWHUV WR OHDUQ WKH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ 1R JUHDW GHDO RI WHFKQLFDO DELOLW\ FDUULDJH RU ÀRZ LV H[SHFWHG 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH HOHPHQWV IDLUO\ JRRG HGJHV DQG VRPH HYLGHQFH RI JRRG IRUP The following technical elements are to be skated individually, without music. 7KH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQW UHTXLUHPHQWV FDQ DOVR EH VHHQ LQ UXOH (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU WKH VNDWHU PD\ FKRRVH WR FRPSOHWH WKH HOHPHQWV LQ D SURJUDP VHH UXOH IRU GXUDWLRQ RU DV LVRODWHG HOHPHQWV
Jumps: Two different jumps, either one-half or one full revolution Spins: 2QH RQH IRRW XSULJKW VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH WZR IRRW XSULJKW VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
Steps: )RUZDUG DQG EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ
/XQJH RU VSLUDO The entire test will be marked on a “passâ€? or “retryâ€? basis, and individual marks will not be awarded. The “passâ€? or “retryâ€? will be arrived at by consideration of the composite of each element in relation to the whole. The judge-in-charge may request a reskate of two different elements, if necessary, upon the request of a majority of the judging panel, should it potentially change the overall evaluation of the test from a “retryâ€? to a “pass.â€? -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV TR 32.10 Adult Bronze Free Skate Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV WHVW UHĂ€HFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ IUHH VNDWH WHVW 7KH SXUSRVH RI WKLV WHVW is to continue the encouragement of beginning adult skaters to learn the fundamentals of free skating. The candidate must GHPRQVWUDWH NQRZOHGJH RI WKH HOHPHQWV DQG D VHQVH RI VWUHQJWK DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ă€RZ $ UHODWLRQVKLS ZLWK WKH PXVLF VKRXOG EH attempted in the program. See rule 4590 for element requirements and program duration. Passing average: 2.5 Passing total: 5.0 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJH TR 32.11 Adult Silver Free Skate Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV WHVW UHĂ€HFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH SUH MXYHQLOH IUHH VNDWH WHVW 7KH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ PXVW EH GHPRQVWUDWHG DOWKRXJK QRW QHFHVVDULO\ PDVWHUHG *RRG HGJHV Ă€RZ VWUHQJWK H[WHQVLRQ DQG IRUP DUH UHTXLUHG IRU DOO RI WKH HOHPHQWV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ MXPSV VSLQV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ PRYHV 7KH SURJUDP VKRXOG XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG demonstrate some relationship with the music. See rule 4580 for element requirements and program duration. Passing average: 2.7 Passing total: 5.4 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV TR 32.12 Adult Gold Free Skate Test ([SHFWDWLRQV IRU WKLV WHVW UHĂ€HFW D SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH WKDW DOLJQV ZLWK WKH MXYHQLOH IUHH VNDWH WHVW 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW VNDWH WKH VHOHFWHG HOHPHQWV MXPSV VSLQV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV RQ JRRG HGJHV ZLWK JRRG IRUP FRQWLQXRXV Ă€RZ VWUHQJWK DQG preciseness. The candidate must also skate to the music and utilize the ice surface. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU VHH rule 4570 for element requirements and program duration. (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK 2FWREHU the following elements are required: Jumps: &KRLFH RI VLQJOH $[HO GRXEOH 6DOFKRZ RU GRXEOH WRH ORRS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH 2QH VLQJOH /XW] MXPS DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH 7ZR DGGLWLRQDO GLIIHUHQW VLQJOH MXPSV HDFK SHUIRUPHG DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH FKRVHQ IURP VLQJOH 6DOFKRZ VLQJOH WRH ORRS VLQJOH ORRS RU VLQJOH Ă€LS 4. One non-listed jump from the following: split jump, stag jump, falling leaf, half loop. 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI WZR GLIIHUHQW VLQJOH MXPSV QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV 6LQJOH MXPSV DUH VLQJOH 6DOFKRZ VLQJOH WRH ORRS VLQJOH ORRS VLQJOH Ă€LS VLQJOH /XW] DQG VLQJOH $[HO Spins: 7ZR GLIIHUHQW VROR VSLQV PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI RQO\ RQH FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW 0XVW LQFOXGH WZR RI WKH IROORZLQJ SRVLWLRQV FDPHO VLW RU XSULJKW Steps: One step sequence or one choreographic sequence, fully utilizing the ice surface. Pattern is not restricted. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ /DGLHV DQG 0HQ ² 1RW WR H[FHHG WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUœV FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.0 Passing total: 6.0 Judging panel required: Three bronze RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV
278
TR 32.13 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Pre-Bronze Free Skate Test This is an Advanced Beginner Freestyle program. A well-balanced program consists of elements selected from Badges 1-12 with emphasis on glide and turns. Requirements are the following six elements: 1. Consecutive forward one-foot swizzles (left foot and right foot) 2. Consecutive backward one-foot swizzles (left foot and right foot) 3. Bunny hop or two-foot jump in place 4. Forward pivot 5. Forward lunge or shoot-the-duck (at any depth) 6. T-stop (left or right) Program should also incorporate moves skills such as two-foot turns, gliding forward to backward and backward to forward, consecutive forward crossovers (left and right), and forward inside and outside edges. The skills may be performed in any order. The skater will be judged on the quality of the performance and the content. Duration: Ladies and Men — 1:30 +/- 10 seconds to music of the skater’s choice. Judging panel required: One or three bronze or higher rank singles/pairs judge. TR 32.14 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Bronze Free Skate Test 7KLV LV DQ ,QWHUPHGLDWH /HYHO )UHHVW\OH SURJUDP $ ZHOO EDODQFHG SURJUDP FRQVLVWV RI HOHPHQWV ZLWK DQ HPSKDVLV RQ ÀRZ carriage and a slightly more advance skill level. Requirements are the following seven elements: +DOI ÀLS MXPS 2. Half Lutz jump 3. Waltz jump 4. Forward spiral 7ZR IRRW VSLQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV
6. One-foot spin (minimum of three revolutions in the upright position only) 7. Hockey stop Program should also incorporate moves skills such consecutive backward crossovers (left and right), consecutive forward outside and inside edges, consecutive backward outside and inside edges, forward inside three-turns (left and right), forward inside mohawks and simple footwork (mohawk step sequence, waltz three-step sequence, etc.). The skills may be performed in any order. The skater will be judged on the quality of the performance and the content. Duration: Ladies and Men — 2:00 +/- 10 seconds to music of the skater’s choice. Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank singles/pairs judges, or one silver or higher rank singles/pairs judge. TR 32.15 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Silver Free Skate Test A well-balanced program consists of free skating elements with an emphasis on spins, jumps and footwork. Requirements are the following seven elements: 1. Waltz jump 2. Salchow jump 3. Toe loop jump 4. Combination jump (waltz jump/toe loop) 5. One-foot solo spin with only one position and no change of foot (solo camel, solo sit spin, solo layback, solo upright) (minimum of four revolutions) 6. Upright back spin, any entry allowed (minimum of four revolutions) 7. Straight line step sequence utilizing one-half of the ice Program should also incorporate moves skills such consecutive backward crossovers (left and right), consecutive forward outside and inside edges, consecutive backward outside and inside edges, forward inside three-turns (left and right), forward inside mohawks and simple footwork (mohawk step sequence, waltz three-step sequence, etc.). The skills may be performed in any order. The skater will be judged on the quality of the performance and the content. Duration: Ladies and Men — 2:00 +/- 10 seconds to music of the skater’s choice. Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank singles/pairs judges, or one silver or higher rank singles/pairs judge.
279
TR 32.16 Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold Free Skate Test This is an Advanced Freestyle program. A well-balanced program consists of free skating elements with emphasis placed on spins, spin combinations, advanced jumps, jump combinations and footwork. Requirements are the following eight elements: 1. Salchow jump 2. Toe loop jump 6LQJOH ORRS ÀLS RU /XW] MXPS FKRLFH RI VNDWHU
&RPELQDWLRQ MXPS D 6DOFKRZ WRH ORRS ORRS ÀLS RU /XW] ZLWK HLWKHU D WRH ORRS RU ORRS MXPS ± FKRLFH RI VNDWHU $ GLIIHUHQW FRPELQDWLRQ MXPS D 6DOFKRZ WRH ORRS ORRS ÀLS RU /XW] ZLWK HLWKHU D WRH ORRS RU ORRS MXPS ± FKRLFH RI VNDWHU ZLWK D GLIIHUHQW ¿UVW MXPS WKH VHFRQG MXPS PD\ EH UHSHDWHG WRH ORRS RU ORRS MXPS 6. One-foot solo spin with only one position and no change of foot (solo camel, solo sit spin, solo layback, solo upright) PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV
7. One-foot combination spin with only one change of position and one change of foot (minimum of six revolutions with three revolutions per foot) 8. Straight line step sequence utilizing at least three-quarters of the ice Program should also incorporate moves skills. The skills may be performed in any order. The skater will be judged on the quality of the performance and the content. Duration: Ladies and Men — 2:30 +/- 10 seconds to music of the skater’s choice. Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank singles/pairs judges, or one silver or higher rank singles/pairs judge.
280
Pair Tests 75 &ODVVLÂżFDWLRQ RI 3DLU 7HVWV TR 33.01 7KH VWDQGDUG SDLU WHVWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR VL[ FODVVHV Pair test Prerequisite Pre-juvenile pair 3UH MXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW Juvenile pair -XYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW Intermediate pair ,QWHUPHGLDWH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH
1RYLFH SDLU 1RYLFH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH
Junior pair -XQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH
Senior pair 6HQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH
$ $Q\ SDLU WHVW PD\ EH WDNHQ RQO\ DIWHU WKH FDQGLGDWH KDV FRPSOHWHG WKH UHTXLUHG PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW DV OLVWHG LQ WKH SUHUHTXLVLWH FROXPQ DERYH 1R SDLU WHVW LV D SUHUHTXLVLWH WR DQ\ PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW TR 33.02 The adult pair tests are divided into three classes: Adult pair test Adult bronze pair
Prerequisite Preliminary PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW RU DGXOW EURQ]H PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH
Adult silver pair Pre-jXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW RU DGXOW VLOYHU PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH
Adult gold pair Juvenile PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW RU DGXOW JROG PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH
$ $Q\ DGXOW SDLU WHVW PD\ EH WDNHQ RQO\ DIWHU WKH FDQGLGDWH KDV FRPSOHWHG WKH UHTXLUHG PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG DV OLVWHG LQ WKH SUHUHTXLVLWH FROXPQ DERYH 1R SDLU WHVW LV D SUHUHTXLVLWH WR DQ\ PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG WHVW B. To qualify for any adult pair test, the candidate must be 21 years of age or older. TR 34.00 Pair Test Rules TR 34.01 (DFK SDLU PXVW FRQVLVW RI D ODG\ DQG D PDQ TR 34.02 For pair tests, the entire ice surface must be available. TR 34.03 For pair tests, vocal music with lyrics is permitted. TR 34.04 In the event of a substantive change to any required pairV ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH UHTXLUHPHQW V by the ISU or U.S. Figure Skating WKH FKDLU RI WKH 3DLUV &RPPLWWHH ZLOO UHYLVH WKH DIIHFWHG SDLU WHVW V WR LQFOXGH VXFK FKDQJH V DV VRRQ DV SUDFWLFDO 7KH FKDLU ZLOO QRWLI\ WKH FKDLUV RI WKH -XGJHV 5XOHV DQG 7HVWV &RPPLWWHHV DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO SRVW WKH change on XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ QRWLI\ FOXE WHVW FKDLUV DQG HQVXUH WHVW IRUPV DUH PRGLÂżHG DFFRUGLQJO\ TR 35.00 Marking of Pair Tests TR 35.01 7KH UXOHV JRYHUQLQJ WKH PDQQHU RI SHUIRUPDQFH DQG WKH PDUNLQJ RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ DQG LFH GDQFLQJ ZLOO DSSO\ WR DOO SDLU tests. TR 35.02 For all tests, the following information is listed: A. Passing total: The total points which must be obtained for the test from an individual judge in order to obtain a “passâ€? from that judge. B. Passing average: The mark that, if obtained in each division of a test, would result in a passing total for the test. TR 35.03 Pair tests will be marked by each judge for technical merit and presentation each on a scale from 0 to 6 in accordance ZLWK 75 TR 35.04 ,I WKH VNDWHUV IDLO WR ÂżQLVK D VNDWLQJ SURJUDP ZLWKLQ WKH UDQJH RI WLPH DOORZHG XQGHU VHFWLRQ 75 D GHGXFWLRQ VKRXOG EH WDNHQ LQ ERWK PDUNV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV RI WKH SUHVFULEHG UDQJH TR 36.00 Requirements for Passing Pair Tests TR 36.01 In order to pass a pair test, a candidate must have received a passing total or a “passâ€? for the entire test from a majority of the judges. TR 36.02 ,Q RUGHU IRU D SDLU WHVW WR SDVV QR VHULRXV HUURUV DV GHÂżQHG EHORZ PD\ EH SUHVHQW IROORZLQJ UHVNDWHG HOHPHQWV 6HH 75 ,I RQO\ RQH VHULRXV HUURU LV SUHVHQW DIWHU WKH WHVW KDV EHHQ VNDWHG MXGJHV KDYH WKH RSWLRQ RI XVLQJ WKH VHFRQG SUHVHQWDWLRQ PDUN WR SDVV WKH WHVW LI ZDUUDQWHG RU RI UHTXHVWLQJ D UHVNDWH A. Serious errors in pair tests are: /LIWV a. A fall; b. Collapsed lift; F /LIW GRHV QRW JR XS G 1R FDWFK RQ WZLVW OLIWV 2. Death spirals: a. A fall; b. Man does not attain a pivot position; F /DG\ DVVLVWHG QRW RQO\ E\ WKH EODGHV 281
3. Pair or solo spins: a. A fall; E (LWKHU SDUWQHU GRHV QRW SHUIRUP WKH VSLQ F 6SLQV VKRUW RQH RU PRUH UHYROXWLRQV VHH 75 %
4. Single skating elements such as jumps, spins, step sequences: D 7KH VDPH DV IRU WKH VLQJOH IUHH VNDWH WHVWV LQ 75 $ Âą The serious errors outlined above require reskates by both partners. B. Quality errors in pair tests not necessitating failure or the test are: 1. Incidental touchdown of the free foot; ,PSURSHU FKDQJH RI HGJH VKRUWO\ EHIRUH WKH WDNH RII RI D UHTXLUHG MXPS YHU\ VKRUW FKDQJH RI HGJH 7XUQV DIWHU WKH ODQGLQJ RI D UHTXLUHG MXPS RU VLPLODU GLIÂżFXOWLHV LQ KROGLQJ WKH ODQGLQJ 4. Traveling in required spins; 5. Spins short less than one revolution. & ,OOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV /\LQJ RQ WKH LFH DQG SURORQJHG DQG RU VWDWLRQDU\ NQHHOLQJ RQ ERWK NQHHV DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ HQG DQG RU GXULQJ WKH program. 2. Somersault types of jumps. 7KH SHQDOW\ WR EH DSSOLHG VKRXOG EH LQ HDFK PDUN IRU HDFK LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW SHUIRUPHG TR 36.03 In all pair tests, the pair will be judged and will “passâ€? or “retryâ€? as a pair. A partner in such tests who has already passed the test being tried will not be affected if a subsequent attempt of the same test with a different partner has been marked “retry.â€? A. Partners for all pair tests may be selected without regard to pair test accomplishments or eligibility status. However, any person 18 years of age or older who is partnering a minor must submit the proper payment through the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website, submit information for and successfully pass an annual background screen, as required for coach FRPSOLDQFH LQ UXOH 05 $ LQ RUGHU WR SDUWQHU SDLU WHVWV GXULQJ D VDQFWLRQHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHVW VHVVLRQ TR 37.00 Reskating Any Element of a Pair Test TR 37.01 At the completion of any test and before any other test is conducted, the judge-in-charge must ask the other two judges individually if they wish to see any element reskated before the judges turn in their judging sheets. Should the judges wish a reskate, they must indicate to the judge-in-charge what they wish to be reskated. This will be done privately without conference. If a majority of the panel requests a reskate, the judge-in-charge will direct the pair to reskate the agreed-upon element. If the judges wish a reskate and do not agree on which element to reskate, the judge-in-charge will decide. A brief rest and warm-up is permitted before the reskate is performed. A. After a pair test, only two different elements may be reskated. % 8SRQ D UHTXHVW IRU D UHVNDWH WKH SDLU PD\ FKRRVH WR FRPSOHWH DQ\ HOHPHQW WKDW IXOÂżOOV WKH VWDWHG UHTXLUHPHQW & $ SDLU WKDW RPLWWHG D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW RU VXEVWLWXWHG IRU D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW LQ WKH WHVW PD\ XVH RQH RI WKHLU UHVNDWHV WR IXOÂżOO the stated requirement. TR 39.00 Schedule of Pair Tests TR 39.01 Pre-Juvenile Pair Test The pre-juvenile pair test will consist of a variety of skating moves and connecting steps skated to music. A pair must demonstrate good form with some degree of unison, especially in stroking and footwork. The following elements are required: A. One lift from Group 1 or the waist lift from Group 2 B. One solo jump, single C. One jump combination or jump sequence, single jumps only D. One pair spin, minimum three revolutions, no change of foot or position ( 2QH VROR VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV QR FKDQJH RI IRRW RU SRVLWLRQ F. Stroking forward and backward, clockwise and counterclockwise * 6WHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG DQG VSLUDOV XWLOL]LQJ RQH KDOI RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH The following elements are optional: H. One throw jump, single , 2QH SLYRW ÂżJXUH QR PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUVÂś FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 2.7 Passing total: 5.4 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWLÂżHG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV
282
TR 39.02 Juvenile Pair Test The juvenile pair test must consist of a program with a variety of moves and connecting steps skated to the music. The pair must utilize the ice surface with some degree of unison in good form while demonstrating the fundamentals of pair skating. The following elements are required: $ 2QH OLIW IURP *URXS RU ZLWK RU ZLWKRXW IXOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH PDQ¶V DUPV • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed and one-handed lifts, combination lifts, lifts that include a carry feature, FDUU\ OLIWV DQG OLIWV WKDW WXUQ LQ ERWK GLUHFWLRQV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG KRZHYHU LI D SDLU H[HFXWHV D *URXS OLIW WKH release of the lady’s hands is not a violation of this rule. • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò revolutions by the man B. One throw jump, single C. One solo jump, single or double D. One jump combination or jump sequence, consisting of single or double jumps • Jump combination must consist of two jumps • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG ( 2QH SDLU VSLQ PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV RSWLRQDO FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ no change of foot ) 2QH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RSWLRQDO FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ DQG FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ * 2QH SLYRW ¿JXUH PLQLPXP RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ E\ WKH PDQ LQ SLYRW SRVLWLRQ H. One choreographic sequence. See rule 5106 for description. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.0 Passing total: 6.0 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV TR 39.03 Intermediate Pair Test The intermediate pair test must consist of a program skated rhythmically and in harmony with the music. The pair must show D PRGHUDWH GHJUHH RI SDLU XQLVRQ ZLWK JRRG IRUP DQG ÀRZ ZKLOH IXOO\ XWLOL]LQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH ,W LV DOVR H[SHFWHG WKDW WKH SDLU ZLOO GHPRQVWUDWH VRPH RI WKH PRUH DGYDQFHG IXQGDPHQWDOV RI SDLU VNDWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUPHGLDWH EDVHG PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG LQ PLUURU DQG RU VKDGRZ VNDWLQJ 7KH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV DUH UHTXLUHG A. Two different lifts selected from Groups 1-4: • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed and one-handed lifts, combination lifts, lifts that include a carry feature, carry lifts and lifts that turn in both directions are not permitted; however, the release of the lady’s hands in a Group OLIW DQG WKH UHOHDVH RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV DIWHU WKH OLIW H[WHQVLRQ KDV EHHQ DFKLHYHG LQ D SODWWHU OLIW DUH QRW YLRODWLRQV of this rule. • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ % 2QH WZLVW OLIW VLQJOH WDNH RII PXVW EH ÀLS RU /XW] C. One throw jump, single or double D. One solo jump, single or double ( 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH FRQVLVWLQJ RI VLQJOH RU GRXEOH MXPSV • Jump combination must consist of two jumps • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG ) 2QH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ DUH RSWLRQDO ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW DFKLHYH D EDVLF SRVLWLRQ IRU DW OHDVW WZR UHYROXWLRQV PD\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ * 2QH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH PLQLPXP RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ E\ WKH PDQ LQ SLYRW SRVLWLRQ H. One choreographic sequence. See rule 5106 for description. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.2 Passing total: 6.4 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV
283
TR 39.04 Novice Pair Test The novice pair test must consist of a program with connecting moves and footwork. The pair must demonstrate basic pair XQLVRQ DQG JRRG IRUP DQG ÀRZ 7KH SURJUDP VKRXOG XWLOL]H WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH DQG EH VNDWHG ZLWK H[SUHVVLRQ LQ WLPH WR WKH music. The following elements are required: A. Two different lifts: • Must be from different groups, and one must be from Group 3 or Group 4 • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed, combination lifts and lifts that turn in both directions are permitted • Carry lifts and lifts with a carry feature are not permitted • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ % 2QH WZLVW OLIW VLQJOH RU GRXEOH WDNH RII PXVW EH ÀLS RU /XW] C. Two different throw jumps, single, double or triple D. One solo jump, single, double or triple ( 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV • Jump combination must consist of two jumps • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG • $OO MXPSV H[HFXWHG ZLWK PRUH WKDQ WZR UHYROXWLRQV GRXEOH $[HO DQG DOO WULSOH MXPSV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH GLIIHUHQW QDPH KRZHYHU WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH FDQ LQFOXGH WZR VDPH VXFK MXPSV ) 2QH SDLU VSLQ RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV LI SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW change feet and position at least once * 2QH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ DUH RSWLRQDO ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW DFKLHYH D EDVLF SRVLWLRQ IRU DW OHDVW WZR UHYROXWLRQV PD\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ H. One death spiral, minimum one full revolution by the man in pivot position I. One choreographic sequence. See rule 5106 for description. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.5 Passing total: 7.0 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV TR 39.05 Junior Pair Test 7KH MXQLRU SDLU WHVW PXVW FRQVLVW RI D SURJUDP RI JRRG KDUPRQLRXV FRPSRVLWLRQ VNDWHG WR WKH PXVLF ZLWK UK\WKP DQG H[SUHVVLRQ 7KH SURJUDP VKRXOG KDYH D FKDQJH RI SDFH XWLOL]H WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH DQG EH VNDWHG LQ JRRG IRUP ZLWK YHU\ JRRG ÀRZ 7KH pair must demonstrate good partner relationship and show a good degree of pair unison. The following elements are required: A. Two different lifts, not all from Group 5 • One must be chosen from Groups 3-5 • )XOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH OLIWLQJ DUP V UHTXLUHG • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • Only one lift may include a carry feature • &DUU\ OLIWV RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ H[LW HQWU\ DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG DUH QRW FRXQWHG LQ WKH QXPEHU RI RYHUKHDG OLIWV B. One twist lift, double or more revolutions C. Two different throw jumps, double or more revolutions D. One solo jump, double or more revolutions ( 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH • Jump combination may consist of two or three jumps • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG • $OO MXPSV H[HFXWHG ZLWK PRUH WKDQ WZR UHYROXWLRQV GRXEOH $[HO DQG DOO WULSOH DQG TXDGUXSOH MXPSV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH GLIIHUHQW QDPH KRZHYHU WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH FDQ LQFOXGH WZR VDPH VXFK MXPSV • At least one jump must be a double or more revolutions F. One pair spin combination, minimum of eight revolutions total; must have at least one change of foot by each partner, not necessarily at the same time, and there must be at least three revolutions before and after the change of foot; must have at least one change of position and at least two different basic positions by each partner G. One solo spin combination; minimum of 10 revolutions total, must have at least one change of position; change of foot is optional, but if change of foot is performed, there must be at least three revolutions before and after the change of foot H. One death spiral, minimum one full revolution by the man in pivot position I. One choreographic sequence. See rule 5106 for description. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 4.0 Passing total: 8.0 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP JROG RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV 284
TR 39.06 Senior Pair Test 7KH VHQLRU SDLU PXVW JLYH DQ H[FHOOHQW SHUIRUPDQFH %RWK SDUWQHUV VKRXOG PRYH WRJHWKHU LQ FRPSOHWH KDUPRQ\ VKRZLQJ D PDUNHG GHJUHH RI SDLU XQLVRQ JRRG IRUP DQG H[FHOOHQW ÀRZ 7KH SURJUDP VKRXOG IXOO\ XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH KDYH D FKDQJH RI SDFH DQG VXSHUEO\ H[SUHVV WKH PRRG DQG UK\WKP RI PXVLF +DUPRQLRXV VWHSV DQG FRQQHFWLQJ PRYHPHQWV LQ WLPH WR WKH PXVLF should be maintained throughout the program. The following elements are required: A. Three different lifts: • 1RW DOO IURP *URXS • Two must be chosen from Groups 3-5 • ,I WZR *URXS OLIWV DUH H[HFXWHG WKH WDNH RIIV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH DEEUHYLDWLRQ
• )XOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH OLIWLQJ DUP V UHTXLUHG • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • Only one lift may include a carry feature • &DUU\ OLIWV RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ H[LW HQWU\ DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG DUH QRW FRXQWHG LQ WKH QXPEHU RI RYHUKHDG OLIWV B. One twist lift, double or more revolutions C. Two different throw jumps, double or more revolutions D. One solo jump, double or more revolutions ( 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH • Jump combination may consist of two or three jumps • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG • $OO MXPSV H[HFXWHG ZLWK PRUH WKDQ WZR UHYROXWLRQV GRXEOH $[HO DQG DOO WULSOH DQG TXDGUXSOH MXPSV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH GLIIHUHQW QDPH KRZHYHU WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH FDQ LQFOXGH WZR VDPH VXFK MXPSV • At least two jumps must be a double or more revolutions F. One pair spin combination; minimum of eight revolutions total; must have at least one change of foot by each partner, not necessarily at the same time, and there must be at least three revolutions before and after the change of foot; must have at least one change of position and at least two different basic positions by each partner G. One solo spin combination; minimum 10 revolutions total; must have at least one change of position; change of foot is optional, but if change of foot is performed, there must be at least three revolutions before and after the change of foot H. One death spiral, minimum one full revolution by the man in pivot position I. One choreographic sequence. See rule 5106 for description. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 4.5 Passing total: 9.0 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP JROG RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV TR 39.07 Adult Bronze Pair Test The adult bronze pair test must consist of a program with a variety of moves and connecting steps skated to music, in good form with some degree of pair unison. The pair must utilize the ice surface while demonstrating the basic moves of pair skating. The following elements are required: Jumps: 2QH MXPS VLQJOH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH RI MXPSV KDOI DQG VLQJOH MXPSV
Spins: 2QH SDLU VSLQ ZLWK QR FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW VXFK DV DQ XSULJKW SDLU VSLQ RU D SDLU FDPHO VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VROR VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
Lifts: 2QH OLIW VXFK DV D ZDOW] RU KDOI ÀLS QR RYHUKHDG OLIWV
3LYRW ¿JXUH 2QH SLYRW ¿JXUH LQ ZKLFK WKH PDQ DWWDLQV WKH SLYRW SRVLWLRQ ZKLOH WKH ODG\ FLUFOHV DURXQG KLP LQ D VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ KDQG KROG DQG SLYRW SRVLWLRQV DUH RSWLRQDO
Steps: 1. Stroking in unison, both forward and backward, clockwise and counterclockwise 2. Footwork and connecting moves such as spirals, spread eagles, etc., utilizing at least one-half the ice surface ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ 1RW WR H[FHHG WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 2.5 Passing total: 5.0 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJH -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV RU RQH VHFWLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV competition judge.
285
TR 39.08 Adult Silver Pair Test The adult silver pair test must consist of a program skated rhythmically and in harmony with the music. The pair should VKRZ D PRGHUDWH GHJUHH RI SDLU XQLVRQ ZLWK JRRG IRUP DQG ÀRZ ZKLOH IXOO\ XWLOL]LQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH 7KH SDLU LV H[SHFWHG WR GHPRQVWUDWH WKH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI SDLU VNDWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ V\QFKURQL]HG FRQQHFWLQJ PRYHPHQWV PLUURU DQG RU VKDGRZ VNDWLQJ The following elements are required: Jumps: 2QH MXPS VLQJOH
2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH KDOI DQG VLQJOH MXPSV
1R $[HO RU PXOWL URWDWLRQ MXPSV Spins: 2QH SDLU VSLQ ZLWK QR FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VROR VSLQ ZLWK RQH FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV WRWDO
Lifts: 7ZR GLIIHUHQW OLIWV VXFK DV D ZDLVW /XW] RU ZDOW] QR RYHUKHDG OLIWV
'HDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH 2QH GHDWK W\SH VSLUDO KDQG KROG SLYRW DQG ODG\¶V HGJH DUH RSWLRQDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH LQ ZKLFK the man attains a pivot position while the lady circles around him in spiral position Steps: 6WURNLQJ LQ XQLVRQ LOOXVWUDWLQJ PLUURU DQG RU VKDGRZ VNDWLQJ IRRWZRUN FRQQHFWLQJ PRYHV VXFK DV WXUQV LQ WKH ¿HOG spirals, pivots and basic dance steps 2. One step sequence or spiral sequence. Pattern is not restricted. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ 1RW WR H[FHHG WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 2.7 Passing total: 5.4 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV TR 39.09 Adult Gold Pair Test The adult gold pair test must consist of a program with connecting moves and footwork to be skated rhythmically and in KDUPRQ\ WR WKH PXVLF 7KH SDLU VKRXOG GHPRQVWUDWH SDUWQHU UHODWLRQVKLS XQLVRQ JRRG ÀRZ DQG IRUP 7KH SURJUDP VKRXOG XWLOL]H WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH DQG EH VNDWHG ZLWK H[SUHVVLRQ LQ WLPH WR WKH PXVLF 7KH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV DUH UHTXLUHG Jumps: 1. One single or double jump 2. One jump combination or sequence utilizing single or multi-rotation jumps Spins: 2QH SDLU VSLQ VXFK DV SDLU VLW SDLU FDPHO RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP IRXU UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ
2QH VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ ZLWK FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG RU FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV WRWDO
Lifts: 7KUHH GLIIHUHQW OLIWV ² DOO OLIWV PD\ EH VHOHFWHG IURP *URXS RU RQH OLIW PD\ EH VHOHFWHG IURP *URXSV ± DQG RU RQH may be a single twist lift Death spiral: 2QH GHDWK W\SH VSLUDO ZLWK WKH SLYRW SRVLWLRQ DWWDLQHG E\ WKH PDQ ODG\¶V HGJH RSWLRQDO +DQG KROG VKRXOG EH a regular one-hand hold. Throw: One single throw jump Steps: &RQQHFWLQJ PRYHV PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG IRRWZRUN VWURNLQJ LQ JRRG XQLVRQ DQG PLUURU DQG RU VKDGRZ VNDWLQJ 2. One step sequence, spiral sequence or choreographic sequence. Pattern is not restricted. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ 1RW WR H[FHHG WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Two different elements may be retried, if necessary. Passing average: 3.0 Passing total: 6.0 Judging panel required through Sept. 1, 2017: Three bronze RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG VWDUWLQJ 6HSW 7KUHH FKRVHQ IURP EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLUV WHVWV RU UHJLRQDO RU KLJKHU UDQN VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV
286
Pattern Dance Tests 75 &ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVWV TR 40.01 The standard, adult and masters categories of partnered pattern dance tests are divided into eight classes to be taken in WKH IROORZLQJ RUGHU H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH SURYLGHG LQ UXOH 75 6WDQGDUG SUHOLPLQDU\ QR VHSDUDWH FDWHJRU\ IRU DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
2. Standard, adult or masters pre-bronze 3. Standard, adult or masters bronze 4. Standard, adult or masters pre-silver 5. Standard, adult or masters silver 6. Standard, adult or masters pre-gold After passing the pre-gold pattern dance test, dancers may take the following pattern dance tests in any order: 7. Standard, adult or masters gold 8. Standard, adult or masters international Note: The international dance test is not a requirement for any competitive level. TR 40.02 To qualify for any adult partnered pattern dance test, the candidate must be 21 years of age or older and must have passed the preceding adult or standard partnered pattern dance test. The passing of a lower level adult partnered pattern dance WHVW GRHV QRW TXDOLI\ WKH FDQGLGDWH WR WDNH WKH QH[W KLJKHU OHYHO VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW TR 40.03 To qualify for any masters partnered pattern dance test, the candidate must be 50 years of age or older and must have passed the preceding masters, adult or standard partnered pattern dance test. The passing of a lower level masters partnered SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW GRHV QRW TXDOLI\ WKH FDQGLGDWH WR WDNH WKH QH[W KLJKHU OHYHO DGXOW RU VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW TR 40.04 The standard, adult and masters categories of solo pattern dance track tests are divided into eight classes to be taken in WKH IROORZLQJ RUGHU H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH SURYLGHG LQ UXOH 75 6WDQGDUG SUHOLPLQDU\ QR VHSDUDWH FDWHJRU\ IRU DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
2. Standard, adult or masters pre-bronze 3. Standard, adult or masters bronze 4. Standard, adult or masters pre-silver 5. Standard, adult or masters silver 6. Standard, adult or masters pre-gold After passing the pre-gold pattern dance test, dancers may take the following pattern dance tests in any order: 7. Standard, adult or masters gold 8. Standard, adult or masters international TR 40.05 6ROR GDQFH WUDFN WHVWV VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV DUH D VHSDUDWH VHULHV RI WHVWV DQG DUH QRW UHODWHG WR GDQFH WHVWV VNDWHG ZLWK D SDUWQHU 7KHUHIRUH WKH SDVVLQJ RI D ORZHU OHYHO VROR GDQFH WUDFN WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV GRHV QRW TXDOLI\ WKH FDQGLGDWH WR WDNH WKH QH[W KLJKHU OHYHO VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW 7KHVH WHVWV GR QRW PHHW the requirements for the partnered dance competition levels of senior down through pre-juvenile per rules 6200-6252 and partnered adult dance events per rules 6500-6601. However, these tests do meet the requirements for solo dance events at nonqualifying competitions and adult solo dance events per rules 6620-6741. A. To qualify for any adult solo dance track test, the candidate must be 21 years of age or older B. To qualify for any masters solo dance track test, the candidate must be 50 years of age or older. 75 4XDOL¿FDWLRQ WR 7DNH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVWV TR 41.01 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV DUH QRW UHTXLUHG DV D SUHUHTXLVLWH IRU SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV KRZHYHU SULRU WR HQWHULQJ GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQV FRPSHWLWRUV PXVW KDYH WDNHQ DQG SDVVHG DW OHDVW WKH HTXLYDOHQW OHYHO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW 7KLV UXOH GRHV QRW apply to adult dance competitors. TR 41.02 All of the dances in a dance test need not be taken at the same test session. Those dances that are passed will be credited toward the completion of the test. To complete a partnered pattern dance test level, all tests within the level must be taken and passed as partnered pattern dance tests. To complete a solo pattern dance test level, all tests within the level must be taken and SDVVHG DV VROR SDWWHUQ GDQFH WUDFN WHVWV 6RORV ZLWKLQ D SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW VLOYHU DQG DERYH GR QRW FRXQW WRZDUG completion of solo pattern dance track tests. TR 41.03 Candidates may not take any dances in a higher test level until they have passed all of the dances in the preceding test OHYHO 6HH H[FHSWLRQV EHORZ $ $ FDQGLGDWH ZKR FRPSOHWHG WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SULRU WR 2FW PD\ E\SDVV WKH 5K\WKP %OXHV EXW must take the Swing Dance again at the pre-bronze level. B. A candidate who completed the pre-bronze pattern dance test prior to Oct. 1, 1990, may bypass the Fiesta Tango but must take the Hickory Hoedown again at the bronze level. C. A candidate who completed the bronze pattern dance test prior to Oct. 1, 1990, may bypass the Hickory Hoedown and continue with the pre-silver pattern dance test. D. A candidate who passed at least one bronze pattern dance test prior to Oct. 1, 1989, is not required to take and pass the pre-bronze pattern dance test. ( $ FDQGLGDWH ZKR SDVVHG WKH SUH JROG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SULRU WR 6HSW LV QRW UHTXLUHG WR WDNH DQG SDVV WKH 6WDUOLJKW Waltz. 287
TR 42.00 Partnered Pattern Dance Requirements TR 42.01 The preliminary, pre-bronze, bronze, pre-silver and international partnered pattern dance tests are danced with a partner only. TR 42.02 7KH VWDQGDUG VLOYHU VWDQGDUG SUH JROG DQG VWDQGDUG JROG SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV ZLOO EH GDQFHG ¿UVW ZLWK D SDUWQHU and then solo. TR 42.03 For all partnered dance tests, legally blind or deaf dance candidates may apply for a waiver of the solo requirements. The candidate’s home club must make such application to the chair of the Tests Committee. TR 42.04 All adult partnered pattern dance tests and all masters partnered pattern dance tests must be danced only with a partner. TR 42.05 When taking a pattern dance test, the candidate will be required to dance the following number of patterns or rounds based on the Dance Diagrams. See Glossary. A. With a partner: 3UHOLPLQDU\ WKURXJK VLOYHU GDQFH WHVWV 7ZR SDWWHUQV RI WKH 6ZLQJ 'DQFH WZLFH DURXQG WKH LFH VXUIDFH 'XWFK :DOW] &DQDVWD 7DQJR 5K\WKP %OXHV &KD &KD )LHVWD 7DQJR :LOORZ :DOW] +LFNRU\ +RHGRZQ DQG 7HQ )R[ (XURSHDQ :DOW] $PHULFDQ :DOW] DQG 7DQJR RQFH DURXQG WKH LFH VXUIDFH 7KUHH SDWWHUQV RI DOO RWKHU GDQFHV LQFOXGLQJ WKH )RXUWHHQVWHS 2. Pre-gold dance tests: Two patterns of the Paso Doble and Starlight Waltz, three patterns of the Blues, four patterns of WKH .LOLDQ WZLFH DURXQG WKH LFH VXUIDFH *ROG DQG LQWHUQDWLRQDO GDQFH WHVWV 7KUHH SDWWHUQV RI WKH 4XLFNVWHS DQG 5KXPED WZR SDWWHUQV RI DOO RWKHU GDQFHV % 6ROR ZKHQ UHTXLUHG DV SDUW RI VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG GDQFH WHVWV 7ZR SDWWHUQV & :KHUH WKH LFH VXUIDFH PHDVXUHV OHVV WKDQ IHHW LQ OHQJWK WKH ,68 (XURSHDQ :DOW] DQG $PHULFDQ :DOW] SDWWHUQV PD\ EH VKRUWHQHG E\ GHOHWLQJ 6WHSV WR LQ ERWK GDQFHV DQG IRU WKH SDWWHUQ VWDUWLQJ RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV IRU WKH (XURSHDQ :DOW] Steps 13 to 18, and for the American Waltz, Steps 11 to 16, respectively, may be deleted; thus, only one semicircular lobe is GDQFHG WRZDUG WKH ORQJLWXGLQDO D[LV RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH ,Q VXFK LQVWDQFH IRXU GDQFH SDWWHUQV PXVW EH GDQFHG ZLWK D SDUWQHU and, when required, three dance patterns must be danced solo. ' )RU SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV RI WKH (XURSHDQ :DOW] DQG WKH $PHULFDQ :DOW] RQO\ WKH VNDWHU PD\ EHJLQ WKH GDQFH RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV RI WKH ULQN )RU ERWK WKH (XURSHDQ :DOW] DQG WKH $PHULFDQ :DOW] WKH ¿UVW VWHS RI WKH GDQFH IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV LV 6WHS DV GLDJUDPPHG IRU ,-6 VHH GDQFH GLDJUDPV TR 42.06 In all dances to be danced both with a partner and the required solo, the judge-in-charge may specify the side of the ice surface on which such dance will be started, both with a partner and solo. TR 42.07 Pattern dance music for all tests may be either vocal or orchestral and must conform with the rhythm and tempo VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH GDQFH )RU SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV WKH LQWURGXFWRU\ SHULRG PD\ EH XS WR HLJKW PHDVXUHV RI PXVLF ZLWK DQ XQOLPLWHG QXPEHU RI VWHSV SURYLGHG WKH\ GR QRW H[FHHG WKH OHQJWK RI WKH LQWURGXFWLRQ VSHFL¿HG IRU HDFK GDQFH TR 43.00 Partners for Pattern Dance Tests TR 43.01 (DFK FDQGLGDWH ZLOO VHOHFW D SDUWQHU ZKHUH DSSURSULDWH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI WKHVH UXOHV LQFOXGLQJ WKH VSHFL¿F UXOHV IRU HDFK WHVW $ GLIIHUHQW SDUWQHU PD\ LI WKH FDQGLGDWH VR GHVLUHV EH VHOHFWHG IRU HDFK LQGLYLGXDO GDQFH WDNHQ A. Pattern dance tests may be taken with a partner of the same gender. TR 43.02 Partners for all pattern dance tests may be selected from dancers without regard to dance test accomplishments or eligibility status. However, any person 18 years of age or older who is partnering a minor must submit the proper payment through the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website, submit information for and successfully pass an annual background VFUHHQ DV UHTXLUHG IRU FRDFK FRPSOLDQFH LQ UXOH 05 $ LQ RUGHU WR SDUWQHU SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV GXULQJ D VDQFWLRQHG U.S. Figure Skating test session. TR 44.00 Solo Pattern Dance Track Test Requirements TR 44.01 6NDWHUV PD\ EHJLQ WHVWLQJ WKH VROR SDWWHUQ GDQFH WUDFN WHVWV DW WKH QH[W OHYHO DERYH WKHLU KLJKHVW FRPSOHWHG SDUWQHUHG pattern dance track or they may start testing at the lowest level. To complete a solo pattern dance track test level, all tests within the level must be taken and passed as solo pattern dance track tests. TR 44.02 6ROR SDWWHUQ GDQFH WUDFN WHVWV UHTXLUH WKH VDPH QXPEHU RI SDWWHUQV DV 75 $ & DQG ' TR 45.00 Marking of Pattern Dance Tests TR 45.01 The following must be observed during the skating of pattern dances: A. Technique: 6HH UXOH $ B. Timing/Expression: 6HH UXOH %
TR 45.02 )RU DOO WHVWV H[FHSW WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH DQG WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ VROR SDWWHUQ GDQFH WKH IROORZLQJ information is listed: A. Passing total: The total points which must be obtained for the test from an individual judge in order to obtain a “pass� from that judge. B. Passing average: The mark that, if obtained in each division of a test, would result in a passing total for the test. TR 45.03 Dance tests will be marked as follows: $ 3DWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV PXVW EH PDUNHG E\ HDFK MXGJH IRU WHFKQLTXH DQG WLPLQJ H[SUHVVLRQ HDFK RQ D VFDOH RI WR LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 75 DQG 75 (DFK MXGJH ZLOO UHFRUG PDUNV IRU WKH GLYLVLRQV LQ HDFK WHVW +RZHYHU WKH PDUNLQJ of the preliminary partnered and preliminary solo pattern dance tests by each judge will be on the basis of “pass� or “retry.� A “pass� in each division is required to pass each preliminary partnered pattern and preliminary solo pattern dance track dance test. 288
TR 45.04 When the candidate dances the required solo portion in the standard silver, pre-gold and gold partnered pattern dance tests, it is not necessary to record an additional set of marks. The purpose for the required solo at the silver level is to check the candidate’s knowledge of the steps and ability to keep time with the music. For the required solo at the pre-gold and gold levels, the judges must note, in addition to those aspects of the silver solo, the ability to dance with such assurance as to give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that of a standard candidate at one test level below. TR 45.06 For masters tests, knowledge of steps and basic timing must equal that required of standard candidates for the level being tested. Although a large pattern is not required, the shape of the lobes and their relation to each other should be DSSUR[LPDWHO\ FRUUHFW ([SUHVVLRQ PXVW DW OHDVW PHHW WKH VWDQGDUG IRU WKH OHYHO EHORZ 6WURQJ GHYHORSPHQW RI H[WHQVLRQ FDUULDJH XQLVRQ Ă€RZ VSHHG DQG GHSWK RI HGJH ZLOO QRW EH GHPDQGHG +RZHYHU EDVLF EDODQFH IRUP DQG VNDWLQJ VNLOOV PXVW be adequate to achieve comfortable performance of the required steps and partner positions at every level. TR 46.00 Requirements for Passing Pattern Dance Tests TR 46.01 In order to pass a test, a candidate must have received a passing total or a “passâ€? for the entire test from a majority of the judges. TR 46.02 All international partnered pattern dance tests may be taken and judged as a couple or as a single test candidate. If the test is taken as a couple, both candidates must be paid and registered candidates for the test. TR 47.00 Reskating a Pattern Dance Test TR 47.01 $W WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI D SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR WUDFN DQG EHIRUH DQ\ RWKHU WHVW LV FRQGXFWHG D UHVNDWH PD\ be requested. If a majority of the panel requests a reskate, the judge-in-charge will direct the skater accordingly. If the judges do not agree on what is to be reskated, the judge-in-charge will decide. A reskate of a partnered pattern dance may be one or two sequences either with the same or another partner or of the required solo. A reskate of a solo track pattern dance may be one or two sequence. A brief rest and warm up are permitted before the reskate is performed. The judge-in-charge will direct the reskate as follows: $ $SSRLQW WKH VDPH RU DQRWKHU SDUWQHU ZLWKRXW UHJDUG WR WHVW RU HOLJLELOLW\ VWDWXV EXW VXEMHFW WR WKH SURYLVLRQV RI 75 LQ the case of a partnered pattern dance test; B. Specify whether one or two sequences of the dance will be performed; C. Indicate the location of the start of the reskate; D. Determine the appropriate period of rest; and ( ,QIRUP WKH VNDWHU RI WKHVH GHWDLOV TR 49.00 Schedule of Pattern Dance Tests TR 49.01 Preliminary Pattern Dance Test: Partnered and Solo (All Candidates) 7KH SXUSRVH RI WKLV WHVW LV WR HQFRXUDJH EHJLQQLQJ GDQFHUV WR OHDUQ WKH IXQGDPHQWDOV RI GDQFLQJ 1R JUHDW GHJUHH RI WHFKQLFDO DELOLW\ H[SUHVVLRQ FDUULDJH XQLVRQ RU Ă€RZ LV H[SHFWHG 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW VKRZ NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV IDLUO\ JRRG HGJHV ability to keep time with the music and some evidence of good form. Unison does not apply to the solo dance track test. The WHVW LV PDUNHG RQO\ ÂłSDVV´ RU ÂłUHWU\´ LQ HDFK GLYLVLRQ DQG LQ WKH ÂżQDO UHVXOW 1R QXPHULFDO PDUNV DUH DZDUGHG ,I DQ\ RQH GLYLVLRQ LV PDUNHG ÂłUHWU\´ E\ D MXGJH WKH ÂżQDO UHVXOW PXVW DOVR EH PDUNHG ÂłUHWU\´ E\ WKDW MXGJH 7R SDVV WKH WHVW D PDMRULW\ RI WKH MXGJHV PXVW DZDUG D ÂłSDVV´ LQ WKH ÂżQDO UHVXOW DANCES: Dutch Waltz, Canasta Tango, Rhythm Blues Technique Timing/Expression Result Pass or retry Pass or retry Pass or retry Judging panel required: Partnered and solo dance track tests — One or three bronze or higher rank dance judges. TR 49.02 Pre-Bronze Pattern Dance Test: Partnered and Solo (All Candidates) The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of the steps and correct timing of the dance. Attention should be given to depth RI HGJHV DQG SURSHU FXUYDWXUH RI OREHV DOWKRXJK FRPSOHWH DFFXUDF\ LV QRW H[SHFWHG 7KH GDQFH VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK VRPH GHJUHH RI H[SUHVVLRQ )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 DANCES: Swing Dance, Cha Cha, Fiesta Tango Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 2.5 2.5 5.0 Adult 2.4 2.4 4.8 Masters 2.3 2.3 4.6 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 3DUWQHUHG VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJHV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJH 6ROR GDQFH WUDFN VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJH V
289
TR 49.03 Bronze Pattern Dance Test: Partnered and Solo (All Candidates) The fundamentals of dancing must be demonstrated but need not necessarily be mastered. Correct steps and turns, accurate EDVLF WLPLQJ JRRG HGJHV DQG ÀRZ RQ DW OHDVW WKH HDV\ SDUWV RI WKH GDQFHV HUHFW FDUULDJH DQG D UHDVRQDEO\ ZHOO SODFHG SDWWHUQ DUH UHTXLUHG /LWWOH H[SUHVVLRQ VRPH GLI¿FXOW\ ZLWK WKH KDUG SDUWV RI WKH GDQFHV DQG OLWWOH DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH GHWDLOV RI XQLVRQ DUH H[SHFWHG 8QLVRQ GRHV QRW DSSO\ WR WKH VROR GDQFH WUDFN WHVW )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 DANCES: Hickory Hoedown, Willow Waltz, Ten-Fox Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 2.7 2.7 5.4 Adult 2.6 2.6 5.2 Masters 2.4 2.4 4.8 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 3DUWQHUHG VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJHV RU RQH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJH 6ROR GDQFH WUDFN VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJH V TR 49.04 Pre-Silver Pattern Dance Test: Partnered and Solo (All Candidates) The candidate must dance the correct steps and turns on strong edges, in good form, in good rhythm and with some degree RI H[SUHVVLRQ DQG SDUWQHU XQLVRQ ,W LV QRW H[SHFWHG WKDW DOO GHWDLOV ZLOO EH ZHOO GRQH EXW QR FRQVLVWHQW PDMRU HUURUV VKRXOG EH HYLGHQW 8QLVRQ GRHV QRW DSSO\ WR WKH VROR GDQFH WUDFN WHVW )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 DANCES: Fourteenstep, European Waltz, Foxtrot Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 3.0 3.0 6.0 Adult 2.8 2.8 5.6 Masters 2.6 2.6 5.2 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 3DUWQHUHG VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 7KUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJHV 6ROR GDQFH WUDFN VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 2QH RU WKUHH EURQ]H RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJH V TR 49.05 Silver Pattern Dance Test: Partnered and Solo (All Candidates) The candidate must give a performance that is generally good. Strong, true edges, good rhythm, smooth turns, correct carriage DQG HIIRUWOHVV ÀRZ DUH H[SHFWHG 0XVLFDO LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ DQG XQLVRQ VKRXOG EH PRGHUDWHO\ JRRG 7KH VROR QRW UHTXLUHG LQ WKH DGXOW WHVW RU PDVWHUV WHVW DW WKLV OHYHO LV UHTXLUHG RQO\ WR REVHUYH WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V NQRZOHGJH RI WKH VWHSV DQG DELOLW\ WR NHHS WLPH ZLWK WKH PXVLF 8QLVRQ GRHV QRW DSSO\ WR WKH VROR GDQFH WUDFN WHVW )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 DANCES: American Waltz, Tango, Rocker Foxtrot Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 3.5 3.5 7.0 Adult 3.2 3.2 6.4 Masters 2.8 2.8 5.6 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 3DUWQHUHG VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJHV 6ROR GDQFH WUDFN VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 2QH RU WKUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJH V TR 49.06 Pre-Gold Pattern Dance Test: Partnered and Solo (All Candidates) The candidate must give a performance that is generally very good. Basic timing must be nearly faultless, body motions ZHOO WLPHG ÀRZ XQLVRQ DQG PXVLFDO LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ YHU\ JRRG 1R PDMRU HUURUV DQG QR FRQVLVWHQW HUURU RI DQ\ NLQG VKRXOG EH HYLGHQFHG EXW RFFDVLRQDO IDXOWV PD\ EH H[SHFWHG ,Q WKH VROR QRW UHTXLUHG LQ WKH DGXOW WHVW RU PDVWHUV WHVW WKH FDQGLGDWH must not only demonstrate knowledge of the steps and ability to keep time to the music, but also an ability to dance with such DVVXUDQFH DV WR JLYH HYLGHQFH RI GDQFH H[SUHVVLRQ DQG WKH DELOLW\ WR NHHS WR DQ DSSUR[LPDWH SDWWHUQ 8QLVRQ GRHV QRW DSSO\ WR WKH VROR GDQFH WUDFN WHVW )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 DANCES: Kilian, Blues, Paso Doble, Starlight Waltz Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 4.0 4.0 8.0 Adult 3.7 3.7 7.4 Masters 3.2 3.2 6.4 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 3DUWQHUHG VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 7KUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJHV 6ROR GDQFH WUDFN VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 2QH RU WKUHH VLOYHU RU KLJKHU UDQN GDQFH MXGJH V
290
TR 49.07 Gold Pattern Dance Test: Partnered and Solo (All Candidates) 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW JLYH D SHUIRUPDQFH WKDW LV H[FHOOHQW LQ DOO UHVSHFWV $EVROXWH SHUIHFWLRQ LV QRW H[SHFWHG KRZHYHU RQO\ D YHU\ OLPLWHG DPRXQW RI HUURU ZLOO EH DFFHSWDEOH ,Q WKH VROR QRW UHTXLUHG LQ WKH DGXOW WHVW RU PDVWHUV WHVW WKH FDQGLGDWH PXVW demonstrate the same degree of skill when skating solo as with a partner. Unison does not apply to the solo dance track test. )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 DANCES: Viennese Waltz, Westminster Waltz, Quickstep, Argentine Tango Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 4.5 4.5 9.0 Adult 4.2 4.2 8.4 Masters 3.7 3.7 7.4 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 3DUWQHUHG VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 7KUHH JROG GDQFH MXGJHV 6ROR GDQFH WUDFN VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 2QH RU WKUHH JROG GDQFH MXGJH V TR 49.08 International Pattern Dance Test: Partnered (All Candidates) 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW JLYH D VXSHULRU SHUIRUPDQFH GLVSOD\LQJ DFFXUDWH WLPLQJ DSSURSULDWH VW\OH DQG H[SUHVVLRQ H[FHOOHQW XQLVRQ DQG SUHFLVH WHFKQLTXH :KLOH DEVROXWH SHUIHFWLRQ LV QRW UHTXLUHG WKH FDQGLGDWH ZLOO EH H[SHFWHG WR JLYH D SHUIRUPDQFH RI YHU\ KLJK TXDOLW\ DQG RQO\ D OLPLWHG DPRXQW RI HUURU ZLOO EH DFFHSWDEOH )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 45.06. DANCES: Austrian Waltz, Cha Cha Congelado, Finnstep, Golden Waltz, Midnight Blues, Ravensburger Waltz, Rhumba, Silver Samba, Tango Romantica, Yankee Polka Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 4.8 4.8 9.6 Adult 4.5 4.5 9.0 Masters 4.2 4.2 8.4 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 6WDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 7KUHH JROG GDQFH WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH LQWHUQDWLRQDO dance tests. TR 49.09 International Pattern Dance Test: Solo (All Candidates) 7KH FDQGLGDWH PXVW JLYH D VXSHULRU SHUIRUPDQFH GLVSOD\LQJ DFFXUDWH WLPLQJ DSSURSULDWH VW\OH DQG H[SUHVVLRQ DQG SUHFLVH WHFKQLTXH :KLOH DEVROXWH SHUIHFWLRQ LV QRW UHTXLUHG WKH FDQGLGDWH ZLOO EH H[SHFWHG WR JLYH D SHUIRUPDQFH RI YHU\ KLJK TXDOLW\ DQG RQO\ D OLPLWHG DPRXQW RI HUURU ZLOO EH DFFHSWDEOH )RU PDVWHUV DQG DGXOW FDWHJRULHV VHH 75 DQG 75 DANCES: Cha Cha Congelado, Rhumba, Silver Samba, Tango Romantica, Yankee Polka Passing Average Technique Timing/Expression Total Standard 4.8 4.8 9.6 Adult 4.5 4.5 9.0 Masters 4.2 4.2 8.4 -XGJLQJ SDQHO UHTXLUHG 6WDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV WHVWV ² 2QH RU WKUHH JROG GDQFH WHVW MXGJHV ZKR DUH FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH international dance tests.
291
Free Dance Tests 75 &ODVVLÂżFDWLRQ RI 3DUWQHUHG )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV TR 50.01 7KH VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR ÂżYH FODVVHV Partnered free dance test Prerequisite Juvenile free dance Complete preliminary partnered pattern dance test Intermediate free dance &RPSOHWH EURQ]H SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW DQG WKH MXYHQLOH SDUWQHUHG free dance test 1RYLFH IUHH GDQFH &RPSOHWH SUH VLOYHU SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW
Junior free dance &RPSOHWH VLOYHU SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW
Senior free dance &RPSOHWH JROG SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW
$ :LWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH LQWHUPHGLDWH IUHH GDQFH WHVW D ORZHU OHYHO IUHH GDQFH WHVW LV QRW D SUHUHTXLVLWH IRU D KLJKHU OHYHO free dance test. B. Any partnered free dance test may be taken only after the candidate has completed the required partnered dance tests as OLVWHG LQ WKH SUHUHTXLVLWH FROXPQ DERYH 1R IUHH GDQFH WHVW LV D SUHUHTXLVLWH WR DQ\ SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW C. A candidate who completed the preliminary partnered free dance test and no higher prior to Sept. 2, 2000, may bypass the juvenile partnered free dance test and continue with the intermediate partnered free dance test. TR 50.02 The adult and masters partnered free dance tests are divided into four classes each: Partnered free dance test Prerequisite Adult pre-bronze free dance Complete preliminary partnered pattern dance test Adult bronze free dance $GXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH GDQFH WHVW SOXV RQH EURQ]H SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW
Adult silver free dance 2QH SUH VLOYHU SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW
Adult gold free dance 2QH SUH JROG SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH VWDQGDUG RU DGXOW
Masters pre-bronze free dance Complete preliminary partnered pattern dance test Masters bronze free dance Masters or adult pre-bronze free dance test plus one bronze partnered pattern dance VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
Masters silver free dance 2QH SUH VLOYHU SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
Masters gold free dance 2QH SUH JROG SDUWQHUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
A. Any adult or masters partnered free dance test may be taken only after the candidate has completed the corresponding level VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV UHTXLUHG SUHUHTXLVLWHV DV VKRZQ DERYH 1R IUHH GDQFH WHVW LV D SUHUHTXLVLWH WR DQ\ SDWWHUQ GDQFH test. B. To qualify for any adult partnered free dance test, the candidate must be 21 years of age or older and must have passed the relevant prerequisites as shown above. The passing of a lower level adult partnered free dance test does not qualify the FDQGLGDWH WR WDNH WKH QH[W KLJKHU OHYHO VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW 7R TXDOLI\ IRU DQ\ PDVWHUV SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH test, the candidate must be 50 years of age or older and must have passed the relevant prerequisites as shown above. The SDVVLQJ RI D ORZHU OHYHO PDVWHUV SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW GRHV QRW TXDOLI\ WKH FDQGLGDWH WR WDNH WKH QH[W KLJKHU OHYHO DGXOW partnered free dance test or standard partnered free dance test. TR 51.00 Requirements for Partnered Free Dance Tests TR 51.01 For free dance testing, a couple must be composed of a lady and a man. TR 51.02 All free dance tests will be danced as a couple and will “pass� or be marked “retry� as a couple. A partner in such tests who has already passed the test being tried will not be affected if a subsequent attempt of the same test with a different partner has been marked “retry.� TR 51.03 In order to pass a test, a candidate must have received a passing total or a “pass� for the entire test from a majority of the judges. TR 51.04 Partners for free dance tests may be selected from dancers without regard to their eligibility status or dance test accomplishments. However, any person 18 years of age or older who is partnering a minor must submit the proper payment through the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website, submit information for and successfully pass an annual background VFUHHQ DV UHTXLUHG IRU FRDFK FRPSOLDQFH LQ UXOH 05 $ LQ RUGHU WR SDUWQHU IUHH GDQFH WHVWV GXULQJ D VDQFWLRQHG 8 6 Figure Skating test session. TR 51.05 $OO IUHH GDQFH WHVWV DUH JRYHUQHG E\ WKH IROORZLQJ &RQGXFW RI ,FH 'DQFH (YHQWV UXOH )UHH 'DQFH 'HVFULSWLRQ UXOH ,OOHJDO (OHPHQWV 0RYHPHQWV UXOH DQG WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ 0XVLF UXOH ( DSSOLHV WR DOO WHVWV DQG UXOH ) GRHV QRW DSSO\ WR DQ\ WHVW
292
TR 51.06 In the event of a substantive change to any IUHH GDQFH UHTXLUHPHQW V by the ISU or U.S. Figure Skating, the chair of WKH 'DQFH &RPPLWWHH ZLOO UHYLVH WKH DIIHFWHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW V WR LQFOXGH VXFK FKDQJH V DV VRRQ DV SUDFWLFDO 7KH FKDLU ZLOO notify WKH FKDLUV RI WKH -XGJHV 5XOHV DQG 7HVWV &RPPLWWHHV, and U.S. Figure Skating will SRVW WKH FKDQJH RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ org, notify club test chairs DQG HQVXUH WHVW IRUPV DUH PRGLÂżHG DFFRUGLQJO\ TR 52.00 Marking of Partnered Free Dance Tests TR 52.01 Free dance tests must be marked by each judge for technical merit and presentation on a scale from 0 to 6 in accordance ZLWK 75 TR 52.02 )RU DOO IUHH GDQFH WHVWV H[FHSW WKH DGXOW PDVWHUV SUH EURQ]H IUHH GDQFH WHVW WKH IROORZLQJ LQIRUPDWLRQ LV OLVWHG A. Passing total: The total points which must be obtained for the test from an individual judge in order to obtain a “passâ€? from that judge. B. Passing average: The mark that, if obtained in each division of a test, would result in a passing total for the test. TR 52.03 ,Q D IUHH GDQFH WHVW D IDOO RU RWKHU HUURU V LQ D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW GRHV QRW LQGLFDWH D PDQGDWRU\ UHWU\ RI WKH WHVW TR 52.04 Requirements for Passing Partnered Free Dance Tests TR 52.05 ,Q RUGHU IRU D IUHH GDQFH WHVW WR SDVV QR VHULRXV HUURUV DV GHÂżQHG EHORZ PD\ EH SUHVHQW IROORZLQJ UHVNDWHG HOHPHQWV 6HH 75 ,I RQO\ RQH VHULRXV HUURU LV SUHVHQW DIWHU WKH WHVW KDV EHHQ VNDWHG MXGJHV KDYH WKH RSWLRQ RI XVLQJ WKH VHFRQG mark to pass the test, if warranted, or of requesting a reskate. A. Serious errors for free dance tests are: 1. All required elements: a. Omission of a required element b. A fall or stumble entering into or during a required element causing any portion of the element to be missing or the element not to be completed c. A touchdown of the free foot or hand needed to save the skater from falling /LIWV a. Collapse of a lift E /LIW IDLOV WR JR XS c. Incorrect type of lift d. Same type of lift repeated 3. Spins: a. Collapse of a spin E ([HFXWLRQ RQ WZR IHHW E\ WHVW FDQGLGDWH V XSRQ HQWHULQJ WKH VSLQ RU DIWHU WKH FRPPHQFHPHQW RI WKH VSLQ c. Fewer than required rotations if short by one or more rotations G 8QHTXDO QXPEHU RI URWDWLRQV JUHDWHU WKDQ RQH URWDWLRQ
H 5H FHQWHUV VSLQ FRPSOHWHO\ FRPELQDWLRQ VSLQ
4. Synchronized twizzles: a. Unequal number of rotations; greater than one rotation E ([HFXWLRQ RI WXUQ LQFRUUHFW QRYLFH DQG DERYH
Note: ,WHP E SURYLGHV DFNQRZOHGJHPHQW WKDW WZL]]OHV DUH D GHYHORSPHQWDO HOHPHQW -XYHQLOH DQG LQWHUPHGLDWH FRPSHWLWRUV DUH QRW DOZD\V FRPSHWHQW ZLWK WKHVH WXUQV ,W ZRXOG EH RYHU SHQDOL]LQJ D WHVW VNDWHU WR DVN IRU SURÂżFLHQF\ of a turn that is probably too early in their development to master. 5. Step sequences: a. Pattern incomplete $ VHULRXV HUURU E\ WKH WHVWLQJ DQG RU QRQ WHVWLQJ SDUWQHU UHTXLUHV D UHVNDWH RI WKH HOHPHQW E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV B. Quality errors in free dance tests not necessitating failure are: $ZNZDUG SRVH V ZLWKLQ OLIW RU VSLQ 6SHHG ODFNLQJ RU GLPLQLVKLQJ ZLWKLQ HOHPHQW V
/LWWOH YDULHW\ LQ GDQFH KROGV WDNLQJ LQWR FRQVLGHUDWLRQ WHVW OHYHO
4. More than three steps in between synchronized twizzles 5. Incidental touchdown of free foot during spin or twizzle 6. Fewer than required number of rotations in spin if less than one revolution 7. Unequal number of rotations within a spin if less than one revolution 8. Unequal number of rotations during a twizzle if less than one rotation ([HFXWLRQ RI WZL]]OH LQFRUUHFW LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG EHORZ
& ,OOHJDO HOHPHQW V $Q LOOHJDO HOHPHQW LV QRW JURXQGV IRU D WHVW WR IDLO +RZHYHU LI WKHUH LV D SUHGRPLQDQFH RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV ZLWKLQ D IUHH GDQFH WHVW WKH MXGJH LV UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH LI WKH SURJUDP PHHWV WKH GHÂżQLWLRQ RI D IUHH GDQFH RU LV PRUH FORVHO\ DOLJQHG WR D SDLU DGDJLR RU H[KLELWLRQ SURJUDP
293
TR 53.50 Reskating Any Element of a Partnered Free Dance Test TR 53.51 At the completion of any partnered free dance test and before any other test is conducted, the judge-in-charge must ask the other two judges individually if they wish to see any required element reskated before the judges turn in their marking sheets. Should the judges wish a reskate, they will indicate to the judge-in-charge what they wish reskated. This must be done privately without conference. If a majority of the panel requests a reskate, the judge-in-charge will direct the couple to reskate WKH DJUHHG XSRQ HOHPHQW ,I WKH MXGJHV ZLVK D UHVNDWH DQG GR QRW DJUHH RQ ZKLFK HOHPHQW V WR UHVNDWH WKH MXGJH LQ FKDUJH will decide. A brief rest and warm-up period is permitted before the reskate is performed. A. After a free dance test, up to two different elements may be reskated. % 8SRQ D UHTXHVW IRU D UHVNDWH WKH GDQFH FRXSOH PD\ FKRRVH WR FRPSOHWH DQ\ HOHPHQW WKDW IXO¿OOV WKH VWDWHG UHTXLUHPHQW & $ FRXSOH WKDW RPLWWHG RU VXEVWLWXWHG IRU D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW LQ WKH WHVW PD\ XVH RQH RI WKHLU UHVNDWHV WR IXO¿OO WKH VWDWHG requirement. TR 54.00 Schedule of Partnered Free Dance Tests TR 54.01 Juvenile Free Dance Test The purpose of this test is to encourage beginning dancers to learn the fundamentals of free dance. General requirements outlined for the preliminary pattern dance test apply equally to the juvenile free dance test. The program presented must conform to the rules for free dance. The program should display fairly good edges and some evidence of good form. A juvenile free dance must include the following required elements: Lifts: 2QH WR WZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV EXW QR PRUH IURP WKH IROORZLQJ VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW OLQH OLIW FXUYH OLIW RU URWDWLRQDO OLIW &RPELQDWLRQ OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV DUH QRW DOORZHG Spins: One dance spin, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner; b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot simultaneously by each partner. Step Sequence: 2QH VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG IURP WKH IROORZLQJ OLVW FLUFXODU PLGOLQH DQG GLDJRQDO 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW IXOO\ FRYHU WKH LFH ,W VKRXOG LQFOXGH D YDULHW\ RI VWHSV DQG WXUQV DQG PXVW LQFOXGH WKUHH WXUQV DQG PRKDZNV H[HFXWHG E\ both partners. Synchronized Twizzles: One synchronized twizzle, minimum one revolution by both partners. 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Passing average: 3.0 Passing total: 6.0 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges; or one silver or higher rank dance judge. TR 54.02 Intermediate Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the bronze pattern dance test apply equally to the intermediate free dance test. The program presented must conform to the rules for free dance. The program should display moderately good edges and moderately good form. An intermediate free dance program must include the following required elements: Lifts: 7ZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV EXW QR PRUH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH IROORZLQJ VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW OLQH OLIW FXUYH OLIW RU URWDWLRQDO OLIW &RPELQDWLRQ OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV DUH QRW DOORZHG Spins: One dance spin, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner; b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot simultaneously by each partner. Step Sequence: 2QH VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG IURP WKH IROORZLQJ OLVW FLUFXODU PLGOLQH DQG GLDJRQDO 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW fully cover the ice. It should include a variety of steps and turns and must include three-turns, mohawks and brackets H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV Synchronized Twizzles: One synchronized twizzle, minimum one revolution by both partners. 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Passing average: 3.2 Passing total: 6.4 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges, or one silver or higher rank dance judge. TR 54.03 Novice Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the pre-silver pattern dance test apply equally to the novice free dance test. The program presented must conform to the rules for free dance. While technically a basic program demonstrating fundamental dance PRYHV LW VKRXOG KDYH JRRG HGJHV DQG ÀRZ JRRG WLPLQJ VRPH H[SUHVVLRQ DQG GLVSOD\ JRRG IRUP DQG XQLVRQ $ UH¿QHG SUHVHQWDWLRQ LV QRW H[SHFWHG $ QRYLFH IUHH GDQFH SURJUDP PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV Lifts: (LWKHU RQH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW RU WZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV 7KH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV FDQ EH FKRVHQ IURP DQ\ FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW 7KH VKRUW OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV FDQ EH FKRVHQ IURP VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW line lift, curve lift or rotational lift. Spins: One dance spin, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by both partners; b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by both partners for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot simultaneously by both partners.
294
Step Sequence: 2QH VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG IURP WKH IROORZLQJ OLVW FLUFXODU PLGOLQH GLDJRQDO RU VHUSHQWLQH 7KH VWHS sequence must fully cover the ice. It should include a variety of steps and turns and must include three-turns, mohawks, EUDFNHWV DQG FRXQWHUV H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV $Q DGGLWLRQDO VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG RU QRW WRXFKLQJ LV SHUPLWWHG DQG may be performed before or after the required step sequence in hold. Synchronized Twizzles: One set of synchronized twizzles, minimum two revolutions in each twizzle by both partners. 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Passing average: 3.5 Passing total: 7.0 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges. TR 54.04 Junior Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the silver pattern dance test apply equally to the junior free dance test. The program SUHVHQWHG PXVW FRQIRUP WR WKH UXOHV VHW IRUWK IRU IUHH GDQFH ,W PXVW EH PRGHUDWHO\ GLI¿FXOW FRQWDLQ D JRRG YDULHW\ RI movements, and be well composed and well placed on the ice surface. A junior free dance program must include the following required elements: Lifts: (LWKHU RQH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW RU WZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV 7KH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV FDQ EH FKRVHQ IURP DQ\ FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW 7KH VKRUW OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV DUH VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW OLQH OLIW FXUYH OLIW RU URWDWLRQDO OLIW 2QH DGGLWLRQDO OLIW XS WR VHFRQGV LV SHUPLWWHG SURYLGHG LW LV QRW LOOHJDO Spins: One or two dance spins, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner; b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot simultaneously by each partner. Step Sequence: 2QH VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG VHOHFWHG IURP *URXS $ RU *URXS %: a. Group A: Straight Line Step sequences: Midline or Diagonal b. Group B: Curved Step Sequences (counterclockwise or clockwise): Circular or Serpentine The step sequence PXVW IXOO\ XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI H[FHSW KDQG LQ KDQG KROG LQ WKH VXVWDLQHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV $Q\ VHSDUDWLRQ WR FKDQJH D KROG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH measure of music. The step sequence should include a variety of steps and turns and must include brackets, counters, URFNHUV DQG FKRFWDZV H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV Stops, pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted. Synchronized Twizzles: One or two sets of synchronized twizzles, minimum two revolutions in each twizzle by both partners. 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Passing average: 4.0 Passing total: 8.0 Judging panel required: Three silver or higher rank dance judges. TR 54.05 Senior Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the gold pattern dance test apply equally to the senior free dance test. The program presented PXVW FRQIRUP WR WKH UXOHV VHW IRUWK IRU IUHH GDQFH ,W PXVW EH GLI¿FXOW YDULHG DQG GLVSOD\ RULJLQDOLW\ &KRUHRJUDSK\ H[SUHVVLRQ DQG XWLOL]DWLRQ RI VSDFH PXVW EH H[FHOOHQW $ VHQLRU IUHH GDQFH WHVW PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV Lifts: (LWKHU RQH VKRUW OLIW DQG RQH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW RU WKUHH GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV 7KH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV FDQ EH FKRVHQ IURP DQ\ FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW EXW WKH W\SH RI VKRUW OLIW PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW IURP WKH W\SH V RI VKRUW OLIWV IRUPLQJ WKH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW 7KH VKRUW OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV DUH VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW OLQH OLIW FXUYH OLIW RU URWDWLRQDO OLIW 8S WR WZR DGGLWLRQDO OLIWV XS WR VHFRQGV HDFK DUH SHUPLWWHG SURYLGHG WKDW WKH\ DUH QRW LOOHJDO Spins: One or two dance spins but no more selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner; b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot simultaneously by each partner. Combined dance VSLQ DQG OLIW DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW DUH WR EH FRXQWHG DV VHSDUDWH HOHPHQWV H J DV RQH RI WKH SHUPLWWHG OLIWV DQG RQH GDQFH VSLQ Step Sequences: 7ZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VWHS VHTXHQFHV LQ KROG 2QH VWHS VHTXHQFH VHOHFWHG IURP *URXS $ DQG RQH VHOHFWHG from Group B: a. Group A: Straight Line Step Sequences: Midline or Diagonal b. Group B: Curved Step Sequences (counterclockwise or clockwise): Circular or Serpentine %RWK VWHS VHTXHQFHV PXVW IXOO\ XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI H[FHSW KDQG LQ KDQG KROG LQ WKH VXVWDLQHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV $Q\ VHSDUDWLRQ WR FKDQJH D KROG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH measure of music. The step sequences should include a variety of steps and turns and must include brackets, counters, URFNHUV FKRFWDZV DQG WZL]]OHV H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV 6WRSV DQG ORRSV PXVW QRW EH LQFOXGHG LQ HLWKHU VWHS VHTXHQFH 1R SDWWHUQ UHWURJUHVVLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH ¿UVW SHUIRUPHG VWHS VHTXHQFH 2QO\ RQH SDWWHUQ UHWURJUHVVLRQ WDNLQJ QR PRUH than two measures of music is permitted in the second performed step sequence. Synchronized Twizzles: 2QH RU WZR VHWV RI V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OHV EXW QR PRUH ,I PRUH WKDQ RQH VHW LV H[HFXWHG WKH VHFRQG VHW PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW WKDQ WKH ¿UVW VHW 0LQLPXP WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK WZL]]OH E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH Passing average: 4.5 Passing total: 9.0 Judging panel required: Three gold dance judges. 295
TR 54.06 Adult and Masters Pre-Bronze Free Dance Tests The adult and masters pre-bronze free dance tests serve as an introduction to the fundamentals of free dance. The free dance should incorporate a variety of holds, steps and turns from the preliminary and pre-bronze pattern dance tests. Original dance holds and maneuvers are permitted. General requirements outlined for the preliminary pattern dance test apply equally to the adult and masters pre-bronze free dance tests. The couple must demonstrate a basic knowledge of the following two required elements: Spin: 2QH GDQFH VSLQ KROG DQG SRVLWLRQ RSWLRQDO ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV (LWKHU RQH RU ERWK SDUWQHUV PD\ EH RQ two feet. Step Sequence: One diagonal step sequence in dance hold covering at least one-half of the ice surface. The step sequence VKRXOG LQFOXGH D YDULHW\ RI VWHSV DQG WXUQV DQG PXVW LQFOXGH WKUHH WXUQV DQG PRKDZNV H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 7KH WHVW LV PDUNHG RQO\ ³SDVV´ RU ³UHWU\´ LQ HDFK GLYLVLRQ DQG LQ WKH ¿QDO UHVXOW 1R QXPHULFDO PDUNV DUH DZDUGHG ,I DQ\ RQH GLYLVLRQ LV PDUNHG ³UHWU\´ E\ D MXGJH WKH ¿QDO UHVXOW PXVW DOVR EH PDUNHG ³UHWU\´ E\ WKDW MXGJH 7R SDVV WKH WHVW D PDMRULW\ RI WKH MXGJHV PXVW DZDUG D ³SDVV´ LQ WKH ¿QDO UHVXOW 'XUDWLRQ 1RW WR H[FHHG 9RFDOV SHUPLWWHG Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges; or one silver or higher rank dance judge. TR 54.07 Adult and Masters Bronze Free Dance Tests General requirements outlined for the standard and masters bronze pattern dance test apply equally to the adult and masters bronze free dance test, respectively. The program presented must conform to the rules for free dance. The free dance should incorporate a variety of holds, steps and turns from the pre-bronze and bronze pattern dance tests. Very basic unison and dance WLPLQJ ZLOO EH H[SHFWHG 2ULJLQDO GDQFH KROGV DQG PDQHXYHUV DUH SHUPLWWHG 7KH FRXSOH PXVW GHPRQVWUDWH IDLU NQRZOHGJH RI the following four required elements: Spin: 2QH GDQFH VSLQ KROG DQG SRVLWLRQ RSWLRQDO ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV RQ RQH IRRW E\ HDFK SDUWQHU simultaneously. Step Sequence: One diagonal step sequence in dance hold covering at least three-quarters of the ice surface. The step sequence VKRXOG LQFOXGH D YDULHW\ RI VWHSV DQG WXUQV DQG PXVW LQFOXGH WKUHH WXUQV DQG PRKDZNV H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV Two additional required elements are to be chosen from the following three types: a. Lift: 2QH VKRUW OLIW QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV IURP WKH IROORZLQJ VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW OLQH OLIW FXUYH OLIW RU URWDWLRQDO OLIW &RPELQDWLRQ OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV DUH QRW DOORZHG b. Circular Step Sequence LQ GDQFH KROG V 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW EH D FRPSOHWH FLUFOH XWLOL]LQJ WKH IXOO ZLGWK RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV RI WKH ULQN 7KH FLUFOH PXVW EH FRPSOHWH DQG FORVHG c. Twizzles: (LWKHU V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OHV RU D VHULHV RI V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OHV PLQLPXP RQH UHYROXWLRQ E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV simultaneously. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ 1RW WR H[FHHG 9RFDOV SHUPLWWHG Passing Average Passing Total Adult 2.6 5.2 Masters 2.4 4.8 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges; or one silver or higher rank dance judge. TR 54.08 Adult and Masters Silver Free Dance Tests General requirements outlined for the adult and masters silver pattern dance test apply equally to the adult and masters silver free dance test, respectively. The program presented must conform to the rules for free dance. The free dance should incorporate a variety of holds, steps and turns from the pre-silver and silver pattern dance tests. Original dance holds and PDQHXYHUV DUH HQFRXUDJHG :KLOH GHPRQVWUDWLQJ IXQGDPHQWDOV RI EDVLF LFH GDQFH LW VKRXOG KDYH IDLU WR JRRG HGJHV DQG ÀRZ JRRG WLPLQJ VRPH GDQFH H[SUHVVLRQ DQG GLVSOD\ PRGHUDWHO\ JRRG IRUP DQG XQLVRQ $ UH¿QHG SUHVHQWDWLRQ LV QRW H[SHFWHG 7KH FRXSOH PXVW GHPRQVWUDWH IDLU WR JRRG NQRZOHGJH RI WKH IROORZLQJ ¿YH UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV Spin: One dance spin selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum two revolutions on one foot by each partner; b. Spin Combination: Minimum two revolutions on one foot by each partner for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot simultaneously by each partner. Step Sequence: One diagonal step sequence in dance hold fully utilizing the ice surface from corner to corner. The step sequence VKRXOG LQFOXGH D YDULHW\ RI VWHSV DQG WXUQV DQG PXVW LQFOXGH WKUHH WXUQV DQG PRKDZNV H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV Three additional required elements are to be chosen from the following three types: a. Lifts: 2QH RU WZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV EXW QR PRUH IURP WKH IROORZLQJ VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW OLQH OLIW FXUYH OLIW RU URWDWLRQDO OLIW &RPELQDWLRQ OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV DUH QRW DOORZHG b. Circular Step Sequence LQ GDQFH KROG V 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW EH D FRPSOHWH FLUFOH XWLOL]LQJ WKH IXOO ZLGWK RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV RI WKH ULQN 7KH FLUFOH PXVW EH FRPSOHWH DQG FORVHG c. Twizzles: One or two twizzle elements, either synchronized twizzles or a series of synchronized twizzles, minimum one revolution by both partners simultaneously. If two twizzle elements are chosen, they must differ either in the QXPEHU RU GLUHFWLRQ RI URWDWLRQV DQG RU LQ WKH HQWU\ HGJH 296
([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ 1RW WR H[FHHG 9RFDO PXVLF SHUPLWWHG Passing Average Passing Total Adult 3.2 6.4 Masters 2.8 5.6 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges. TR 54.09 Adult and Masters Gold Free Dance Tests General requirements outlined for the adult and masters gold pattern dance test apply equally to the adult and masters gold IUHH GDQFH WHVW UHVSHFWLYHO\ 7KH SURJUDP SUHVHQWHG PXVW FRQIRUP WR WKH UXOHV IRU IUHH GDQFH ,W PXVW VKRZ GLI¿FXOW\ ZLWK D YDULHW\ RI KROGV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IURP WKH SUH JROG DQG JROG SDWWHUQ GDQFHV H[HFXWHG ZLWK VRPH VRSKLVWLFDWLRQ DQG FRQ¿GHQFH 2ULJLQDO GDQFH KROGV DQG PDQHXYHUV DUH HQFRXUDJHG *RRG GDQFH WLPLQJ H[SUHVVLRQ DQG XQLVRQ VKRXOG EH GHPRQVWUDWHG )XOO XWLOL]DWLRQ RI WKH LFH LV H[SHFWHG 7KH FRXSOH PXVW GHPRQVWUDWH JRRG WR H[FHOOHQW NQRZOHGJH RI WKH IROORZLQJ VL[ UHTXLUHG elements: Spin: One dance spin selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner. b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot by each partner for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot simultaneously by each partner. Step Sequence: 2QH FLUFXODU VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ GDQFH KROG V 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW EH D FRPSOHWH FLUFOH XWLOL]LQJ WKH IXOO ZLGWK RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV RI WKH ULQN 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH VKRXOG LQFOXGH D YDULHW\ RI VWHSV DQG WXUQV DQG PXVW LQFOXGH WKUHH WXUQV PRKDZNV DQG EUDFNHWV H[HFXWHG E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV Synchronized Twizzles: (LWKHU V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OHV RU D VHULHV RI V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OHV PLQLPXP RQH UHYROXWLRQ E\ ERWK partners simultaneously for each twizzle. Three additional required elements are to be chosen from the following four types: a. Lifts: 2QH WR WKUHH GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI OLIWV EXW QR PRUH $ PD[LPXP RI RQH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV is allowed and can be chosen from any combination lift. The remaining lifts are to be selected from the list of short OLIWV QRW WR H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV 7KH\ DUH VWDWLRQDU\ OLIW VWUDLJKW OLQH OLIW FXUYH OLIW RU URWDWLRQDO OLIW ,W LV DOORZDEOH WR H[HFXWH WKUHH VKRUW OLIWV RQO\ DV ORQJ DV WKH\ DUH RI GLIIHUHQW W\SHV b. Spin: 2QH DGGLWLRQDO GDQFH VSLQ GLIIHUHQW W\SH IURP WKH ¿UVW SHUIRUPHG L H LI WKH ¿UVW ZDV D VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ WKH VHFRQG must not change feet or vice versa. c. Diagonal Step Sequence LQ GDQFH KROG V IXOO\ XWLOL]LQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH DV PXFK DV SRVVLEOH IURP FRUQHU WR FRUQHU d. Twizzle: One additional twizzle element, either synchronized twizzles or a series of synchronized twizzles, minimum RQH UHYROXWLRQ E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ 0XVW GLIIHU HLWKHU LQ WKH QXPEHU RU GLUHFWLRQ RI URWDWLRQV DQG RU LQ WKH entry edge from the required twizzle element performed. ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ 'XUDWLRQ 1RW WR H[FHHG 9RFDO PXVLF SHUPLWWHG Passing Average Passing Total Adult 4.2 8.4 Masters 3.7 7.4 Judging panel required: Three silver or higher rank dance judges.
297
75 &ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 6ROR )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV TR 60.01 7KH VWDQGDUG VROR IUHH GDQFH WHVWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR ¿YH FODVVHV Solo free dance test Prerequisite &RPSOHWH SUHOLPLQDU\ SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR RU MXYHQLOH 0,) WHVW RU DGXOW JROG 0,) WHVW Juvenile solo free dance VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU DGXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH GDQFH WHVW DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
Intermediate solo free dance &RPSOHWH EURQ]H SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU LQWHUPHGLDWH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
0,) WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU MXYHQLOH IUHH GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU 1RYLFH VROR IUHH GDQFH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
Junior solo free dance VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
PDVWHUV RU DGXOW EURQ]H IUHH GDQFH WHVW DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
&RPSOHWH SUH VLOYHU SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU QRYLFH 0,) WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU LQWHUPHGLDWH IUHH GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU DGXOW VLOYHU IUHH GDQFH WHVW DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
&RPSOHWH VLOYHU SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU MXQLRU 0,) WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU QRYLFH IUHH GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU DGXOW JROG IUHH GDQFH WHVW DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
&RPSOHWH JROG SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU VHQLRU 0,) WHVW VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV RU MXQLRU IUHH GDQFH WHVW SDUWQHUHG RU VROR VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
Senior solo free dance VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV
A. Any standard, adult or masters solo free dance test may be taken only after the candidate has completed the corresponding OHYHO VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV UHTXLUHG SUHUHTXLVLWHV DV VKRZQ DERYH 1R VROR IUHH GDQFH WHVW LV D SUHUHTXLVLWH WR DQ\ pattern dance test. A solo free dance test may not serve as a prerequisite for any partnered free dance test. B. Solo free dance tests may not serve as a test requirement for any partnered competition events. C. To qualify for any adult solo free dance test, the candidate must be 21 years of age or older and must have passed the preceding adult or standard prerequisite test listed above. The passing of a lower level adult solo free dance test does QRW TXDOLI\ WKH FDQGLGDWH WR WDNH WKH QH[W KLJKHU OHYHO VWDQGDUG VROR IUHH GDQFH WHVW 7R TXDOLI\ IRU DQ\ PDVWHUV VROR IUHH dance test, the candidate must be 50 years of age or older and must have passed the preceding masters, adult or standard prerequisite test listed above. The passing of a lower level masters solo free dance test does not qualify the candidate to WDNH WKH QH[W KLJKHU OHYHO DGXOW RU VWDQGDUG VROR IUHH GDQFH WHVW TR 61.00 Requirements for Solo Free Dance Tests TR 61.01 General Requirements $ $ VROR IUHH GDQFH LV WKH VNDWLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH GDQFH SURJUDP EOHQGLQJ GDQFH VWHSV DQG PRYHPHQWV H[SUHVVLQJ WKH FKDUDFWHU UK\WKP V RI WKH GDQFH PXVLF FKRVHQ E\ WKH VNDWHU B. The solo free dance must contain combinations of new or known dance steps and movements including required elements FRPSRVHG LQWR D ZHOO EDODQFHG ZKROH XQLW GLVSOD\LQJ H[FHOOHQW VNDWLQJ WHFKQLTXH DQG WKH SHUVRQDO FUHDWLYLW\ RI WKH VNDWHU LQ FRQFHSW DUUDQJHPHQW DQG H[SUHVVLRQ & 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ VKRXOG FOHDUO\ UHÀHFW WKH GDQFH FKDUDFWHU DFFHQWV DQG QXDQFHV RI WKH FKRVHQ GDQFH PXVLF GLVWLQFW changes of mood and pace with variations in speed and tempo. The program must utilize the full ice surface. D. The time must be reckoned from the moment when the skater begins to move or skate until arriving at a complete stop. ( 0XVLF IRU WKH VROR IUHH GDQFH PD\ EH YRFDO DQG PXVW KDYH DQ DXGLEOH UK\WKPLF EHDW DQG PHORG\ RU DXGLEOH UK\WKPLF EHDW alone, but not melody alone. The music may, however, be without an audible rhythmic beat for the beginning 10 seconds of the program. A program that displays a change in tempo and a well-balanced use of melody, rhythmic beat and musical accents and not melody alone is considered to be of a higher quality because it shows a greater variety of dancing skills. The skater should skate primarily in time to the rhythmic beat and not to the melody alone. Skating out of time or out of phase with the music must be penalized. The music must be suitable for the skater’s skating skills. ) $OO VWHSV DQG WXUQV DUH SHUPLWWHG 'HHS HGJHV DQG LQWULFDWH IRRWZRUN GLVSOD\LQJ VNDWLQJ VNLOO GLI¿FXOW\ YDULHW\ DQG originality that constitute the distinct technical content of the dance must be included in the program and performed by the skater. G. All elements and movements are allowed, provided that they are appropriate to the character of the music and are not otherwise prohibited within these rules. + )XOO VWRSV ZLWK D PD[LPXP GXUDWLRQ RI ¿YH VHFRQGV LQ ZKLFK WKH VNDWHU UHPDLQV VWDWLRQDU\ RQ WKH LFH ZKLOH SHUIRUPLQJ body movements, twisting, posing and the like are allowed. I. The program must be developed through skating quality rather than through non-skating actions such as sliding on one NQHH RU XVH RI WRH VWHSV ZKLFK VKRXOG EH XVHG RQO\ WR UHÀHFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH GDQFH DQG XQGHUOLQLQJ UK\WKP DQG QXDQFHV RI WKH FKRVHQ PXVLF 7RXFKLQJ WKH LFH ZLWK WKH KDQG V LV QRW DOORZHG .QHHOLQJ RU VOLGLQJ RQ WZR NQHHV RU VLWWLQJ RQ WKH LFH LV QRW DOORZHG DQG LW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG D IDOO /\LQJ RQ WKH LFH LV DOVR QRW SHUPLWWHG J. Jumps of more than one-half revolution are not permitted. 75 'H¿QLWLRQV DQG 'HVFULSWLRQV A. Description of Edge Elements: 1. Short Edge Elements: A short edge element is a movement where the skater must hold a continuous sustained edge RQH OREH LQ DQ\ VHOHFWHG SRVLWLRQ $ FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ LV DOORZHG ZLWKLQ WKH HOHPHQW $ VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQW PXVW EH KHOG IRU DW OHDVW WKUHH VHFRQGV EXW QRW PRUH WKDQ VL[ VHFRQGV 7XUQV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG H[FHSW RQ WKH HQWU\ RU H[LW RI the element. The primary focus is on the quality of edge, and the secondary focus is on the position attained. Some H[DPSOHV LQFOXGH EXW DUH QRW OLPLWHG WR 298
a. One foot glide in attitude position b. Shoot the duck c. Crouch with both knees bent G &URXFK ZLWK RQH OHJ H[WHQGHG e. Spiral with full split while holding boot f. Spread eagle g. Ina Bauer h. Spirals in varied positions i. Hydroblade movements j. Biellmann with boot above head gliding on a curve k. Donut with blade of free foot within one-half blade length of head O &KDUORWWH D RQH IRRW JOLGH LQ D IXOO VSOLW SRVLWLRQ 2. Long Edge Elements: A long edge element consists of two or more short edge elements performed consecutively that SURJUHVV LQ FXUYHV WR IRUP D VHUSHQWLQH OLNH 6 VKDSHG SDWWHUQ 7KH VKRUW HGJH RQ HDFK OREH PXVW EH KHOG LQ SRVLWLRQ IRU DW OHDVW WKUHH VHFRQGV EXW D ORQJ HGJH HOHPHQW PD\ QRW H[FHHG VHFRQGV $ FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ LV QRW UHTXLUHG IRU each portion of the long edge element. A turn of no more than one-half revolution is allowed between each short edge HOHPHQW $ FKDQJH RI IRRW LV SHUPLWWHG EHWZHHQ HDFK VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQW $ WXUQ RQ WKH HQWU\ RU H[LW LV SHUPLWWHG 7KH primary focus is on the quality of edge for each part, and the secondary focus is on the positions attained. B. 'HÂżQLWLRQ RI 7ZL]]OH 6HULHV $W OHDVW WZR WZL]]OHV H[HFXWHG LQ VXFFHVVLRQ ZLWK XS WR WKUHH VWHSV EHWZHHQ WZL]]OHV C. 'HÂżQLWLRQ RI 6SLQV A dance spin is on one foot only. It must have a minimum of three revolutions and may include any number of changes of position. A combination spin must have a change of foot with a minimum of three revolutions on HDFK IRRW DQG PD\ FRQWDLQ DQ\ QXPEHU RI SRVLWLRQV RQ HLWKHU IRRW 1R Ă€\LQJ HQWULHV DUH SHUPLWWHG RQ DQ\ GDQFH VSLQ TR 62.00 Marking of Solo Free Dance Tests TR 62.01 Free dance tests must be marked by each judge for technical merit and presentation on a scale from 0 to 6 in accordance ZLWK 75 $ )RU DGXOW WHVWV WKH FDQGLGDWH VKRXOG VKRZ WKH VDPH OHYHO RI DFKLHYHPHQW LQ H[SUHVVLRQ FDUULDJH FRUUHFW HGJHV DQG PXVLFDO LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ DV H[SHFWHG IURP WKH VWDQGDUG FDQGLGDWH )ORZ VSHHG GHSWK RI HGJH H[WHQVLRQ DQG TXDOLW\ RI WXUQV VKRXOG be at least equivalent to that of a standard candidate at one test level below. % )RU PDVWHUV WHVWV H[SUHVVLRQ PXVW DW OHDVW PHHW WKH VWDQGDUG IRU WKH OHYHO EHORZ 6WURQJ GHYHORSPHQW RI H[WHQVLRQ FDUULDJH Ă€RZ VSHHG DQG GHSWK RI HGJH ZLOO QRW EH GHPDQGHG +RZHYHU EDVLF EDODQFH IRUP DQG VNDWLQJ VNLOOV PXVW EH DGHTXDWH WR achieve comfortable performance of the steps and elements at every level. TR 62.02 For all solo free dance tests, the following information is listed: A. Passing total: The total points which must be obtained for the test from an individual judge in order to obtain a “passâ€? from that judge. B. Passing average: The mark that, if obtained in each division of a test, would result in a passing total for the test. TR 62.03 ,Q D VROR IUHH GDQFH WHVW D IDOO RU RWKHU HUURU V LQ D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW GRHV QRW LQGLFDWH D PDQGDWRU\ UHWU\ RI WKH WHVW TR 62.04 Requirements for Passing Solo Free Dance Tests TR 62.05 In order to pass a test, a candidate must have received a passing total or a “passâ€? for the entire test from a majority of the judges. If only one serious error is present after the test has been skated, judges can use the second mark to pass the WHVW LI ZDUUDQWHG RU UHTXHVW D UHVNDWH VHH 75 1R VHULRXV HUURUV DV GHÂżQHG EHORZ PD\ EH SUHVHQW IROORZLQJ UHVNDWHG elements. A. Serious errors for free dance tests are: 1. All required elements: a. Omission of a required element b. A fall or stumble entering into or during a required element causing any portion of the element to be missing or the element not to be completed c. A touchdown of the free foot or hand needed to save the skater from falling (GJH HOHPHQWV D 1R HGJH DWWDLQHG b. Incorrect type of edge element 3. Spins: a. Collapse of a spin E ([HFXWLRQ RQ WZR IHHW E\ WHVW FDQGLGDWH XSRQ HQWHULQJ WKH VSLQ RU DIWHU WKH FRPPHQFHPHQW RI WKH VSLQ c. Fewer than required rotations if short by one or more rotations G 5H FHQWHUV VSLQ FRPSOHWHO\ FRPELQDWLRQ VSLQ
4. Step sequences: a. Pattern incomplete 7ZL]]OHV WZL]]OH VHULHV D /HVV WKDQ UHTXLUHG URWDWLRQV E ([HFXWLRQ RI WXUQ LQFRUUHFW QRYLFH DQG DERYH
Note: ,WHP E SURYLGHV DFNQRZOHGJHPHQW WKDW WZL]]OHV DUH D GHYHORSPHQWDO HOHPHQW -XYHQLOH DQG LQWHUPHGLDWH 299
VNDWHUV DUH QRW DOZD\V FRPSHWHQW ZLWK WKHVH WXUQV ,W ZRXOG EH RYHU SHQDOL]LQJ D WHVW VNDWHU WR DVN IRU SURÂżFLHQF\ of a turn that is probably too early in their development to master. B. Quality errors in free dance tests not necessitating failure are: $ZNZDUG SRVH V ZLWKLQ HGJH HOHPHQWV RU VSLQ 6SHHG ODFNLQJ RU GLPLQLVKLQJ ZLWKLQ HOHPHQW V
/LWWOH YDULHW\ LQ GDQFH VWHSV WDNLQJ LQWR FRQVLGHUDWLRQ WHVW OHYHO
4. More than three steps in between twizzles in the twizzle series 5. Incidental touchdown of free foot during spin or twizzle 6. Fewer than required number of rotations in spin if less than one rotation ([HFXWLRQ RI WZL]]OH LQFRUUHFW LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG EHORZ
TR 63.00 Reskating Any Element of a Solo Free Dance Test TR 63.01 At the completion of any solo free dance test and before any other test is conducted, the judge-in-charge must ask the other two judges individually if they wish to see any required element reskated before the judges turn in their marking sheets. Should the judges wish a reskate, they will indicate to the judge-in-charge what they wish reskated. This must be done privately without conference. If a majority of the panel requests a reskate, the judge-in-charge will direct the skater to reskate WKH DJUHHG XSRQ HOHPHQW ,I WKH MXGJHV ZLVK D UHVNDWH DQG GR QRW DJUHH RQ ZKLFK HOHPHQW V WR UHVNDWH WKH MXGJH LQ FKDUJH will decide. A brief rest and warm-up period is permitted before the reskate is performed. A. After a solo free dance test, up to two different elements may be reskated. % 8SRQ D UHTXHVW IRU D UHVNDWH WKH VNDWHU PD\ FKRRVH WR FRPSOHWH DQ\ HOHPHQW WKDW IXOÂżOOV WKH VWDWHG UHTXLUHPHQW & $ VNDWHU ZKR RPLWWHG RU VXEVWLWXWHG IRU D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW LQ WKH WHVW PD\ XVH RQH RI WKH UHVNDWHV WR IXOÂżOO WKH VWDWHG requirement. TR 64.00 Schedule of Solo Free Dance Tests TR 64.01 Juvenile Solo Free Dance Test The purpose of this test is to encourage beginning dancers to learn the fundamentals of free dance. General requirements outlined for the preliminary pattern dance test apply equally to the juvenile solo free dance test. The program presented must conform to the rules for solo free dance. The program should display fairly good edges and some evidence of good form. A juvenile solo free dance must include the following required elements: Edge Elements: 2QH RU WZR GLIIHUHQW VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQWV QRW WR H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV Spin: One dance spin but no more. Minimum three revolutions on one foot. Spin combination not permitted. Step Sequence: One step sequence from the following list: circular, midline or diagonal. The step sequence must fully utilize the ice surface and should include a variety of steps and turns and must include three-turns and mohawks. Jumps of more than one-half rotation, stops, dance spins, pirouettes, pattern regressions and loops must not be included in any step sequence. Twizzle: One twizzle. Minimum one revolution. Other: 2QH IXOO VWRS QRW H[FHHGLQJ ÂżYH VHFRQGV LV SHUPLWWHG 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUÂśV FKRLFH Standard passing average: 3.0 Standard passing total: 6.0 Adult passing average: 2.8 Adult passing total: 5.6 Masters passing average: 2.6 Masters passing total: 5.2 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges; or one silver or higher rank dance judge. TR 64.02 Intermediate Solo Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the bronze pattern dance test apply equally to the intermediate solo free dance test. The program presented must conform to the rules for solo free dance. The program should display moderately good edges and moderately good form. An intermediate solo free dance program must include the following required elements: Edge Elements: 2QH RU WZR GLIIHUHQW VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQWV QRW WR H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV Spin: One dance spin, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot. b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot. Step Sequence: One step sequence from the following list: circular, midline or diagonal. The step sequence must fully utilize the ice surface. It should include a variety of steps and turns and must include three-turns, mohawks and brackets. Jumps of more than one-half rotation, stops, dance spins, pirouettes, pattern regressions and loops must not be included in any step sequence. Twizzle Series: 2QH WZL]]OH VHULHV 0LQLPXP RQH UHYROXWLRQ RQ HDFK IRRW 1R PRUH WKDQ WKUHH VWHSV EHWZHHQ WZL]]OHV Other: 2QH IXOO VWRS QRW H[FHHGLQJ ÂżYH VHFRQGV LV SHUPLWWHG 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUÂśV FKRLFH Standard passing average: 3.2 Standard passing total: 6.4 Adult passing average: 3.0 Adult passing total: 6.0 Masters passing average: 2.8 Masters passing total: 5.6 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges; or one silver or higher rank dance judge. 300
TR 64.03 Novice Solo Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the pre-silver pattern dance test apply equally to the novice solo free dance test. The program presented must conform to the rules for solo free dance. While technically a basic program demonstrating fundamental dance PRYHV LW VKRXOG KDYH JRRG HGJHV DQG ÀRZ JRRG WLPLQJ VRPH H[SUHVVLRQ DQG GLVSOD\ JRRG IRUP $ UH¿QHG SUHVHQWDWLRQ LV QRW H[SHFWHG EXW FDQ EH UHZDUGHG DQG UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH MXGJHV¶ VHFRQG PDUN $ QRYLFH VROR IUHH GDQFH SURJUDP PXVW LQFOXGH the following required elements: Edge Elements: 2QH ORQJ HGJH HOHPHQW QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV DQG RQH VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQW QRW WR H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV Spin: One dance spin, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot. b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot. Step Sequence: One step sequence from the following list: circular, midline, diagonal or serpentine. The step sequence must fully utilize the ice surface. It should include a variety of steps and turns and must include three-turns, mohawks, brackets and counters. Jumps of more than one-half rotation, stops, dance spins, pirouettes, pattern regressions and loops must not be included in any step sequence. Twizzle Series: 2QH WZL]]OH VHULHV 0LQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW 1R PRUH WKDQ WKUHH VWHSV EHWZHHQ WZL]]OHV Other: 2QH IXOO VWRS QRW H[FHHGLQJ ¿YH VHFRQGV LV SHUPLWWHG 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Standard passing average: 3.5 Standard passing total: 7.0 Adult passing average: 3.2 Adult passing total: 6.4 Masters passing average: 3.0 Masters passing total: 6.0 Judging panel required: Three bronze or higher rank dance judges. TR 64.04 Junior Solo Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the silver pattern dance test apply equally to the junior solo free dance test. The program SUHVHQWHG PXVW FRQIRUP WR WKH UXOHV VHW IRUWK IRU VROR IUHH GDQFH ,W PXVW EH PRGHUDWHO\ GLI¿FXOW FRQWDLQ D JRRG YDULHW\ RI movements, and be well composed and well placed on the ice surface. A junior solo free dance program must include the following required elements: Edge Elements: 2QH ORQJ HGJH HOHPHQW QRW WR H[FHHG VHFRQGV DQG WZR GLIIHUHQW VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQWV QRW WR H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV Spins: One or two dance spins, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot. b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot. Step Sequences: Two different types of step sequences, one selected from Group A and one selected from Group B: a. Group A: Straight Line Step Sequences: Midline or Diagonal b. Group B: Curved Step Sequences (counterclockwise or clockwise): Circular or Serpentine (DFK VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW IXOO\ XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH ,W VKRXOG LQFOXGH D YDULHW\ RI VWHSV DQG WXUQV DQG PXVW LQFOXGH brackets, counters, rockers and choctaws. Jumps of more than one-half rotation, stops, dance spins, pirouettes, pattern regressions and loops must not be included in either step sequence. Twizzle Series: Two different twizzle series but no more. One twizzle series must have a different entry edge and different GLUHFWLRQ RI URWDWLRQ IRU WKH WZR WZL]]OHV )RU ERWK VHULHV D PLQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV LV UHTXLUHG RQ HDFK WZL]]OH 1R more than three steps are allowed between twizzles. Other: 7ZR IXOO VWRSV DUH SHUPLWWHG 1HLWKHU VWRS PD\ H[FHHG ¿YH VHFRQGV 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Standard passing average: 4.0 Standard passing total: 8.0 Adult passing average: 3.5 Adult passing total: 7.0 Masters passing average: 3.2 Masters passing total: 6.4 Judging panel required: Three silver or higher rank dance judges.
301
TR 64.05 Senior Solo Free Dance Test General requirements outlined for the gold pattern dance test apply equally to the senior solo free dance test. The program SUHVHQWHG PXVW FRQIRUP WR WKH UXOHV VHW IRUWK IRU VROR IUHH GDQFH ,W PXVW EH GLI¿FXOW YDULHG DQG GLVSOD\ RULJLQDOLW\ &KRUHRJUDSK\ H[SUHVVLRQ DQG XWLOL]DWLRQ RI VSDFH PXVW EH H[FHOOHQW $ VHQLRU VROR IUHH GDQFH WHVW PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ required elements: Edge Elements: 7ZR GLIIHUHQW ORQJ HGJH HOHPHQWV DQG WZR GLIIHUHQW VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQWV 6KRUW HGJH HOHPHQWV PXVW QRW H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV DQG ORQJ HGJH HOHPHQWV PXVW QRW H[FHHG VHFRQGV
Spins: One or two dance spins, but no more, selected from the following types: a. Spin: Minimum three revolutions on one foot. b. Spin Combination: Minimum three revolutions on one foot for each part of the spin. There is allowed up to one-half rotation on two feet while changing to the other foot. Note: ,I PRUH WKDQ RQH VSLQ LV H[HFXWHG LW PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW WKDQ WKH ¿UVW 6R LI WKH ¿UVW VSLQ LV D VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ WKHQ WKH VHFRQG VSLQ PXVW EH D GDQFH VSLQ 7KH VDPH ORJLF IROORZV ZLWK WKH VSLQV EHLQJ H[HFXWHG LQ WKH RSSRVLWH RUGHU Step Sequences: Two different types of step sequences, one selected from Group A and one selected from Group B: a. Group A: Straight Line Step Sequences: Midline or Diagonal b. Group B: Curved Step Sequences (counterclockwise or clockwise): Circular or Serpentine (DFK VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW IXOO\ XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH ,W should include a variety of steps and turns and must include brackets, counters, rockers, choctaws and twizzles. Jumps of more than one-half rotation, stops, dance spins, pirouettes, pattern regressions and loops must not be included in either step sequence. Twizzle Series: Two different twizzle series but no more. One twizzle series must have a different entry edge and different direction of rotation for the two twizzles, with a minimum of two revolutions on each twizzle and no more than three steps between twizzles. The other series must have a minimum of two revolutions on each twizzle with only one step between twizzles. Other: 7ZR IXOO VWRSV DUH SHUPLWWHG 1HLWKHU VWRS PD\ H[FHHG ¿YH VHFRQGV 'XUDWLRQ VHFRQGV WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH Standard passing average: 4.5 Standard passing total: 9.0 Adult passing average: 4.0 Adult passing total: 8.0 Masters passing average: 3.5 Masters passing total: 7.0 Judging panel required: Three gold dance judges.
302
Computer Codes for Tests
MOVES IN THE FIELD Standard Adult Code Code Pre-Preliminary PPM Preliminary PM Pre-Juvenile PJM Juvenile JM Intermediate IM AIM 1RYLFH 10 $10 Junior -50 $-50 Senior 650 $650 Adult Pre-Bronze APBM Adult Bronze ABM Adult Silver ASM Adult Gold AGM 62 76 3UH %URQ]H SOPBM 62 76 %URQ]H SOBM 62 76 6LOYHU SOSM 62 76 *ROG SOGM Test
FREE SKATE Test Code Pre-Preliminary PPF Preliminary PF Pre-Juvenile PJF Juvenile JF Intermediate IF 1RYLFH 1) Junior -5) Senior 65) Adult Pre-Bronze PBF Adult Bronze %)5 Adult Silver 6)5 Adult Gold *)5 62 76 3UH %URQ]H SOPBFS 62 76 %URQ]H SOBFS 62 76 6LOYHU SOSFS 62 76 *ROG SOGFS PAIR Test Pre-Juvenile Juvenile Intermediate 1RYLFH Junior Senior Adult Bronze Adult Silver Adult Gold
Code PJVP JVP ,35 135 -35 *35 ABP ASP AGP
Masters Code
MIM 010 0-50 0650 MABM MASM MAGM
Test Juvenile Intermediate 1RYLFH Junior Senior Adult Pre-Bronze Adult Bronze Adult Silver Adult Gold Masters Pre-Bronze Masters Bronze Masters Silver Masters Gold Juvenile Solo Intermediate Solo 1RYLFH 6ROR Junior Solo Senior Solo
FREE DANCE Standard Adult Code Code JFD IFD 1)' -5)' 65)' APBFD ABFD ASFD AGFD
=-)' =,)' =1)' =-5)' =65)'
FIGURES Test Preliminary First Second Third Fourth Fifth Fifth part A or B 6L[WK 6L[WK SDUW $ RU % Seventh Seventh part A or B (LJKWK (LJKWK SDUW $ RU % Adult Bronze Adult Silver Adult Gold
Masters Code
MPBFD MBFD MSFD MGFD $=-)' 0=-)' $=,)' 0=,)' $=1)' 0=1)' $=-5)' 0=-5)' $=65)' 0=65)'
Code 35( 1 2 3 4 5 5A – 5B 6 6A – 6B 7 7A – 7B 8 8A – 8B BFI SFI GFI
Codes-1
Computer Codes for Pattern Dance Tests
Category
Dance
Preliminary
Dutch Waltz Canasta Tango 5K\WKP %OXHV Swing Dance Cha Cha Fiesta Tango Hickory Hoedown Willow Waltz 7HQ )R[ Fourteenstep (XURSHDQ :DOW] )R[WURW American Waltz Tango 5RFNHU )R[WURW Kilian Blues Paso Doble Starlight Waltz Viennese Waltz Westminster Waltz Quickstep Argentine Tango Austrian Waltz Cha Cha Congelado Finnstep Golden Waltz Midnight Blues 5DYHQVEXUJHU Waltz 5KXPED Silver Samba Tango 5RPDQWLFD Yankee Polka
Pre-Bronze
Bronze
Pre-Silver
Silver
Pre-Gold
Gold
International
Codes-2
Adult Solo Track Code
Masters Solo Track Code
Standard Code
Solo Track Code
DW CT 5% SD CC FIT HH
=': =&7 =5% =6' =&& =), =++
ASD ACC AFI AHH
$=6' $=&& $=), $=++
MSD MCC MFI MHH
0=6' 0=&& 0=), 0=++
WIW TF 14S (: FT AW T 5) K %/ PD SW VW WW
=:, =7) = =(: =)7 =$: =7 =5) =. =%/ =3' =6: =9: =::
AWI ATF A14 $(: AFT AAW AST $5) AK $%/ APD ASW AVW AWW
$=:, $=7) $= $=(: $=)7 $=$: $=67 $=5) $=. $=%/ $=3' $=6: $=9: $=::
MWI MTF M14 0(: MFT MAW MST 05) MK 0%/ MPD MSW MVW MWW
0=:, 0=7) 0= 0=(: 0=)7 0=$: 0=67 0=5) 0=. 0=%/ 0=3' 0=6: 0=9: 0=::
QS AT
=46 =$7
AQS AAT
$=46 $=$7
MQS MAT
0=46 0=$7
AUS &21
=&21
AAU ACO
$=&2
MAU MCO
0=&2
FS GW MB 5:
Adult Code
Masters Code
Use standard or solo dance track code
AFS AGW AMB $5:
MFS MGW MMB 05:
5 SAM 75
=5 =6$0 =75
$5 ASA $75
$=5 $=6$ $=75
05 MSA 075
0=5 0=6$ 0=75
YP
=<3
AYP
$=<3
MYP
0=<3
Pre-Preliminary 1 Forward Perimeter Stroking The skater will perform four to eight straight strokes depending on the length of the ice and the strength of the skater, with FURVVRYHUV DURXQG WKH HQGV XVLQJ WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH DQG IRU RQH IXOO ODS RI WKH ULQN LQ ERWK GLUHFWLRQV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH optional. )RFXV 3RZHU DQG H[WHQVLRQ
LFO
RFI
RFI
LFO
LFO RFI RFI LFO
LF RF
RF LF
RF
LF
LF RF
RF LF
LF RF start INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFO
RFI LFO
RFI LFO
RFI
LFO
RFI
MITF-1
Pre-Preliminary 2 Basic Consecutive Edges â&#x20AC;¢ Forward outside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Forward inside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Backward outside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Backward inside edges 6WDUWLQJ IURP D VWDQGLQJ SRVLWLRQ WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW XVLQJ DQ D[LV OLQH VXFK DV D hockey line. The skater may start each set on either foot, but they must be skated in the order listed. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
RFO
RFO
RFO
start LFO
LFO
LFO
RFI
RFI
RFI
start LFI
LFI
LFI
LBO
LBO
LBO
start
RBO
RBO
RBO
LBI
LBI
LBI start
RBI
MITF-2
RBI
RBI
Pre-Preliminary 3 Forward Right and Left Foot Spirals The skater will perform right foot and left foot spirals down the length of the rink maintaining a spiral position on each foot for DSSUR[LPDWHO\ IRXU VHFRQGV ZLWK H[WHQGHG OHJ KHOG DW WKH KLS OHYHO RU KLJKHU 7KH VNDWHU PD\ EH RQ Ã&#x20AC;DWV DQG PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU foot. Introductory steps are optional. )RFXV ([WHQVLRQ
start
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RF
LF
MITF-3
Pre-Preliminary 4 Waltz Eight The skater will perform the waltz eight, using large circumference circles, completing two patterns on each foot, performed with control. This move may start on either foot. Introductory steps are optional or may begin from a standing start. The skater may mark the center. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
LFO3 RFO3
LBO
RBO start
LFO
RFO INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
MITF-4
Preliminary 1 Forward and Backward Crossovers 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRUZDUG FURVVRYHUV LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ ,W LV H[SHFWHG WKDW WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP WKH WUDQVLWLRQ EHWZHHQ FLUFOHV RQ RQH IRRW )RXU WR VL[ FURVVRYHUV SHU FLUFOH DUH UHFRPPHQGHG 8SRQ FRPSOHWLQJ WKH IRUZDUG ¿JXUH HLJKW WKH skater will perform a swing roll and change of edge to an open mohawk in order to turn from forward to backward and continue WKH ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ ZLWK IRXU WR VL[ EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV SHU FLUFOH 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW LQ HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ ,QWURGXFWRU\ steps are optional. Focus: Power
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RBO
LBI
RBO
LBI
LBO
LBI
RBI
LBO RBI
RBI
RBO RFI OpMo LBI
LBO
LBI RBI
RBO LBI
RBI
RBO RBO
RFI
LBO
LBI
LFO
RFO RFI
LFO
LBO RBI
LFI LFO
RFI
LFI RFO
RFO
LFI
start
LFO LFO RFI
RFI LFO RFI
LFO
RFO
RFO SwRoll
LFI LFI RFO
LFI
RFO
MITF-5
Preliminary 2 Consecutive Outside and Inside Spirals 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP ULJKW IRRW DQG OHIW IRRW VSLUDOV 7KH RXWVLGH HGJH VSLUDOV ZLOO EH VNDWHG IRU WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN )RUZDUG FURVVRYHUV PD\ EH XWLOL]HG RSWLRQDO DURXQG WKH HQG RI WKH ULQN )RUZDUG LQVLGH HGJH VSLUDOV ZLOO EH VNDWHG IRU WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN 7KH H[DFW QXPEHU RI VSLUDOV ZLOO GHSHQG RQ WKH VL]H RI WKH ULQN DQG WKH VWUHQJWK RI WKH VNDWHU KRZHYHU D PLQLPXP RI IRXU VSLUDOV GRZQ HDFK OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN PXVW EH VNDWHG 7KH H[WHQGHG OHJ LQ WKH VSLUDO VKRXOG EH KHOG DW KLS level or higher. Introductory steps are optional. )RFXV ([WHQVLRQ DQG HGJH TXDOLW\
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL start
LFO RFI
GLIDE ON 2 FEET
RFO LFI
LFO RFI
RFO
LFI
LFO
RFI END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-6
Preliminary 3 Forward Power Three-Turns 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRUZDUG RXWVLGH WKUHH WXUQV WR D EDODQFH SRVLWLRQ IROORZHG E\ D EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHU 7KUHH WR VL[ VHWV of three-turns will be skated depending on the length of the ice surface. Skaters may begin this move with either right or left foot three-turns. On the second length of the rink, the three-turns will be skated on the opposite foot. Introductory steps and backward crossovers around the end of the rink are optional. Focus: Power
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
start
LFO3 LBI
*
XF RBO
RBI
LBI XF LBO
* RBI
RFO3
LFO3 LBI
*
RBI
XF RBO
XF LBO
LBI
* RBI RFO3 LFO3 LBI
* RBI XF
RBO
XF LBO
LBI
*
RBI RFO3 *denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-7
Preliminary 4 Alternating Forward Three-Turns Starting from a standing position the skater will perform alternating forward outside three-turns for the width of the rink. The skater will then perform forward inside alternating three-turns for the second width of the rink. The size of the rink and strength of the skater will determine the number of three-turns skated. This move may start on either foot. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
RFO3
RFO3
RFO3
start
LFO3
LFO3
LFO3
RFI3
RFI3
RFI3
start
LFI3
MITF-8
LFI3
LFI3
Preliminary 5 Forward Circle Eight 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SXVK IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW RQWR D IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG FRPSOHWH RQH IRUZDUG RXWVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW 8SRQ UHWXUQLQJ WR FHQWHU DW WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH VHFRQG FLUFOH WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D IRUZDUG LQVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW E\ SXVKLQJ onto a forward inside edge, thereby repeating the previously skated circle. The circles should be equal in size with each circle DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKUHH WLPHV WKH VNDWHU¶V KHLJKW 7KH VNDWHU PD\ PDUN WKH FHQWHU 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
1ST TRACING â&#x20AC;&#x201D; RFO / LFO 2ND TRACING â&#x20AC;&#x201D; RFI / LFI
MITF-9
Preliminary 6 Alternating Backward Crossovers to Backward Outside Edges The skater will perform alternating backward crossovers to backward outside edges in consecutive half circles for one length of WKH ULQN )RXU RU ¿YH OREHV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO )RFXV 3RZHU DQG H[WHQVLRQ
RBO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XF
start
LBI
RBO LBO XF
RBI
LBO RBO XF
LBI
RBO LBO XF
RBI
LBO RBO XF
LBI
RBO
MITF-10
Pre-Juvenile 1 Forward and Backward Perimeter Power Stroking The skater will perform four alternating forward crossovers separated by strong forward inside edge transitions. The end pattern FRQVLVWV RI WZR IRUZDUG FURVVRYHUV IROORZHG E\ D /)2 RSHQ VWURNH WKHQ D 5), RSHQ PRKDZN IROORZHG E\ RQH RU WZR EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV $OO HQG SDWWHUQ VWHSV VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG ZLWK DQ HYHQ FDGHQFH H[FHSW WKH /)2 RSHQ VWURNH ZKLFK VKRXOG EH KHOG for two counts. The second side of the pattern resumes with four backward crossovers separated by two-foot transitions, also known as a power push. Skaters should take care to perform the transitions on two solid inside edges. The second end pattern FRQVLVWV RI WKUHH WR ¿YH EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO )RUZDUG IRFXV 3RZHU DQG H[WHQVLRQ Backward focus: Power and edge quality
LBI
XF RBO
XF
RBO
LBI
XF
LBI
RBO LBI
star
t
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XF
RBO
LFO
LBI
RFI RBI XF
LFI
*
LBO
RFO
RBI
* LBI
LFI
XF
RFI
RBO
LFO LBI RFI
RBI XF
LFI
*
LBO
RFO RBI
*
LFI
LBI
RFI
XF
RBO
*denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
LFO LBI XF
RFI LFO
RFI
OpMO
LFO
RFI
RBO LBI
MITF-11
Pre-Juvenile 2 FO-BI Three-Turns in the Field The skater will perform forward three-turns alternating to backward three-turns covering the length of the rink. One length of WKH ULQN ZLOO VWDUW ZLWK 5)2 /%, WKUHH WXUQV 7KH QXPEHU RI VHWV RI WKUHH WXUQV ZLOO GHSHQG RQ WKH OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN DQG WKH VWUHQJWK RI WKH VNDWHU 2Q WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP /)2 5%, WKUHH WXUQV 7KH HQG VHTXHQFH DQG WKH introductory steps are optional. This move may start on either foot. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
sta
rt
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RFO3
RBI3
LFO3 LBI3
RBI3 RFO3
LFO3 LBI3
RFO3
RBI3
LFO3
LBI3
RFO3
RBI3
LFO3 LBI3 rt
sta
MITF-12
Pre-Juvenile 3 FI-BO Three-Turns in the Field 2Q RQH OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP 5), /%2 WKUHH WXUQV 2Q WKH RWKHU OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP /), 5%2 WKUHH WXUQV 7KH QXPEHU RI VHWV RI WKUHH WXUQV ZLOO GHSHQG RQ WKH OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN DQG WKH VWUHQJWK RI WKH VNDWHU 7KH end sequence and the introductory steps are optional. This move may start on either foot. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
sta rt
RFI3
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RBO3
LBO3 LFI3
RFI3 RBO3
LBO3 LFI3
RFI3
RBO3
LBO3 LFI3
RFI3 RBO3
LBO3
sta
rt
LFI3
MITF-13
Pre-Juvenile 4 Forward and Backward Power Change of Edge Pulls The skater will perform consecutive power change of edge pulls — FIO to FOI — for the full length of the rink followed by backward change of edge pulls — BOI to BIO — for the second full length of the rink. The skater will change feet at the center of the rink. The end sequence and the introductory steps are optional. This move may start on either foot. Focus: Power
rt
sta
RFI
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LBI
CE
RFO
CE
LBO
CE
CE
RFI CE
LBI RFO CE
CE
LBO
RFI
CE CE
LBI RFO CE CHANGE FEET
LBO
LFO
CHANGE FEET CE
RBO LFI CE CE
RBI LFO CE CE
RBO LFI CE CE
RBI LFO
CE CE
RBO LFI
2 FEET
MITF-14
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
Pre-Juvenile 5 Backward Circle Eight 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SXVK IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW RQWR D EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG FRPSOHWH RQH EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW 8SRQ UHWXUQLQJ WR FHQWHU DW WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH VHFRQG FLUFOH WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D EDFNZDUG LQVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW E\ SXVKLQJ onto a backward inside edge, thereby repeating the previously skated circle. The circles should be equal in size with each circle DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKUHH WLPHV WKH VNDWHU¶V KHLJKW 7KH VNDWHU PD\ PDUN WKH FHQWHU 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
1ST TRACING -- RBO / LBO 2ND TRACING -- RBI / LBI
MITF-15
Pre-Juvenile 6 Five-Step Mohawk Sequence 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP DOWHUQDWLQJ IRUZDUG LQVLGH PRKDZNV VNDWHG LQ FRQVHFXWLYH KDOI FLUFOHV (DFK VHULHV FRQVLVWV RI D ¿YH VWHS VHTXHQFH 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO VNDWH RQH OHQJWK RI WKH LFH ZLWK IRXU RU ¿YH OREHV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
MO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RFI start
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
RFI
LFI RBI MO
LBO RFO LFI SLIP MO
RFI
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
RFI
LFI RBI MO
LBO RFO LFI MO
RFI
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
MITF-16
RFI
SLIP
Juvenile 1 Stroking: Forward Power Circle Starting from a standing position, the skater will perform forward crossovers progressively increasing in foot speed and acceleration throughout the entire move, from a slow, but gradually accelerating pace to fully accelerated crossovers. As the skater accelerates, the circle circumference increases. Power circles are performed in both counterclockwise and clockwise directions. It is recommended that no more than 15 crossovers be utilized in completing each portion of this move. This move may start in either direction. Focus: Power
LFO
RFI
RFI
LFO LFO RFI RFI LFO
LFO LFO
RFI
start
RFI LFO
LFO
RFI
LFO
RFI
RFI LFO RFI LFO RFI
MITF-17
Juvenile 2 Stroking: Backward Power Circle Starting from a standing position, the skater will perform backward crossovers progressively increasing in foot speed and acceleration throughout the entire move, from a slow, but gradually accelerating pace, to fully accelerated crossovers. As the skater accelerates, the circle circumference increases. Power circles are performed in both counterclockwise and clockwise directions. It is recommended that no more than 15 crossovers be utilized in completing each portion of this move. This move may start in either direction. Focus: Power
RBO
LBI
LBI
RBO
RBO LBI LBI
RBO
LBI RBO
start
RBO RBO LBI
LBI
RBO
LFO3
RBO
LBI
RBO RBO
LBI LBI RBO LBI
MITF-18
LBI
Juvenile 3 Eight-Step Mohawk Sequence The skater will perform two eight-step mohawk sequences counterclockwise. 7KH VWHS RUGHU LV )RUZDUG FURVVRYHU LQWR D /)2 PRKDZN IROORZHG E\ /%, 5%2 /%, FURVV IRUZDUG DQG 5), 7KH VNDWHU VKRXOG PDLQWDLQ D PDUFK FDGHQFH RQH EHDW SHU VWHS Between the circles is a two-beat left foot transition. The sequence is then repeated twice in the opposite direction. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start on either foot. Focus: Quickness and power
RFI
LFO
LBI repeat
RFI
1 2
8 7 RBO
XF
LFO
6
3 MO
RBO
5
LBI
5
LBI
4
RBO
4
MO
3
6
LFO
start
RBO XF
2
1
7
RFI
RFI 8
LBI RBI
LFI 8
LFO RFO
LF 1
LFI
7
2
XF
LBO
RFO
6
3 MO
LBO
5
4
LBO
5
RBI
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
4 MO
3
6
RFO
XF
2 LFI
1 RFO
repeat
RBI
LBO
7 8
RBI
LFI
MITF-19
Juvenile 4 Forward and Backward Free Skate Cross Strokes The skater will perform free skate cross strokes the length of the ice surface. Forward cross strokes will be skated for one length of the rink and backward cross strokes skated for the second length of the rink. Introductory steps and end patterns are optional. This move may start on either foot. Focus: Power
sta
rt
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XS-RBO XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS
RFO-XS
GLIDE ON 2 FEET (OPTIONAL)
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-20
Juvenile 5 Backward Power Three-Turns 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP WKUHH WR ¿YH EDFNZDUG SRZHU WKUHH WXUQV SHU FLUFOH LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ 2QH FRPSOHWH ¿JXUH HLJKW is required. A one or two-foot glide may be utilized when changing circles. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start in either direction. Focus: Power
RBO3
LB I
LB I MO
MO
RBO3
RBO3 LB I MO
MO
LB I RBO3 sta rt
RBO3 MO
LF LF
LB I RB I
MO
LB I RF I
RF
*
LBO3
MO MO
LBO3
RB I
LBO3
RB I MO MO
RB I
LBO3 MO
RB I
LBO3
*a one or two foot glide may be utilized when changing circles.
MITF-21
Juvenile 6 Forward Double Three-Turns 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP FRQVHFXWLYH IRUZDUG GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV RQ KDOI FLUFOHV ZLWK DOWHUQDWLQJ RI IHHW )RXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV will be skated depending on the length of the rink and strength of the skater. The sequence begins with forward outside double WKUHH WXUQV FRYHULQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN 7KH IRUZDUG LQVLGH GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV ZLOO FRYHU WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN Introductory steps and end patterns are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL start
LFO3
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3
RFO3
LBO3
RBI3
LFI3
LFO3
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3
RFO3
RBI3
LBO3
LFI3
RBO3
LFO3
RBI3
RFI3 OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-22
Intermediate 1 Backward Double Three-Turns 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP FRQVHFXWLYH EDFNZDUG GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV RQ KDOI FLUFOHV ZLWK DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW )RXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV will be skated depending on the length of the rink and strength of the skater. The sequence begins with backward outside double WKUHH WXUQV FRYHULQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN 7KH EDFNZDUG LQVLGH GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV ZLOO FRYHU WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN Introductory steps and end patterns are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG H[WHQVLRQ
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
start
LFO3
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3 LBO XF
*
RB I
XF
2 FEET
RFO3
LBO3
RBO LB I
RBI3
LFI3
*
XF
XF 2 FEET
LFO3
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3 LBO XF
*
RB I
XF
2 FEET
RFO3
LBO3
RBO LB I
RBI3
*
LFI3 XF
XF
2 FEET
LFO3 RBO3
LBI3 *denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
RFI3
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-23
Intermediate 2 Spiral Sequence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¶V IRUP DQG Ã&#x20AC;H[LELOLW\ ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW )RFXV ([WHQVLRQ DQG HGJH TXDOLW\
start INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFO spiral *denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
LBXOVER RBI
*
RBI
LBI MO
RFI
LBO spiral
RFI spiral
MO
LBI spiral
MITF-24
Intermediate 3 Brackets in the Field Sequence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
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL start
LBOB RFOB
RFIB
LBIB
RFOB
LBOB
RFIB
LBIB start
start
RBOB
LFOB
LFIB RBIB
RBOB
LFOB
LFIB RBIB
start
MITF-25
Intermediate 4 Forward Twizzles )RUZDUG RXWVLGH WZL]]OHV 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO EHJLQ IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW ZLWK D /)2 UROO IRUZDUG FURVV VWURNH WR D 5)2 WZL]]OH ZKLFK HQGV RQ 5%, DIWHU ò UHYROXWLRQV 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO WKHQ VWHS /)2 WR FRPSOHWH WKH VHW 7KUHH WZL]]OH VHWV DUH WR EH UHSHDWHG across the width or down the length of the rink, and they should be repeated on the opposite foot in the same manner. )RUZDUG LQVLGH WZL]]OHV )RU WKH VHFRQG SDUW RI WKH PRYH WKH VNDWHU ZLOO EHJLQ IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW ZLWK D /), UROO WR D 5), WZL]]OH ZKLFK HQGV RQ 5%2 DIWHU ò UHYROXWLRQV 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO WKHQ VWHS /), WR FRPSOHWH WKH VHW 7KUHH WZL]]OH VHWV DUH WR EH repeated across the width or down the length of the rink, and they should be repeated on the opposite foot in the same manner. This move may start in either direction. )RFXV 7XUQ H[HFXWLRQ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
start
RFO 1½ Tw
RFO 1½ Tw
XS
RFO 1½ Tw
XS
LFO
XS
LFO
LFO
LFO
start
LFO 1½ Tw
LFO 1½ Tw
XS
XS
RFO
LFO 1½Tw
RFO
XS
RFO
RFO
start
LFI
LFI
LFI
RFI 1½ Tw
RFI 1½Tw
LFI
RFI 1½ Tw start
RFI
RFI
LFI 1½ Tw
MITF-26
RFI
RFI
LFI 1½ Tw
LFI 1½ Tw
Intermediate 5 Inside Slide Chassé Pattern The skater will perform four alternating patterns of inside slide chassés preceded by backward power three-turns. The pattern should cover the entire length of the rink. Introductory steps are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG H[WHQVLRQ
RFI LBI
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
MO
star
t
RBO3 SLIP
LFI SLIP
LFI
RBI MO
RFI
LBO3 SLIP
RFI SLIP
RFI LBI
LFI
MO
RBO3 SLIP
LFI LFI
SLIP
RBI MO
RFI
LBO3 SLIP
RFI SLIP
RFI LFI
MITF-27
Novice 1 Inside Three-Turns/Rocker Choctaws 7KH PRYH VKRXOG EH VNDWHG DFURVV IRXU VHPL FLUFOHV GRZQ WKH ORQJ D[LV RI WKH ULQN 7KH ¿UVW WZR OREHV FRQVLVW RI IRUZDUG LQVLGH DQG EDFNZDUG LQVLGH WKUHH WXUQV DQG WKH VHFRQG KDOI RI WKH PRYH ZLOO FRQVLVW RI URFNHU FKRFWDZ VHTXHQFHV )RXU WR ¿YH µVHWV¶ RI HDFK WXUQ SHU OREH DUH UHFRPPHQGHG 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO EHJLQ ZLWK 5), /%, VHWV UHSHDWHG IRXU WR ¿YH WLPHV GHSHQGLQJ RQ ULQN VL]H $IWHU WKH ODVW /%, WKH VNDWHU VKRXOG VWHS 5), DQG EHJLQ WKH VHFRQG OREH ZLWK D /), 5%, VHW DQG UHSHDW LQ WKH VDPH PDQQHU 7R WUDQVLWLRQ WR WKH URFNHU FKRFWDZ VHTXHQFHV WKH VNDWHU VKRXOG SHUIRUP /), PRKDZN DQG FKDQJH HGJH WR 5%2 FURVVLQJ LQ IURQW 7KH WKLUG OREH EHJLQV ZLWK D /%, URFNHU /), FORVHG FKRFWDZ VHW UHSHDWHG IRXU WR ¿YH WLPHV GHSHQGLQJ RQ ULQN VL]H $IWHU WKH ODVW FKRFWDZ DQG FURVV IURQW WKH VNDWHU VKRXOG VWHS 5), DQG SHUIRUP D 5), PRKDZN DQG FKDQJH HGJH WR /%2 FURVV IRUZDUG 7KH IRXUWK OREH FRQVLVWV RI 5%, URFNHU 5), FORVHG FKRFWDZ VHWV UHSHDWHG IRXU WR ¿YH WLPHV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV are optional. This move may start in either direction. Focus: Power and quickness
XF
RFI 3 LBI 3 RFI 3
XF
start INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LBI 3 RFI 3 LBI 3
XF
RFI 3 LBI 3
XF
XF
RFI
LFI 3 RBI 3 LFI 3 XF
RBI 3 LFI 3 XF
RBI 3 XF
XF
O
RB
HO
O
IO
K
IM
LF
IR
RB
LB
IC
LF
RBI 3 LFI 3
XF
LBI RK LFI CHO RBO XF
XF
CH O
RF I
RB I
LB IO
LB
I RF I
M XF
RK
O
HO IC RB O
LF
XF
LB
IR K
LBI RK LFI CHO RBO
XF
LBO RBI RK RFI CHO LBO XF
HO
O
LB
K IR
RB
IC
RF
MITF-28
RBI RK RFI CHO LBO XF
Novice 2 Forward and Backward Outside Counters The skater will perform forward outside counters followed by two backward free skating cross strokes to a backward outside FRXQWHU (DFK EDFNZDUG FRXQWHU LV WKHQ IROORZHG E\ WZR IRUZDUG IUHH VNDWLQJ FURVV VWURNHV WR D IRUZDUG RXWVLGH FRXQWHU 7KH VNDWHU KDV WKH RSWLRQ RI VWDUWLQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK ZLWK HLWKHU WKH ULJKW RU OHIW IRUZDUG FRXQWHU 7KH VHFRQG OHQJWK ZLOO EH SHUIRUPHG with forward and backward outside counters on the opposite foot. The introductory steps and complete loop are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG SRZHU
rt
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
sta
RFO
*
RFO SW CTR
LFO LBO SW CTR
RBO LBO XS
LBO XS
RBO XS
RBO XS LBO
RBO SW CTR
LFO SW CTR
RFO XS
XS
LFO XS
LFO XS
RFO
XS
RFO XS XS
RFO SW CTR
LBO SW CTR
RBO
LBO XS
LFO
XS LBO
RBO XS
RBO XS
LBO RBO SW CTR
RFO
* * LOOP PATTERN OPTIONAL
LFO SW CTR
LFO
END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-29
Novice 3 Forward and Backward Inside Counters 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRUZDUG LQVLGH FRXQWHUV IROORZHG E\ WZR EDFNZDUG LQVLGH UROOV WR D EDFNZDUG LQVLGH FRXQWHU (DFK backward inside counter is then followed by two forward inside rolls to a forward inside counter. The skater has the option RI VWDUWLQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK ZLWK HLWKHU WKH ULJKW RU OHIW IRUZDUG FRXQWHU 7KH VHFRQG OHQJWK ZLOO EH SHUIRUPHG ZLWK IRUZDUG DQG backward inside counters on the opposite foot. The introductory steps and the end patterns are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG SRZHU
rt
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
sta
LFI
* LFI SW CTR
RFI
LBI
RBI CTR
RBI ROLL
RBI
LBI ROLL
LBI
LBI CTR
LFI
RFI SW CTR
RBI
RFI
RFI ROLL
LFI
LFI
RFI
LFI SW CTR RBI CTR
LBI
RBI ROLL
RBI
LBI ROLL
LBI RBI LBI CTR
LFI
RFI SW CTR
* RFI * LOOP PATTERN OPTIONAL
END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-30
Novice 4 Forward Loops The move may be skated across the width or down the length of the rink and begins from a standing start. The skater will begin ZLWK D /)2 VZLQJ UROO WR SUHSDUH IRU WKH ¿UVW 5)2 ORRS 7KH VNDWHU WKHQ SXVKHV LQWR D /)2 ORRS ZKHQ UHWXUQLQJ WR WKH D[LV 7KLV LV UHSHDWHG WZLFH $IWHU WKH ODVW /)2 ORRS WKH VNDWHU VKRXOG SHUIRUP D 5), FKDVVp WR SUHSDUH IRU D /), ORRS 7KLV ORRS LV IROORZHG E\ D SXVK LQWR D 5), ORRS 7KHVH ORRSV DUH DOVR UHSHDWHG WZLFH WR FRPSOHWH WKH PRYH 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU foot. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV ÀRZ
RFO Loop
RFO Loop
LFO SR
LFI Loop
LFI Loop
RFI Ch LFO Loop
LFO Loop
RFI Loop
RFI Loop
start
MITF-31
Novice 5 Backward Rocker Choctaw Sequence
sta
rt
The skater will perform a backward inside rocker-choctaw followed by a deep backward outside edge. This sequence is SHUIRUPHG LQ VL[ WR HLJKW FRQVHFXWLYH KDOI FLUFOHV RQ DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW 7KH LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW on either foot. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ H[WHQVLRQ DQG SRZHU
XF
RBI RK CHO LBO
XB XF
RBO LBI RK
CHO RBO
LBO XF
XB
RBI RK CHO XB XF
RBO
LBO
LBI RK
CHO RBO
LBO
XB
XF
RBI RK CHO XB XF
RBO LBI RK
CHO RBO
MITF-32
LBO
Novice 6 Backward Twizzles %DFNZDUG RXWVLGH WZL]]OHV 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO EHJLQ ZLWK D /)2 WKUHH WXUQ FKDQJLQJ HGJH LQWR D /%2 GRXEOH WZL]]OH ZLWK D WZR IRRW SXVK WR DVVLVW WKH WZL]]OH URWDWLRQ 7KH VNDWHU WKHQ VWHSV IRUZDUG LQWR D 5)2 WKUHH WXUQ FKDQJLQJ HGJH LQWR D 5%2 GRXEOH WZL]]OH FRPSOHWLQJ D µWZL]]OH VHW¶ (DFK µWZL]]OH VHW¶ LV SHUIRUPHG WKUHH WLPHV GRZQ WKH OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN %DFNZDUG LQVLGH WZL]]OHV 7KH VHFRQG SDUW RI WKH PRYH EHJLQV ZLWK D 5), PRKDZN ZKRVH H[LW HGJH LV WKH HQWU\ IRU D /%, GRXEOH WZL]]OH 7KH VNDWHU WKHQ VWHSV RQ D 5), HGJH LQWR D /), PRKDZN ZKRVH H[LW HGJH LV WKH HQWU\ IRU D 5%, GRXEOH WZL]]OH FRPSOHWLQJ D µWZL]]OH VHW¶ (DFK VHW LV SHUIRUPHG WKUHH WLPHV GRZQ WKH OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW LQ HLWKHU direction. Introductory steps and end pattern are optional. )RFXV 7XUQ H[HFXWLRQ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
start
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFO 3 RBO 2-ft push CE
RBI Tw 2
LBO Tw 2 LFI MO RFI RFO 3
LBO 2-ft push LBI Tw 2
CE
RBO Tw 2 RFI MO LFI LFO 3
RBO 2-ft push CE
RBI Tw 2
LBO Tw 2 LFI MO RFI RFO 3
LBO 2-ft push
LBI Tw 2
CE
RBO Tw 2
RFI MO LFI LFO 3 RBO 2-ft push CE
LBO Tw 2
RBI Tw 2 LFI MO RFI
RFO 3
LBO 2-ft push RBO Tw 2
LBI Tw 2
CE
END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
RFI MO
t
star
MITF-33
Junior 1 Forward and Backward Outside Rockers The skater will perform forward outside rockers followed by two backward cross strokes to a backward outside rocker. This backward outside rocker is followed by two forward outside cross strokes to a forward outside rocker. The skater has the option RI VWDUWLQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK ZLWK HLWKHU WKH ULJKW RU OHIW IRUZDUG URFNHUV 7KH VHFRQG OHQJWK ZLOO EH SHUIRUPHG ZLWK WKH )2 %2 URFNHUV RQ WKH RSSRVLWH IRRW 7KHUH VKRXOG EH WZR IRUZDUG DQG WZR EDFNZDUG URFNHUV 1RWH 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW LQ HLWKHU direction. The introductory steps and end sequence of steps are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG SRZHU
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL start
RFO LBO RK
RFO-RBO SW RK XS
XS
RBO
LBO XS
XS
RBO LFO-LBO SW RK LFO XR RBO RK XS
XS
RFO XR LFO XS XS
RFO-RBO SW RK
LBO RK
XS XS
RBO
LBO XS XS
RBO
RBO RK LFO-LBO SW RK END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-34
Junior 2 Forward and Backward Inside Rockers The skater will perform forward inside rockers followed by backward inside rolls to a backward inside rocker. This backward inside rocker is followed by forward inside rolls to a forward inside rocker for the length of the rink. The skater has the option RI VWDUWLQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK ZLWK HLWKHU WKH ULJKW RU OHIW IRUZDUG URFNHUV 7KH VHFRQG OHQJWK ZLOO EH SHUIRUPHG ZLWK WKH IRUZDUG and backward inside rockers on the opposite foot. There should be two forward and two backward rockers. The introductory steps and end sequence of steps are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG SRZHU
t star
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFI GLIDE
RFI RK LBI ROC LBI LBI ROLL RBI ROLL RBI RBI RK LFI ROC
LFI opS LFI opS
RFI opS
RFI opS RFI ROC LBI RK LBI RBI ROLL
LBI ROLL
RBI RBI RK
LFI ROC
END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-35
Junior 3 Power Pulls The skater will perform a sequence of three power pulls followed by two quick twisting rockers. This sequence is then repeated consecutively down the entire diagonal of the rink. It is then performed on the opposite diagonal of the rink on the other foot. There should be a total of three to four sequences per foot. The introductory and end steps are optional. This move may start on either foot. Focus: Power and quickness
sta
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
rt
LBI RBO CE
QLFO RK QLBO RK
RBI
CE CE
CE
LBI RBO CE
CE
LBO QRBI RK
CE
QRFI RK QLFI RK
CE
RBO
CE
RBI CE
QLFO RK QLBO RK
QLBI RK
LBO CE CE
QRBO LBI RK CE QRFO RK CE
CE CE
LBI
LBO CE
CE
CE
RBO
CE
QRBI RK QRFI RK
QLFI RK QLBI RK
CE
RBO
LBO
CE
RBI
CE CE
CE
QRBO RK QRFO RK
LBI
LBO
RBI
END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-36
CE
Junior 4 Choctaw Sequence The skater will perform a choctaw sequence that covers the entire diagonal length of the rink and which is then repeated on the second diagonal. This sequence is performed with two consecutive choctaws that are then performed in the opposite direction. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start in either direction. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG SRZHU
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
start
RBO
* wide clCho LFI wide opCho
RBO
*
1ST DIAGONAL
*
wide clCho LFI
wide opCho
RBO
* XF LBO
wide clCho
RFI
* *
wide opCho LBO
wide clCho
RFI
* *
wide opCho LBO XF
RBO
*
wide clCho LFI
wide opCho
RBO
* * wide clCho LFI
wide opCho *
RBO
MITF-37
Junior 5 Backward Loop Pattern Backward outside loops: 7KH VNDWHU EHJLQV IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW ZLWK D /)2 LQWR WKUHH EDFNZDUG LQVLGH UROOV 7KH ODVW EDFNZDUG LQVLGH UROO LV IROORZHG E\ D 5%,2 FKDQJH RI HGJH LQWR D 5%2 ORRS 7KH VNDWHU WKHQ SHUIRUPV D FKDQJH RI HGJH WR SXVK /%, LQWR WKUHH PRUH EDFNZDUG LQVLGH UROOV IROORZHG E\ D /%,2 FKDQJH RI HGJH LQWR D /%2 ORRS 7KLV VHTXHQFH VKRXOG EH repeated twice down the length of the rink. Backward inside loops: )RU WKLV VLGH RI WKH PRYH WKH VNDWHU EHJLQV IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW ZLWK D 5), LQWR WKUHH EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH FURVV VWURNHV 7KH WKLUG FURVV VWURNH LV LPPHGLDWHO\ FRQQHFWHG WR D /%2, FKDQJH RI HGJH LQWR D /%, ORRS 7KH VNDWHU WKHQ SHUIRUPV D FKDQJH RI HGJH WR SXVK LQWR WKUHH PRUH EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH FURVV VWURNHV EHJLQQLQJ ZLWK 5%2 7KH WKLUG FURVV VWURNH LV LPPHGLDWHO\ FRQQHFWHG WR D 5%2, FKDQJH RI HGJH LQWR D 5%, ORRS 7KLV VHTXHQFH VKRXOG EH UHSHDWHG WZLFH GRZQ WKH length of the arena. This move may start in either direction Focus: (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ start
LFO 3 RBO XS CE RBI Loop
RBI LBI XS
LBO XS XS
RBO XS
RBI CE RBO Loop XS CE
CE
LBO XS CE LBI Loop
LBI RBI
RBO XS
XS XS
LBO XS LBI CE LBO Loop XS CE
CE
RBO XS CE RBI Loop
RBI LBI XS
LBO XS XS
RBO XS
RBI CE RBO Loop XS CE
CE
LBO XS CE LBI Loop
LBI RBI
RBO XS
XS
LBI CE LBO Loop
XS
LBO XS XS
start
MITF-38
RFI 3
Junior 6 Straight Line Step Sequence 7KH VNDWHU EHJLQV IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW ZLWK WZR RSHQ VWURNHV 5 DQG / 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D 5)2 URFNHU DQG FURVV IRUZDUG WR /%, URFNHU ZKLFK HQWHUV LPPHGLDWHO\ LQWR D /), FRXQWHU 1H[W LV D 5%2 GRXEOH WZL]]OH VWHSSLQJ IRUZDUG LQWR D /)2 FKDVVp WR /)2 VZLQJ FRXQWHU 7KH FRXQWHU LV LPPHGLDWHO\ IROORZHG E\ D FURVV LQ IURQW WR 5%, IROORZHG E\ WKUHH FORFNZLVH WRH VWHSV DQG DQRWKHU FURVV LQ IURQW 5%, 7KH VNDWHU WKHQ VWHSV IRUZDUG RQWR /), DQG FKDQJHV OREH ZLWK D ò UHYROXWLRQ 5), WZL]]OH IROORZHG LPPHGLDWHO\ E\ DQ HGJH SXOO WR FKDQJH HGJH LQWR D 5%, GRXEOH WKUHH )LQDOO\ WKH VNDWHU SXVKHV LQWR D /%, URFNHU IROORZHG E\ D /), URFNHU DQG WKHQ D 5%, ORRS Sequence is to be repeated starting on the other foot. This move may start in either direction. Focus: (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
LFO
RFO RBI LOOP
start
LBI RK - LFI RK
LFO RK
XF
RFO 3 RBI 3
RBI RK - RFI CTR CE
RFI 1-1/2 TW
XF L TOE R TOE L TOE
RBI
LBO 2TW
LFI
RBI
XF
LFO Sw CTR RFI LFO Ch
RBO 2TW
RFO Ch
RFO Sw CTR LBI
LFI
XF
R TOE L TOE RTOE XF
LBI
RFI LFI 1-1/2 TW CE
LBI RK - LFI CTR LBI 3 LFO 3
XF
RFO RK
RBI RK - RFI RK
start
LFO
LBI LOOP RFO
MITF-39
Senior 1 Sustained Edge Step The skater will powerfully perform a backward inside three-turn to a sustained swing change of edge followed by a forward inside rocker, stepping to a backward inside double three-turn. Backward crossover steps follow this sequence. This pattern is then repeated to cover the entire surface of the rink. The skater will then repeat this step in the opposite direction. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start in either direction. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG SRZHU
RBO XF
start INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LBI3
SWCE
LFI RK
* RBI3
CE
RBI
XF
RFO3
LBO XF
* LBI3
LFI RK
RBI3
SWCE
RFO3 *denotes wide power push
MITF-40
Senior 2 Spiral Sequence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¿QDOO\ D /)2 VSLUDO 7KH SDWWHUQ LV UHSHDWHG LQ WKH RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQ DQG WUDQVLWLRQ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO Note: All spirals should EH VXVWDLQHG ZLWK DQ H[WHQGHG IUHH OHJ WR GHPRQVWUDWH WKH VNDWHU¶V IRUP DQG Ã&#x20AC;H[LELOLW\ 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW LQ HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ Introductory steps are optional. )RFXV ([WHQVLRQ DQG HGJH TXDOLW\
start
RBO SPIRAL
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
*denotes a power push and a two-foot transition
RBO3
RFI SPIRAL
RBI
LBO RBIXOVER
* RFI opMO
LBO
LBI
RBIXOVER
LFI RFI SPIRAL
RFI3
XS LBO SR
RBO SPIRAL
LFO XOVER
RFO3
RFI3
LFI
RFI
RBI3 RFO3
LFO SPIRAL
MITF-41
Senior 3 BO Power Double Three-Turns to Power Double Inside Rockers The skater will perform backward outside power double three-turns, then complete a power pull to backward inside double rockers. These rockers are immediately followed by another power pull. This sequence is repeated consecutively down the entire diagonal of the rink. The skater will then perform the same step using the opposite foot down the opposite diagonal of the rink. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start on either foot. Focus: Power and quickness
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
start
RBO 3 QLFI RK
RFI3
QLBI RK CE
QRBI RK CE
QRFI RK
LFI3
LBO 3
CE
CE
RBO 3 QLFI RK RFI3 QLBI RK CE
QRBI RK
CE
QRFI RK
LFI3
LBO 3
CE
CE
RBO 3 QLFI RK RFI 3 QLBI RK CE CE
QRBI RK
LFI3 QRFI RK LBO 3
MITF-42
Senior 4 BI Power Double Three-Turns to Power Double Outside Rockers The skater will perform backward inside power double three-turns, then complete a power pull to backward outside double rockers. These rockers are immediately followed by another power pull and the sequence is then repeated consecutively down the entire diagonal of the rink. The skater will then perform the same step using the opposite foot down the opposite diagonal of the rink. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start on either foot. Focus: Power and quickness
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
start
LBI3 QRFO RK
LFO3
QRBO RK CE
QLBO RK CE
QLFO RK
RFO3
RBI 3 CE CE
LBI3 QRFO RK LFO3 CE
QRBO RK
CE
QLBO RK QLFO RK
RFO 3
RBI 3 CE CE
LBI3 QRFO RK QRBO RK
LFO3 CE
CE
QLBO RK RFO3
QLFO RK
RBI 3
END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-43
Senior 5 Serpentine Step Sequence 7KH VNDWHU EHJLQV ZLWK D 5)2 IROORZHG E\ D /%2 GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQ 7KH IUHH OHJ WKHQ FURVVHV LQ IURQW IRU D 5%, 7KLV HGJH LV IROORZHG E\ WKUHH FORFNZLVH WRH VWHSV DQG DQRWKHU FURVV LQ IURQW 5%, 1H[W WKH VNDWHU ZLOO VWHS IRUZDUG RQWR D /)2 HGJH DQG SHUIRUP D ò UHYROXWLRQ 5), WZL]]OH HQGLQJ ZLWK D /%2 FURVV VWURNH EHKLQG WKUHH WXUQ 7KLV WXUQ ZLOO LQLWLDWH D VHULHV RI TXLFN PRKDZN WXUQV IROORZHG E\ D TXLFN /%, 1H[W LV D 5%, FRXQWHU LQWR D 5), URFNHU 7KH VNDWHU VWHSV /%, WKHQ D VWHS ZLGH LQWR 5%, URFNHU 5), PRKDZN /%, EUDFNHW VHTXHQFH 7KH VNDWHU VKRXOG WKHQ VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ FURVV EHKLQG DQG UHYHUVH DUP SRVLWLRQ WR GR 5), EUDFNHW LQWR 5%2 FRXQWHU IROORZHG E\ D /)2 FURVV IURQW 5), FURVV EHKLQG 7KH ¿QDO SDUW RI WKH VHTXHQFH LV DQ RSHQ 5), FORVHG /%2 FKRFWDZ VHTXHQFH IROORZHG LPPHGLDWHO\ E\ D 5), FRXQWHU WKHQ SXVK WR /%, GRXEOH WZL]]OH DQG ¿QLVKHV ZLWK D 5%, ORRS Optional steps take the skater to the repeat of the sequence in the opposite direction without stopping. The skater has the option of starting in either direction. Introductory steps are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
LBI LOOP
start
RFO 3 LBO Double 3
RBI TW 2
LFI CTR XF
RBO Cl Cho
RBI INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFI Op Cho
L TOE R TOE L TOE
RBI
XB XF
RFO XR
XF
LFO
LFI Bk - LBO CTR RFI Tw 2-1/2 XB XS
I
MO
LBI RK
I
RB
LB
I O RB M I LF O M I O RB M I O LF M
O
M
LBI
RBI Bk
RBI RK
RBI RBI LBI CTR-LFI RK
MO
LBI Bk
M LB O I M RF O I M O LB M I O RF M I O LB I
LBO 3 RBI CTR-RFI RK
RBO 3 XS
XB
LFI Tw 2-1/2 RFI Bk - RBO CTR
RFO LBI
XF
LFO XR
XF R TOE L TOE R TOE
XB
RFI Op Cho
LBO Cl Cho
LBI LBI TW 2
LFO 3 RBI LOOP
MITF-44
RBO Double 3
start
RFI CTR
XF
Adult Pre-Bronze 1 Forward Perimeter Stroking The skater will perform four to eight straight strokes depending on the length of the ice and the strength of the skater, with FURVVRYHUV DURXQG WKH HQGV XVLQJ WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH DQG IRU RQH IXOO ODS RI WKH ULQN LQ ERWK GLUHFWLRQV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH optional. )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ VWUHQJWK DQG H[WHQVLRQ
LFO
RFI
RFI
LFO
LFO RFI RFI LFO
LF RF
RF LF
RF
LF
LF RF
RF LF
LF RF start INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFO
RFI LFO
RFI LFO
RFI
LFO
RFI
MITF-45
Adult Pre-Bronze 2 Basic Consecutive Edges â&#x20AC;¢ Forward outside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Forward inside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Backward outside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Backward inside edges 6WDUWLQJ IURP D VWDQGLQJ SRVLWLRQ WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW XVLQJ DQ D[LV OLQH VXFK DV D hockey line. The skater may start each set on either foot, but they must be skated in the order listed. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
RFO
RFO
RFO
start LFO
LFO
LFO
RFI
RFI
RFI
start LFI
LFI
LFI
LBO
LBO
LBO
start
RBO
RBO
RBO
LBI
LBI
LBI start
RBI
MITF-46
RBI
RBI
Adult Pre-Bronze 3 Forward and Backward Crossovers 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRUZDUG FURVVRYHUV LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ ,W LV H[SHFWHG WKDW WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP WKH WUDQVLWLRQ EHWZHHQ FLUFOHV RQ RQH IRRW )RXU WR VL[ FURVVRYHUV SHU FLUFOH DUH UHFRPPHQGHG 8SRQ FRPSOHWLQJ WKH IRUZDUG ¿JXUH HLJKW WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D VZLQJ UROO DQG FKDQJH RI HGJH WR DQ RSHQ PRKDZN LQ RUGHU WR WXUQ DURXQG DQG FRQWLQXH WKH ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ ZLWK IRXU WR VL[ EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV SHU FLUFOH 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW LQ HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG VWUHQJWK
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RBO
LBI
RBO
LBI
LBO
LBI
RBI
LBO RBI
RBI
RBO RFI OpMo LBI
LBO
LBI RBI
RBO LBI
RBI
RBO RBO
RFI
LBO
LBI
LFO
RFO RFI
LFO
LBO RBI
LFI LFO
RFI
LFI RFO
RFO
LFI
start
LFO LFO RFI
RFI LFO RFI
LFO
RFO
RFO SwRoll
LFI LFI RFO
LFI
RFO
MITF-47
Adult Pre-Bronze 4 Waltz Eight The skater will perform the waltz eight, using large circumference circles, completing two patterns on each foot, and performed with control. This move may start on either foot. Introductory steps are optional or may begin from a standing start. The skater may mark the center. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
LFO3 RFO3
LBO
RBO start
LFO
RFO INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
MITF-48
Adult Pre-Bronze 5 Forward Right and Left Foot Spirals The skater will perform right foot and left foot spirals down the length of the rink maintaining a spiral position on each foot for DSSUR[LPDWHO\ IRXU VHFRQGV ZLWK H[WHQGHG OHJ KHOG DW WKH KLS OHYHO RU KLJKHU 7KH VNDWHU PD\ EH RQ Ã&#x20AC;DWV DQG PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU foot. Introductory steps are optional. )RFXV ([WHQVLRQ
start
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RF
LF
MITF-49
Adult Bronze 1 Forward and Backward Perimeter Power Stroking The skater will perform four alternating forward crossovers separated by strong forward inside edge transitions. The end pattern FRQVLVWV RI WZR IRUZDUG FURVVRYHUV IROORZHG E\ D /)2 RSHQ VWURNH WKHQ D 5), RSHQ PRKDZN IROORZHG E\ RQH RU WZR EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV $OO HQG SDWWHUQ VWHSV VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG ZLWK DQ HYHQ FDGHQFH H[FHSW WKH /)2 RSHQ VWURNH ZKLFK VKRXOG EH KHOG for two counts. The second side of the pattern resumes with four backward crossovers separated by two-foot transitions, also known as a power push. Skaters should take care to perform the transitions on two solid inside edges. The second end pattern FRQVLVWV RI WKUHH WR ¿YH EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG VWUHQJWK
LBI
XF RBO
XF
RBO
LBI
XF
LBI
RBO LBI
star
t
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XF
RBO
LFO
LBI
RFI RBI XF
LFI
*
LBO
RFO
RBI
* LBI
LFI
XF
RFI
RBO
LFO LBI RFI
RBI XF
LFI
*
LBO
RFO RBI
*
LFI
LBI
RFI
XF
RBO
*denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
LFO LBI XF
RFI LFO
MITF-50
RFI
OpMO
LFO
RFI
RBO LBI
Adult Bronze 2 Forward Power Three-Turns 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRUZDUG RXWVLGH WKUHH WXUQV WR D EDODQFH SRVLWLRQ IROORZHG E\ D EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHU 7KUHH WR VL[ VHWV of three-turns will be skated depending on the length of the ice surface. Skaters may begin this move with either right or left foot three-turns. On the second length of the rink, the three-turns will be skated on the opposite foot. Introductory steps and backward crossovers around the end of the rink are optional. )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG VWUHQJWK
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
start
LFO3 LBI
*
XF RBO
RBI
LBI XF LBO
* RBI
RFO3
LFO3 LBI
*
RBI
XF RBO
XF LBO
LBI
* RBI RFO3 LFO3 LBI
* RBI XF
RBO
XF LBO
LBI
*
RBI RFO3 *denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-51
Adult Bronze 3 Alternating Backward Crossovers to Backward Outside Edges The skater will perform alternating backward crossovers to backward outside edges in consecutive half circles for one length of WKH ULQN )RXU RU ¿YH OREHV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV ÀRZ DQG VWUHQJWK
RBO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XF
start
LBI
RBO LBO XF
RBI
LBO RBO XF
LBI
RBO LBO XF
RBI
LBO RBO XF
LBI
RBO
MITF-52
Adult Bronze 4 Forward Circle Eight 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SXVK IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW RQWR D IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG FRPSOHWH RQH IRUZDUG RXWVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW 8SRQ UHWXUQLQJ WR FHQWHU DW WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH VHFRQG FLUFOH WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D IRUZDUG LQVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW E\ SXVKLQJ onto a forward inside edge, thereby repeating the previously skated circle. The circles should be equal in size with each circle DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKUHH WLPHV WKH VNDWHU¶V KHLJKW 7KH VNDWHU PD\ PDUN WKH FHQWHU 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
1ST TRACING â&#x20AC;&#x201D; RFO / LFO 2ND TRACING â&#x20AC;&#x201D; RFI / LFI
MITF-53
Adult Bronze 5 Five-Step Mohawk Sequence 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP DOWHUQDWLQJ IRUZDUG LQVLGH PRKDZNV VNDWHG LQ FRQVHFXWLYH KDOI FLUFOHV (DFK VHULHV FRQVLVWV RI D ¿YH VWHS VHTXHQFH 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO VNDWH RQH OHQJWK RI WKH LFH ZLWK IRXU RU ¿YH OREHV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG H[WHQVLRQ
MO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RFI start
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
RFI
LFI RBI MO
LBO RFO LFI SLIP MO
RFI
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
RFI
LFI RBI MO
LBO RFO LFI MO
RFI
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
MITF-54
RFI
SLIP
Adult Silver 1 Eight-Step Mohawk Sequence The skater will perform two eight-step mohawk sequences counterclockwise. 7KH VWHS RUGHU LV )RUZDUG FURVVRYHU LQWR D /)2 PRKDZN IROORZHG E\ /%, 5%2 /%, FURVV IRUZDUG DQG 5), 7KH VNDWHU VKRXOG PDLQWDLQ D PDUFK FDGHQFH RQH EHDW SHU VWHS Between the circles is a two-beat left foot transition. The sequence is then repeated twice in the opposite direction. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start in either direction. )RFXV 4XLFNQHVV FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG VWUHQJWK
RFI
LFO
LBI repeat
RFI
1 2
8 7 RBO
XF
LFO
6
3 MO
RBO
5
LBI
5
LBI
4
RBO
4
MO
3
6
LFO
start
RBO XF
2
1
7
RFI
RFI 8
LBI RBI
LFI 8
LFO RFO
LF 1
LFI
7
2
XF
LBO
RFO
6
3 MO
LBO
5
4
LBO
5
RBI
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
4 MO
3
6
RFO
XF
2 LFI
1 RFO
repeat
RBI
LBO
7 8
RBI
LFI
MITF-55
Adult Silver 2 Forward and Backward Free Skate Cross Strokes The skater will perform free skate cross strokes the length of the ice surface. Forward cross strokes will be skated for one length of the rink and backward cross strokes skated for the second length of the rink. Introductory steps and end patterns are optional. This move may start on either foot. )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG VWUHQJWK
sta
rt
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XS-RBO XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS
RFO-XS
GLIDE ON 2 FEET (OPTIONAL)
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-56
Adult Silver 3 FO-BI Three-Turns in the Field The skater will perform forward three-turns alternating to backward three-turns covering the length of the rink. One length of WKH ULQN ZLOO VWDUW ZLWK 5)2 /%, WKUHH WXUQV 2Q WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP /)2 5%, WKUHH WXUQV Introductory steps and end sequence are optional. This move may start on either foot. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
sta
rt
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RFO3
RBI3
LFO3 LBI3
RBI3 RFO3
LFO3 LBI3
RFO3
RBI3
LFO3
LBI3
RFO3
RBI3
LFO3 LBI3 t
r sta
MITF-57
Adult Silver 4 FI-BO Three-Turns in the Field 2Q WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP 5), /%2 WKUHH WXUQV 2Q WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP /), 5%2 WKUHH WXUQV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DQG HQG VHTXHQFH DUH RSWLRQDO 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
sta rt
RFI3
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RBO3
LBO3 LFI3
RFI3 RBO3
LBO3 LFI3
RFI3
RBO3
LBO3 LFI3
RFI3 RBO3
LBO3
sta
rt
LFI3
MITF-58
Adult Silver 5 Consecutive Outside and Inside Spirals 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP ULJKW IRRW DQG OHIW IRRW VSLUDOV 7KH IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH VSLUDOV ZLOO EH VNDWHG IRU WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN )RUZDUG FURVVRYHUV PD\ EH XWLOL]HG RSWLRQDO DURXQG WKH HQG RI WKH ULQN )RUZDUG LQVLGH HGJH VSLUDOV ZLOO EH VNDWHG IRU WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN 7KH H[DFW QXPEHU RI VSLUDOV ZLOO GHSHQG RQ WKH VL]H RI WKH ULQN DQG WKH VWUHQJWK RI WKH VNDWHU KRZHYHU D PLQLPXP RI IRXU VSLUDOV GRZQ HDFK OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN PXVW EH VNDWHG 7KH H[WHQGHG OHJ LQ WKH VSLUDO VKRXOG EH KHOG at hip level or higher. Introductory steps are optional. )RFXV ([WHQVLRQ DQG HGJH TXDOLW\
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL start
LFO
RFI
GLIDE ON 2 FEET
RFO LFI
LFO RFI
RFO
LFI
LFO
RFI END PATTERN IS OPTIONAL
MITF-59
Adult Silver 6 Forward and Backward Power Change of Edge Pulls The skater will perform consecutive power change of edge pulls — FIO to FOI — for the full length of the rink followed by backward change of edge pulls — BOI to BIO — for the second full length of the rink. The skater will change feet at the center of the rink. Introductory steps and end sequence are optional. This move may start on either foot. )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV ÀRZ DQG VWUHQJWK
rt
sta
RFI
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LBI
CE
RFO
CE
LBO
CE
CE
RFI CE
LBI RFO CE
CE
LBO
RFI
CE CE
LBI RFO CE CHANGE FEET
LBO
LFO
CHANGE FEET CE
RBO LFI CE CE
RBI LFO CE CE
RBO LFI CE CE
RBI LFO
CE CE
RBO LFI
2 FEET
MITF-60
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
Adult Gold 1 Stroking: Forward Power Circle Starting from a standing position, the skater will perform forward crossovers progressively increasing in foot speed and acceleration throughout the entire move, from a slow, but gradually accelerating pace to fully accelerated crossovers. As the skater accelerates, the circle circumference increases. Power circles are performed both in counterclockwise and clockwise directions. It is recommended that no more than 15 crossovers be utilized in completing each portion of this move. This move may start in either direction. )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV Ă&#x20AC;RZ DQG VWUHQJWK
LFO
RFI
RFI
LFO LFO RFI RFI LFO
LFO LFO
RFI
start
RFI LFO
LFO
RFI
LFO
RFI
RFI LFO RFI LFO RFI
MITF-61
Adult Gold 2 Stroking: Backward Power Circle Starting from a standing position, the skater will perform backward crossovers progressively increasing in foot speed and acceleration throughout the entire move, from a slow, but gradually accelerating pace to fully accelerated crossovers. As the skater accelerates, the circle circumference increases. Power circles are performed both in counterclockwise and clockwise directions. It is recommended that no more than 15 crossovers be utilized in completing each portion of this move. This move may start in either direction. )RFXV &RQWLQXRXV Ă&#x20AC;RZ DQG VWUHQJWK
RBO
LBI
LBI
RBO
RBO LBI LBI
RBO
LBI RBO
start
RBO RBO LBI
LBI
RBO
LFO3
RBO
LBI
RBO RBO
LBI LBI RBO LBI
MITF-62
LBI
Adult Gold 3 Forward Double Three-Turns 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP FRQVHFXWLYH IRUZDUG GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV RQ KDOI FLUFOHV ZLWK DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW )RXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV will be skated depending on the length of the rink and strength of the skater. The sequence begins with forward outside double WKUHH WXUQV FRYHULQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN 7KH IRUZDUG LQVLGH GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV ZLOO FRYHU WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN Introductory steps and end patterns are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFO3
start
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3
RFO3
LBO3
RBI3
LFI3
LFO3
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3
RFO3
RBI3
LBO3
LFI3
RBO3
LFO3
RBI3
RFI3 OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-63
Adult Gold 4 Backward Double Three-Turns 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP FRQVHFXWLYH EDFNZDUG GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV RQ KDOI FLUFOHV ZLWK DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW )RXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV will be skated depending on the length of the rink and strength of the skater. The sequence begins with backward outside double WKUHH WXUQV FRYHULQJ WKH ¿UVW OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN 7KH EDFNZDUG LQVLGH GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV ZLOO FRYHU WKH VHFRQG OHQJWK RI WKH ULQN Introductory steps and end patterns are optional. )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG H[WHQVLRQ
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
start
LFO3
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3 LBO XF
*
RB I
XF
2 FEET
RFO3
LBO3
RBO LB I
RBI3
LFI3
*
XF
XF 2 FEET
LFO3
RBO3
LBI3
RFI3 LBO XF
*
RB I
XF
2 FEET
RFO3
LBO3
RBO LB I
RBI3
*
LFI3 XF
XF
2 FEET
LFO3 RBO3
LBI3 *denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
RFI3
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-64
Adult Gold 5 Backward Circle Eight 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SXVK IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW RQWR D EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG FRPSOHWH RQH EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW 8SRQ UHWXUQLQJ WR FHQWHU DW WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH VHFRQG FLUFOH WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D EDFNZDUG LQVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW E\ SXVKLQJ onto a backward inside edge, thereby repeating the previously skated circle. The circles should be equal in size with each circle DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKUHH WLPHV WKH VNDWHU¶V KHLJKW 7KH VNDWHU PD\ PDUN WKH FHQWHU 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW )RFXV (GJH TXDOLW\ DQG FRQWLQXRXV Ã&#x20AC;RZ
1ST TRACING -- RBO / LBO 2ND TRACING -- RBI / LBI
MITF-65
Adult Gold 6 Brackets in the Field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
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL start
LBOB RFOB
RFIB
LBIB
RFOB
LBOB
RFIB
LBIB start
start
RBOB
LFOB
LFIB RBIB
RBOB
LFOB
LFIB RBIB
MITF-66
start
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Pre-Bronze 1 Forward Perimeter Stroking The skater will perform four to eight straight strokes depending on the length of the ice and the strength of the skater, with FURVVRYHUV DURXQG WKH HQGV XVLQJ WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH DQG IRU RQH IXOO ODS RI WKH ULQN LQ ERWK GLUHFWLRQV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH optional.
RFI
LFO
RFI LFO
LFO RFI RFI LFO
LF RF
RF
LF
RF
LF
LF
RF
RF LF
LF RF start INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFO
RFI LFO
RFI LFO
RFI
LFO
RFI
MITF-67
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Pre-Bronze 2 Basic Consecutive Forward Edges â&#x20AC;¢ Forward outside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Forward inside edges 6WDUWLQJ IURP D VWDQGLQJ SRVLWLRQ WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW XVLQJ DQ D[LV OLQH VXFK DV D hockey line. The skater may start each set on either foot, but they must be skated in the order listed.
RFO
RFO
RFO
start LFO
LFO
LFO
RFI
RFI
RFI
start LFI
MITF-68
LFI
LFI
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Pre-Bronze 3 Forward Crossovers 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRUZDUG FURVVRYHUV LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ 7KH WUDQVLWLRQ EHWZHHQ WKH WZR FLUFOHV PD\ EH RQ WZR IHHW )RXU WR VL[ FURVVRYHUV SHU FLUFOH DUH UHFRPPHQGHG 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW LQ HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
LFO
RFI
LFO
RFI
LFI LFO
RFI
RFO
LFI RFO
RFO
LFI
start
LFO
LFO
RFI
RFI LFO
RFI
LFO
RFO
RFO
LFI
LFI RFO LFI
RFO
MITF-69
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Bronze 1 Forward and Backward Crossovers 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRUZDUG FURVVRYHUV LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ ,W LV H[SHFWHG WKDW WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP WKH WUDQVLWLRQ EHWZHHQ FLUFOHV RQ RQH IRRW )RXU WR VL[ FURVVRYHUV SHU FLUFOH DUH UHFRPPHQGHG 8SRQ FRPSOHWLQJ WKH IRUZDUG ¿JXUH HLJKW WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D VZLQJ UROO DQG FKDQJH RI HGJH WR DQ RSHQ PRKDZN LQ RUGHU WR WXUQ DURXQG DQG FRQWLQXH WKH ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ ZLWK IRXU WR VL[ EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV SHU FLUFOH 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW LQ HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RBO
LBI
RBO
LBI
RBI
LBO
LBI
LBO RBI
RBI
RBO RFI OpMo LBI
LBO
LBI RBI
RBO LBI
LFO
RBI
RBO RBO
RFI
LBO
LBI
LFO
RFI
LFI LFO
RFI
RFO
LFI RFO
RFO
LFI
start
LFO
LFO
RFI
RFI LFO
MITF-70
LBO RBI
RFI
LFO
RFO
RFO SwRoll
LFI
LFI RFO LFI
RFO
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Bronze 2 Forward Right and Left Foot Spirals or Lunges The skater will perform right foot and left foot spirals down the length of the rink maintaining a spiral position on each foot for DSSUR[LPDWHO\ IRXU VHFRQGV ZLWK H[WHQGHG OHJ KHOG DW WKH KLS OHYHO RU KLJKHU 7KH VNDWHU PD\ EH RQ ÀDWV DQG PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU foot. Introductory steps are optional. 25 The skater will perform right foot and left foot lunges down the length of the rink maintaining a lunge position on each foot for DSSUR[LPDWHO\ IRXU VHFRQGV 7KH VNDWHU PD\ EH RQ ÀDWV DQG PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO
start
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RF
LF
MITF-71
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Bronze 3 Basic Consecutive Backward Edges â&#x20AC;¢ Backward outside edges â&#x20AC;¢ Backward inside edges 6WDUWLQJ IURP D VWDQGLQJ SRVLWLRQ WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP IRXU WR VL[ KDOI FLUFOHV DOWHUQDWLQJ IHHW XVLQJ DQ D[LV OLQH VXFK DV D hockey line. The skater may start each set on either foot, but they must be skated in the order listed.
LBO
LBO
LBO
start
RBO
RBO
RBO
LBI
LBI
LBI start
RBI
MITF-72
RBI
RBI
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Bronze 4 Alternating Forward Three-Turns Starting from a standing position the skater will perform alternating forward outside three-turns for the width of the rink. The skater will then perform forward inside alternating three-turns for the second width of the rink. The size of the rink and strength of the skater will determine the number of three-turns skated. This move may start on either foot.
RFO3
RFO3
RFO3
start
LFO3
LFO3
LFO3
RFI3
RFI3
RFI3
start
LFI3
LFI3
LFI3
MITF-73
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Silver 1 Forward and Backward Perimeter Power Stroking The skater will perform four alternating forward crossovers separated by strong forward inside edge transitions. The end pattern FRQVLVWV RI WZR IRUZDUG FURVVRYHUV IROORZHG E\ D /)2 RSHQ VWURNH WKHQ D 5), RSHQ PRKDZN IROORZHG E\ RQH RU WZR EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV $OO HQG SDWWHUQ VWHSV VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG ZLWK DQ HYHQ FDGHQFH H[FHSW WKH /)2 RSHQ VWURNH ZKLFK VKRXOG EH KHOG for two counts. The second side of the pattern resumes with four backward crossovers separated by two-foot transitions, also known as a power push. Skaters should take care to perform the transitions on two solid inside edges. The second end pattern FRQVLVWV RI WKUHH WR ¿YH EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO
LBI
XF RBO
XF
RBO
LBI
XF
LBI
RBO LBI
star
t
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XF
RBO
LFO LBI
RFI
RBI XF
LFI
*
LBO
RFO
RBI
* LBI
LFI
XF
RFI
RBO
LFO LBI RFI
RBI XF
LFI
*
LBO
RFO RBI
*
LFI
LBI
RFI
XF
RBO
*denotes wide power push and a two-foot transition
LFO
LBI XF
RFI LFO
MITF-74
RFI
OpMO
LFO
RFI
RBO LBI
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Silver 2 Five-Step Mohawk Sequence 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP DOWHUQDWLQJ IRUZDUG LQVLGH PRKDZNV VNDWHG LQ FRQVHFXWLYH KDOI FLUFOHV (DFK VHULHV FRQVLVWV RI D ¿YH VWHS VHTXHQFH 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO VNDWH RQH OHQJWK RI WKH LFH ZLWK IRXU RU ¿YH OREHV ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO
MO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
RFI start
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
RFI
LFI RBI
MO
LBO RFO LFI MO
SLIP
RFI
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
RFI
LFI MO
RBI
LBO RFO LFI MO
SLIP
RFI
LBI RBO LFO SLIP
RFI
MITF-75
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Silver 3 Forward Circle Eight 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SXVK IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW RQWR D IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG FRPSOHWH RQH IRUZDUG RXWVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW 8SRQ UHWXUQLQJ WR FHQWHU DW WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH VHFRQG FLUFOH WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D IRUZDUG LQVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW E\ SXVKLQJ onto a forward inside edge, thereby repeating the previously skated circle. The circles should be equal in size with each circle DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKUHH WLPHV WKH VNDWHU¶V KHLJKW 7KH VNDWHU PD\ PDUN WKH FHQWHU 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW
1ST TRACING â&#x20AC;&#x201D; RFO / LFO 2ND TRACING â&#x20AC;&#x201D; RFI / LFI
MITF-76
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Silver 4 Circular Sequence The skater will perform a left forward crossover, to a left forward outside edge, to a right forward inside mohawk, to a right back crossover, to a right forward inside edge. The step sequence must be repeated twice and performed left and right. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start in either direction.
RFI LFO MO
LBI
RFI X OVER
RBO X OVER LFO LBI
START/REPEAT
RFI
LFI
RFO
MO
RBI
LFI X OVER
LBO X OVER RFO START/REPEAT
RBI LFI
MITF-77
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Silver 5 Waltz Three-Step Sequence 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP WKLV PRYH LQ D ¿JXUH HLJKW SDWWHUQ $ WZR VWHS LQWURGXFWLRQ PD\ EH DGGHG 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D ULJKW forward outside three-turn to a left back outside edge, to a right forward outside three-turn to a left back outside edge, to a right forward outside three-turn to a left back outside edge, to a step forward to right forward outside edge and glide on two feet back to center. The skater will then perform a left forward outside three-turn to a right back outside edge, to a left forward outside three-turn to a right back outside edge, to a left forward outside three-turn to a right back outside edge, to a step forward to a left IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG JOLGH RQ WZR IHHW EDFN WR FHQWHU $ PLQLPXP RI WKUHH WKUHH WXUQ EDFN HGJH VHTXHQFHV SHU FLUFOH PXVW be performed.
RBO RFO3 LFO3
LBO
START
LFO3
RFO3 LFO
RBO LFO3
MITF-78
RFO
RBO
LBO LBO
RFO3
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold 1 Eight-Step Mohawk Sequence The skater will perform two eight-step mohawk sequences counterclockwise. The step order is: Forward crossover into a left forward outside mohawk, followed by left back inside, right back outside, left back inside cross forward and right forward LQVLGH 7KH VNDWHU VKRXOG PDLQWDLQ D PDUFK FDGHQFH RQH EHDW SHU VWHS %HWZHHQ WKH FLUFOHV LV D WZR EHDW OHIW IRRW WUDQVLWLRQ The sequence is then repeated twice in the opposite direction. Introductory steps are optional. This move may start on either foot.
RFI
LFO repeat
RFI
1 2
LFO
LBI
8
7 RBO
XF
6
3 MO
RBO
5
LBI
5
LBI
4
RBO
4
MO
3
6
LFO
start
RBO XF
2
1
7
RFI
RFI 8
LBI RBI
LFI 8
LFO RFO
LF 1
7
LFI 2
XF
LBO
RFO
6
3 MO
LBO
5
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
4
4
LBO
5
RBI
MO
3 RFO
6 2
LFI
1 RFO
repeat
RBI
XF
LBO
7 8
RBI
LFI
MITF-79
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold 2 Forward and Backward Free Skate Cross Strokes The skater will perform free skate cross strokes the length of the ice surface. Forward cross strokes will be skated for one length of the rink and backward cross strokes skated for the second length of the rink. Introductory steps and end patterns are optional. This move may start on either foot.
sta
rt
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XS-RBO XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS XS
RFO-XS
XS-RBO XS XS
LFO-XS
XS-LBO XS
RFO-XS
GLIDE ON 2 FEET (OPTIONAL)
OPTIONAL END PATTERN
MITF-80
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold 3 Alternating Right Forward Changes of Edge and Left Forward Three-Turns The skater will perform a right forward outside to inside change of edge into left forward inside three-turn, followed by a right forward inside to outside change of edge into left forward outside three-turn. This move will be performed down the length of WKH ULQN LQ VHTXHQFH $ PD[LPXP RI IRXU LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV PD\ EH XVHG
A MAXIMUM OF FOUR INTRO STEPS MAY BE USED
RFOI CE
LFI3
RFIO CE
LFO3
MITF-81
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold 4 Alternating Left Forward Changes of Edge and Right Forward Three-Turns The skater will perform a left forward outside to inside change of edge into right forward inside three-turn, followed by a left forward inside to outside change of edge into right forward outside three-turn. This move will be performed down the length of WKH ULQN LQ VHTXHQFH $ PD[LPXP RI IRXU LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV PD\ EH XVHG
A MAXIMUM OF FOUR INTRO STEPS MAY BE USED
LFOI CE
RFI3
LFIO CE
RFO3
MITF-82
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold 5 Alternating Backward Crossovers to Backward Outside Edges The skater will perform alternating backward crossovers to backward outside edges in consecutive half circles for one length of WKH ULQN )RXU RU ¿YH OREHV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DUH RSWLRQDO
RBO
INTRO STEPS ARE OPTIONAL
XF
start
LBI
RBO LBO XF
RBI
LBO RBO XF
LBI
RBO LBO XF
RBI
LBO RBO XF
LBI
RBO
MITF-83
Special Olympics/Therapeutic Skating Gold 6 Backward Circle Eight 7KH VNDWHU ZLOO SXVK IURP D VWDQGLQJ VWDUW RQWR D EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG FRPSOHWH RQH EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW 8SRQ UHWXUQLQJ WR FHQWHU DW WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH VHFRQG FLUFOH WKH VNDWHU ZLOO SHUIRUP D EDFNZDUG LQVLGH ¿JXUH HLJKW E\ SXVKLQJ onto a backward inside edge, thereby repeating the previously skated circle. The circles should be equal in size with each circle DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKUHH WLPHV WKH VNDWHU¶V KHLJKW 7KH VNDWHU PD\ PDUN WKH FHQWHU 7KLV PRYH PD\ VWDUW RQ HLWKHU IRRW
1ST TRACING -- RBO / LBO 2ND TRACING -- RBI / LBI
MITF-84
Dance Glossary NOTE: 1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ UHIHUHQFH WR JHQGHU ZLWKLQ WKHVH GDQFH WHUPV SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVWV PD\ EH WDNHQ ZLWK D SDUWQHU RI WKH same gender. DG 1.00 Axes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Ã&#x20AC;DWWHQHG LQ VRPH GDQFHV VR WKDW WKH\ UXQ SDUDOOHO WR WKH HQGV RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH ,Q FLUFXODU GDQFHV VXFK DV WKH .LOLDQ WKH FRQWLQXRXV D[LV DSSUR[LPDWHV D FLUFOH 7KH FRQWLQXRXV D[LV RI WKH 3DVR 'REOH LV DQ RYDO DG 1.03 7UDQVYHUVH $[LV $Q LPDJLQDU\ OLQH LQWHUVHFWLQJ WKH FRQWLQXRXV D[LV RI D GDQFH DW ULJKW DQJOHV DG 1.04 6KRUW $[LV $ VWUDLJKW OLQH WKDW GLYLGHV WKH LFH VXUIDFH LQWR WZR KDOYHV FURVVZLVH DG 2.00 Lobe DG 2.01 Lobe: $Q\ VHTXHQFH RI VWHSV RQ RQH VLGH RI WKH FRQWLQXRXV D[LV WKDW LV DSSUR[LPDWHO\ VHPL FLUFXODU LQ VKDSH DG 3.00 Pattern DG 3.01 The pattern of a dance is the design of the dance on the ice. DG 3.02 Set Pattern Dance: A pattern dance for which the location, direction and curvature of all edges to be skated are designated in the diagram. This diagram must be followed as closely as possible. DG 3.03 Optional Pattern Dance: A pattern dance for which the pattern may be altered by a couple provided that the original VWHS VHTXHQFHV SRVLWLRQV DQG WLPLQJ DUH PDLQWDLQHG (DFK UHSHWLWLRQ RI WKH DOWHUHG SDWWHUQ PXVW EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH VDPH manner, and the restart must be commenced from the same place. DG 3.04 5LP (GJH %RUGHU 'DQFH $ GDQFH ZLWK D VWHS VHTXHQFH WKDW UHTXLUHV D VKRUWHU RU ORQJHU GLVWDQFH WKDQ LV DYDLODEOH LQ one circuit of the rink. The second sequence, therefore, will not begin at the original starting point of the dance. DG 4.00 Dance Holds DG 4.01 Hand-in-Hand Hold: A. Facing in the same direction: The partners face in the same direction and are skating side by side or one behind the other ZLWK WKHLU DUPV H[WHQGHG DQG WKHLU KDQGV FODVSHG $ YDULDWLRQ RI WKLV LV WKH DUP LQ DUP VLGH E\ VLGH SRVLWLRQ B. Facing in the opposite direction: The partners usually face each other while one skates backward and the other skates IRUZDUG ZLWK WKH DUPV H[WHQGHG WR WKH VLGH EXW VRPHWLPHV WKH SRVLWLRQ FDQ EH VNDWHG EDFN WR EDFN H J &KD &KD &RQJHODGR DG 4.02 Closed (or Waltz) Hold: The partners are directly opposite each other. One partner faces forward while the other SDUWQHU IDFHV EDFNZDUG 7KH PDQ¶V ULJKW KDQG LV SODFHG ¿UPO\ RQ KLV SDUWQHU¶V EDFN DW KHU VKRXOGHU EODGH ZLWK WKH HOERZ UDLVHG DQG WKH DUP EHQW VXI¿FLHQWO\ WR KROG WKH ODG\ FORVH WR KLP 7KH OHIW KDQG RI WKH ODG\ LV SODFHG DW RQ WKH VKRXOGHU RI WKH PDQ so that her arm rests comfortably, elbow to elbow, on his upper arm. The left arm of the man and the right arm of the lady are H[WHQGHG FRPIRUWDEO\ DW VKRXOGHU KHLJKW 7KHLU VKRXOGHUV UHPDLQ SDUDOOHO DG 4.03 Open (or Foxtrot) Hold: The hand and arm positions are similar to those of the closed or waltz hold. The partners simply turn slightly away from each other so that they both face in the same direction. A. Crossed Foxtrot Hold: 7KH SDUWQHUV DUH LQ WKH VDPH SRVLWLRQ DV DERYH H[FHSW WKDW WKH PDQ¶V ULJKW DUP SDVVHV EHKLQG WKH lady with his right hand on her right hip, and the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left arm passes behind the man with her left hand on his left hip. DG 4.04 Outside (or Tango) Hold (O.S.): The partners face in opposite directions, one partner skating forward, the other partner skating backward. However, unlike the closed hold, the partners are offset with the man to the right or left of the lady so that the front of his hip is in line with the front of her corresponding hip. Tight hip-to-hip position is undesirable since it LPSHGHV Ã&#x20AC;RZ DG 4.05 Partial Outside Hold (Part O.S.): 6LPLODU WR RXWVLGH SRVLWLRQ H[FHSW WKDW WKH ERGLHV RI ERWK SDUWQHUV DUH URWDWHG toward each other so that the hips are not perpendicular to, but are at an angle to the tracing, and the partner skating backward is slightly ahead of the partner skating forward. DG 4.06 Reversed Outside (or Reversed Tango) Hold (Rev. O.S.): Partners skate hip to hip perpendicular to the tracing in RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQV DV LQ QRUPDO RXWVLGH SRVLWLRQ ZLWK WKH PDQ WR WKH OHIW RI WKH ODG\ DG 4.07 Alternating Outside Hold (Alt. O.S.): Partners alternate from outside position to reversed outside, or vice versa, during the same step. DG 4.08 Kilian Hold: 3DUWQHUV IDFH LQ WKH VDPH GLUHFWLRQ ODG\ DW ULJKW RI PDQ PDQ¶V ULJKW VKRXOGHU EHKLQG ODG\¶V OHIW /DG\¶V OHIW DUP LV H[WHQGHG LQ IURQW DFURVV PDQ¶V ERG\ WR KLV OHIW KDQG ZKLOH KLV ULJKW DUP LV EHKLQG KHU EDFN ERWK ULJKW KDQGV FODVSHG and resting at her waist over her hip bone. DG 4.09 Reversed Kilian Hold: %DVLF SRVLWLRQ VDPH DV .LOLDQ SRVLWLRQ H[FHSW WKDW WKH ODG\ LV DW WKH PDQ¶V OHIW DG 4.10 Open Kilian Hold: Basic position as in Kilian position. The manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand holds the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand with his right hand resting over the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hip or EHKLQG KHU EDFN 7KH ODG\¶V ULJKW DUP LV H[WHQGHG 7KLV KROG PD\ DOVR EH UHYHUVHG DG 4.11 Crossed Kilian Hold: %DVLF SRVLWLRQ DV LQ .LOLDQ SRVLWLRQ /DG\¶V OHIW DUP LV H[WHQGHG LQ IURQW DFURVV PDQ¶V ERG\ WR KLV OHIW KDQG ZKLOH KLV ULJKW DUP LV H[WHQGHG LQ IURQW DFURVV KHU ERG\ ERWK ULJKW KDQGV FODVSHG DQG UHVWLQJ RYHU KHU ULJKW KLS bone. This crossed position may also be skated in reverse.
Dance-1
DG 4.12 High Kilian Hold: A Kilian hold in which one part of the joined hands are elevated to slightly above shoulder height with the elbows slightly bent. DG 4.13 Leading Hand: 7KH OHDGLQJ KDQG RI WKH PDQ LV WKH ULJKW KDQG H[FHSW LQ WKH FDVH RI ÂłUHYHUVHG´ KROG ZKHQ LW LV WKH OHIW hand. DG 4.14 Promenade: A type of progressive skated in open hold by a couple on the same or opposite feet, derived from a similar forward walking movement in some ballroom dances. DG 5.00 Steps DG 5.01 Step: 7KH YLVLEOH WUDFLQJ RQ WKH LFH WKDW LV H[HFXWHG RQ RQH IRRW ,W PD\ FRQVLVW RI DQ HGJH FKDQJH RI HGJH D WXUQ RQ RQH IRRW VXFK DV D WKUHH WXUQ RU FRXQWHU RU D Ă&#x20AC;DW ZKLFK XVXDOO\ LV QRW DFFHSWDEOH A. Edge: The visible tracing of a skate on one foot that is on one curve. B. Change of edge: The visible tracing of a skate on one foot that changes from one curve and edge to a different curve and edge. C. Flat: The visible double tracing of a skate on one foot that is straight. DG 5.02 Introductory Steps: $OO SDWWHUQ GDQFHV PD\ EH VWDUWHG ZLWK RSWLRQDO LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV 7KH\ PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH introductory phrasing. This does not apply to pattern dance elements. DG 5.03 Start of Pattern Dance: 7KH ÂżUVW VWHS RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH DIWHU WKH LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV DG 5.04 Step Sequence: A series of prescribed or unprescribed steps, turns and movements in a short dance or a free dance, step sequences are divided into types, groups and styles. A. There are the following types of step sequences which may be skated either in hold or not-touching. 1. Step Sequence in Hold: 0XVW EH VNDWHG LQ DQ\ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VSHFLÂżHG $Q\ VHSDUDWLRQ WR FKDQJH D KROG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF 2. Not Touching Step Sequence: 0XVW LQFRUSRUDWH PLUURU DQG RU PDWFKLQJ IRRWZRUN %RWK SDUWQHUV PD\ FURVV HDFK RWKHUÂśV WUDFLQJ V DQG PD\ VZLWFK IURP PDWFKLQJ IRRWZRUN WR PLUURU DQG YLFH YHUVD XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VSHFLÂżHG 7KH partners should remain as close together as possible, but they must not touch. The distance between the partners should JHQHUDOO\ QRW EH PRUH WKDQ WZR DUPV OHQJWKV DSDUW H[FHSW IRU VKRUW GLVWDQFHV ZKHQ WKH SDUWQHUV DUH SHUIRUPLQJ HGJHV and turns in opposite directions. B. Types of Step Sequences are divided into the three following groups: 1. Group A: Straight Line Step Sequences a. Diagonal: Skated as fully corner to corner as possible b. Midline: 6NDWHG DORQJ WKH IXOO OHQJWK RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH RQ WKH ORQJ D[LV 2. Group B: Curved Step Sequences a. Circular: May be skated in clockwise or counterclockwise direction, utilizing the full width of the ice surface on WKH VKRUW D[LV RI WKH ULQN b. Serpentine: &RPPHQFHV LQ HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ FORFNZLVH RU FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH DW WKH ORQJ D[LV DW RQH HQG RI WKH ULQN DQG SURJUHVVHV LQ WKUHH EROG FXUYHV RU LQ WZR EROG FXUYHV 6 VKDSHG DQG HQGV DW WKH ORQJ D[LV RI WKH RSSRVLWH HQG of the rink; the pattern utilizing the full width of the ice surface. 3. Group C: Partial Step Sequence a. Pattern Dance Type Step Sequence: Performed on the ice surface anywhere or as prescribed. b. One Foot Step Sequence: Performed on one foot by each partner simultaneously, in hold or separately. 4. Group D: Combination Step Sequences consisting of a one foot step sequence and a step sequence of Gourp A or B. C. Style of Step Sequences: Characteristics of levels of step sequences, organized as styles, are technical requirements with ongoing validity. D. Choreographic Step Sequence: 0XVW ÂżW WKH GHÂżQLWLRQ RI D VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG DQG IXOO\ XWLOL]H WKH LFH VXUIDFH ,Q ,-6 HYHQWV LI LW PHHWV WKHVH UHTXLUHPHQWV LW ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D Âż[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG ZLOO RQO\ EH HYDOXDWHG E\ MXGJHV LQ *2( $Q\ YDULDWLRQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ RI JURXSV RU RWKHU JURXSV RI VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZLOO EH GHVFULEHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ org under the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Technical Infoâ&#x20AC;? link. DG 5.05 Crossed Step In Front (XF): A step in which the free foot is placed on the ice on the outer edge side of the skating IRRW ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ WLJKWO\ FURVVHG LQ IURQW RI WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ QRWH WKH OHJV FURVV EHORZ WKH NQHHV DG 5.06 Crossed Step Behind (XB): A step in which the free foot is placed on the ice on the outer edge side of the skating foot ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ WLJKWO\ FURVVHG EHKLQG WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ QRWH WKH OHJV FURVV EHORZ WKH NQHHV DG 5.07 Open Stroke (opS): A step started beside the skating foot and not crossed forward or behind. DG 5.08 Cross Stroke (XS): A forward or backward step started with the feet crossed so that the impetus or power is gained IURP WKH RXWVLGH HGJH RI WKH IRRW WKDW LV EHFRPLQJ WKH IUHH IRRW 1RWH 7KH OHJV FURVV DERYH WKH NQHHV
DG 5.09 Simple ChassĂŠ (Ch): $ VHULHV RI WZR HGJHV XVXDOO\ RXWVLGH LQVLGH LQ ZKLFK RQ WKH VHFRQG HGJH WKH IUHH IRRW LV placed on the ice beside the skating foot, but not ahead of or behind it, and the free foot is lifted with the blade parallel to the ice. DG 5.10 Crossed ChassĂŠ (XCh): 7KH VDPH DV WKH VLPSOH FKDVVp H[FHSW WKDW RQ WKH VHFRQG VWHS WKH IUHH IRRW FURVVHV WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW FURVVLQJ EHKLQG LI WKH VNDWHU LV VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG DQG FURVVLQJ LQ IURQW LI WKH VNDWHU LV VNDWLQJ EDFNZDUG DG 5.11 Slide ChassĂŠ (slCh): 7KH VDPH DV WKH VLPSOH FKDVVp H[FHSW WKDW RQ WKH VHFRQG VWHS WKH IUHH IRRW VOLGHV RII WKH LFH LQ IURQW RI WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW ZKHQ WKH VNDWHU LV VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG DQG WR WKH EDFN LI WKH VNDWHU LV VNDWLQJ EDFNZDUG H J PDQÂśV 6WHS RI WKH 6WDUOLJKW :DOW] Dance-2
DG 5.12 Progressive or Run or Crossover (Pr or Run): A step or sequence of steps on the same lobe and in the same direction, in which the free foot, during the period of becoming the skating foot, strikes the ice beside and travels past the skating foot, thus bringing the new free foot off the ice trailing the new skating foot, and in such a manner that some impetus is gained from the edge of the foot which is becoming the free foot. DG 5.13 Roll (R): A short or long forward or backward edge. DG 5.14 Cross Roll (CR): A roll started with the action of the free foot approaching the skating foot from the side, so as to strike the ice almost at right angles to the skating foot, started forward with the feet crossed in front or backward with the feet crossed behind. The impetus is gained from the outside edge of the skating foot as it becomes the new foot. In this case, the change to the curve in the opposite direction creates a â&#x20AC;&#x153;rolling movementâ&#x20AC;?. DG 5.15 Swing Roll (SwR): A roll held for several beats of music during which, when skating backward, the free leg lifts and WKHQ ÂżUVW VZLQJV IRUZDUG WKHQ EDFNZDUG SDVW WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW WKHQ EDFN EHVLGH WR VNDWH WKH QH[W VWHS :KHQ VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG WKH IUHH OHJ ÂżUVW VZLQJV EDFNZDUG WKHQ IRUZDUG DQG WKHQ EDFN EHVLGHV WR VNDWH WKH QH[W VWHS 7KH VZLQJ RI WKH OHJ JLYHV WKH sense of a rolling movement. DG 5.16 Swing (sw): An edge held for several beats of music during which the free foot moves past the skating foot before it is placed on the ice beside the skating foot. Unlike the swing roll, the edge is skated on the same lobe as the previous edge. DG 5.17 Scissors (Siz): $ VWHS VNDWHG LQ D VWUDLJKW OLQH ZLWK WKH EODGHV RI ERWK VNDWHV KHOG Ă&#x20AC;DW RQ WKH LFH WKH ZHLJKW SODFHG RQ WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ KDYLQJ D ZHOO EHQW NQHH DQG WKH IUHH IRRW VOLG IRUZDUG RQ WKH LFH WR IXOO H[WHQVLRQ '* :LGH 6WHS A wide step between two edges. DG 5.19 Slip Step: $ VWHS VNDWHG LQ D VWUDLJKW OLQH ZLWK WKH EODGHV RI ERWK VNDWHV EHLQJ KHOG Ă&#x20AC;DW RQ WKH LFH 7KH ZHLJKW LV RYHU WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ ZKLFK PD\ EH ZHOO EHQW RU VWUDLJKW ZKLOH WKH IUHH IRRW VOLGHV IRUZDUG RQ WKH LFH WR IXOO H[WHQVLRQ DG 5.20 Toe Step: A step where the skater steps from one toe to the other without jumping. DG 5.21 Sequence: 7KH VHW RUGHU RI WKH SUHVFULEHG VWHSV WXUQV WKDW FRPSRVH RQH SDWWHUQ VHTXHQFH RI D SDWWHUQ GDQFH DG 5.22 Section: A part of a sequence of a pattern dance. DG 5.23 Pattern Dance Element: A series of prescribed steps, turns and movements in a short dance, consisting of a sequence RI D SDWWHUQ GDQFH D VHFWLRQ RI D SDWWHUQ GDQFH RU D FRPELQDWLRQ RI VWHSV WXUQV IURP D SDWWHUQ GDQFH DG 6.00 Turns DG 6.01 Mohawk (Mo): $ WXUQ IURP RQH IRRW WR WKH RWKHU LQ ZKLFK WKH HQWU\ DQG H[LW FXUYHV DUH FRQWLQXRXV DQG RI HTXDO GHSWK The change of foot is from an outside edge to an outside edge or from an inside edge to an inside edge. DG 6.02 Open Mohawk (opMo): A mohawk in which the heel of the free foot is placed on the ice at the inner side of the skating foot, the angle between the two feet being optional. Following the weight transfer, the immediate position of the QHZ IUHH IRRW LV EHKLQG WKH KHHO RI WKH QHZ VNDWLQJ IRRW H J WKH PDQÂśV 6WHSV DQG DQG WKH ODG\ÂśV 6WHSV DQG RI WKH )RXUWHHQVWHS DG 6.03 Closed Mohawk (clMo): A mohawk in which the instep of the free foot is brought to the heel of the skating foot until the free foot is placed on the ice behind the heel of the skating foot. Following the weight transfer, the immediate position of WKH QHZ IUHH IRRW LV LQ IURQW RI WKH QHZ VNDWLQJ IRRW H J 6WHSV DQG RI WKH 5RFNHU )R[WURW DG 6.04 Swing Mohawk (swMo): An open or closed mohawk in which the free leg swings forward closely past the skating leg, DQG WKHQ EDFN WR WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW WR H[HFXWH WKH WXUQ H J 6WHSV DQG RI WKH 7DQJR DG 6.05 Choctaw (Cho): $ WXUQ IURP RQH IRRW WR WKH RWKHU LQ ZKLFK WKH FXUYH RI WKH H[LW HGJH LV RSSRVLWH WR WKDW RI WKH HQWU\ HGJH 7KH FKDQJH RI IRRW LV IURP RXWVLGH HGJH WR LQVLGH HGJH RU LQVLGH HGJH WR RXWVLGH HGJH 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VSHFLÂżHG LQ WKH GDQFH GHVFULSWLRQ WKH IUHH IRRW LV SODFHG RQ WKH LFH FORVH WR WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW 7KH HQWU\ DQG H[LW HGJH DUH RI HTXDO GHSWK DG 6.06 Open Choctaw (opCho): A choctaw in which the free foot is placed on the ice on the inner side of the skating foot. Following the weight transfer the immediate position of the new free foot is behind the heel of the new skating foot. DG 6.07 Crossed Open Choctaw (XopCho): A choctaw in which the outside of the free foot is held in front of and at right DQJOHV WR WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW 7KH KLS LV RSHQ DIWHU WKH WXUQ ,W PD\ EH ZLGH VWHSSHG H J 6WHSV DQG RI WKH 5KXPED DG 6.08 Closed Choctaw (clCho): A choctaw in which the instep of the free foot is brought to the heel of the skating foot until the free foot is placed on the ice behind the heel of the skating foot. Following the weight transfer the immediate position of WKH QHZ IUHH IRRW LV LQ IURQW RI WKH QHZ VNDWLQJ IRRW H J 6WHSV DQG RI WKH %OXHV DG 6.09 Swing Choctaw (swCho): An open or closed choctaw in which the free leg swings forward closely past the skating OHJ DQG WKHQ EDFN WR WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW WR H[HFXWH WKH WXUQ H J 6WHSV DQG >ÂżUVW SDUW@ RI WKH 4XLFNVWHS DG 6.10 Cusp: The V-shaped portion of the tracing which occurs at the mid-point of a turn skated on one foot. DG 6.11 Three-Turn: $ WXUQ H[HFXWHG RQ RQH IRRW IURP DQ RXWVLGH HGJH WR DQ LQVLGH HGJH RU DQ LQVLGH HGJH WR DQ RXWVLGH HGJH ZLWK WKH H[LW FXUYH FRQWLQXLQJ RQ WKH VDPH OREH DV WKH HQWU\ FXUYH 7KH VNDWHU WXUQV LQ WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH DG 6.12 American Waltz Type Three-Turn: $ WKUHH WXUQ IURP DQ RXWVLGH HGJH LQ ZKLFK WKH IUHH OHJ LV H[WHQGHG DQG WKH WRH and hip are well turned out and held over the tracing. The instep of the free foot is drawn close to the heel of the skating foot DV WKH WXUQ LV PDGH $IWHU WKH WXUQ RQWR DQ LQVLGH HGJH WKH IUHH IRRW LV H[WHQGHG EDFN RI WKH WUDFLQJ EHIRUH EHLQJ EURXJKW EDFN EHVLGH WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW LQ WLPH IRU WKH QH[W VWHS DG 6.13 European Waltz Type Three-Turn: A three-turn which begins as in DG 6.12. After the turn, the back inside edge is held for one beat before the weight is transferred to the free foot as it becomes the skating foot. DG 6.14 Ravensburger Waltz Type Three-Turn: $Q LQVLGH WKUHH WXUQ ZKLFK EHJLQV DV LQ '* ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG over the tracing and left behind during the turn, and swings through after its completion in front of the tracing, before being EURXJKW EDFN EHVLGH WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW LQ WLPH IRU WKH QH[W VWHS Dance-3
DG 6.15 Touchdown Three-Turn: A three-turn in which the weight is almost immediately transferred to the free foot as it EHFRPHV WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW IRU WKH QH[W VWHS 7KH WXUQ LV PDGH IURP D IRUZDUG RXWVLGH WKUHH WR WKH EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH RI WKH RSSRVLWH IRRW ZLWKRXW IXOO ZHLJKW WUDQVIHU WKHQ WKH VNDWHU LPPHGLDWHO\ VWHSV IRUZDUG RQWR WKH RULJLQDO IRRW H J 6WHSV DQG RI WKH $XVWULDQ :DOW] 6XFK D VHTXHQFH PD\ EH VNDWHG ZLWK IRUZDUG RU EDFNZDUG LQVLGH RU RXWVLGH WKUHH WXUQV 0D\ EH VNDWHG alone or as a couple side by side. DG 6.16 Walk-Around Three-Turns: 7KUHH WXUQV WXUQHG E\ D FRXSOH DW WKH VDPH WLPH DURXQG D FRPPRQ D[LV 7KH SDUWQHUV VNDWH WKHVH WXUQV LQ ZDOW] KROG H J 6WHS LQ WKH $XVWULDQ :DOW] RU RIIVHW LQ SDUWLDO WDQJR KROG H J 6WHSV WR LQ WKH *ROGHQ :DOW] DG 6.17 Bracket (Br): $ WXUQ PDGH RQ RQH IRRW IURP IRUZDUG WR EDFNZDUG RU EDFNZDUG WR IRUZDUG IURP RQH HGJH RI RQH character to an edge of another character, i.e. outside to inside or inside to outside, where the body rotation is counter to the natural direction of progress causing the cusp to print outward from the center of the lobe curvature. The edge before and after the turn is on the same lobe. DG 6.18 Rocker (Rk/Roc): $ WXUQ PDGH RQ RQH IRRW IURP D IRUZDUG WR EDFNZDUG RU EDFNZDUG WR IRUZDUG HGJH PDLQWDLQLQJ the same character, i.e. inside to inside or outside to outside, where the body rotation is in the same direction as the natural SURJUHVV FDXVLQJ WKH FXVS WR SRLQW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI FXUYDWXUH RI WKH ¿UVW OREH 7KH HGJH EHIRUH DQG DIWHU WKH WXUQ LV RQ different lobes having opposite directional curvature. DG 6.19 Counter (Ctr): $ WXUQ PDGH RQ RQH IRRW IURP D IRUZDUG WR EDFNZDUG RU EDFNZDUG WR IRUZDUG HGJH PDLQWDLQLQJ the same character, i.e. inside to inside or outside to outside, where the body rotation is counter to the natural direction of SURJUHVV FDXVLQJ WKH FXVS WR SRLQW RXWZDUG IURP WKH FHQWHU RI FXUYDWXUH RI WKH ¿UVW OREH 7KH HGJH EHIRUH DQG DIWHU WKH WXUQ LV on different lobes having opposite directional curvature. DG 6.20 Swing Rocker and Swing Counter (swRk/Roc/swCtr): A rocker or counter in which the free leg is swung past the VNDWLQJ IRRW EHIRUH WKH WXUQ LV H[HFXWHG DQG DIWHU WKH WXUQ LV HLWKHU VZXQJ IRUZDUG SDVW WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW DQG KHOG RYHU WKH tracing or is held behind the skating foot in line with the tracing. DG 6.21 Twizzle (Twz): A traveling turn on one foot with one or more rotations, which is quickly rotated with a continuous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et of Synchronized Twizzles: A series of two twizzles by each partner with up to three small steps between twizzles; B. Set of Sequential Twizzles: A series of two twizzles by each partner with up to one step between twizzles. )RU ERWK $ DQG % (DFK WZL]]OH PXVW EH DW OHDVW RQH IXOO URWDWLRQ RQ RQH IRRW SHUIRUPHG VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DW WKH VDPH WLPH E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV )RU H[DPSOH 6LGH E\ VLGH LQ WKH VDPH GLUHFWLRQ PDWFKLQJ
6LGH E\ VLGH LQ RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQV PLUURU
)ROORZLQJ RQH DQRWKHU RQH VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG DQG RU EDFNZDUG DQG WKH RWKHU VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG DQG RU EDFNZDUG
$Q\ YDULDWLRQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ RI WZL]]OHV ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN DG 6.22 Synchronized Twizzle(s): Twizzles performed simultaneously by both partners. Partners must skate the same number RI URWDWLRQV IRU HDFK WZL]]OH 7KH\ PD\ EH VLGH E\ VLGH LQ WKH VDPH GLUHFWLRQ PDWFKLQJ VLGH E\ VLGH LQ RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQ PLUURU IROORZLQJ RQH DQRWKHU RQH VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG DQG RU EDFNZDUG DQG WKH RWKHU VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG DQG RU EDFNZDUG DG 6.23 A Twizzle-Like Motion: :KLOH WKH ERG\ SHUIRUPV RQH IXOO FRQWLQXRXV URWDWLRQ WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW WHFKQLFDOO\ H[HFXWHV less than a full turn followed by a step forward. DG 6.24 Solo Spin (Pirouette): $ VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW SHUIRUPHG RQ RQH IRRW RQ WKH VSRW E\ RQH SDUWQHU DORQH ZLWKRXW WKH DVVLVWDQFH RI WKH RWKHU SDUWQHU RU E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DURXQG VHSDUDWH FHQWHUV DG 7.00 Spins, Lifts, Jumps and Movements DG 7.01 Dance Spin A. Spin: $ VSLQ VNDWHG E\ WKH FRXSOH WRJHWKHU LQ DQ\ KROG ,W VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG RQ WKH VSRW DURXQG D FRPPRQ D[LV RQ RQH foot by each partner simultaneously. B. Combination Spin: A spin performed as above after which both partners make one change of foot simultaneously and further rotations occur. C. Basic Positions in Dance Spins: 1. Upright Position 3HUIRUPHG RQ RQH IRRW ZLWK VNDWLQJ OHJ VWUDLJKW RU VOLJKWO\ EHQW DQG XSSHU ERG\ XSULJKW RQ D QHDUO\ YHUWLFDO D[LV DUFKHG EDFN RU EHQW WR WKH VLGH 2. Sit Position: Performed on one foot with skating leg bent in a one-legged crouch position and free leg forward, to the side or back. 3. Camel Position: Performed on one foot with skating leg straight or slightly bent and body bent forward and free leg H[WHQGHG RU EHQW XSZDUG RQ D KRUL]RQWDO OLQH RU KLJKHU $Q\ YDULDWLRQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ RI GDQFH VSLQV ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
Dance-4
DG 7.02 Dance Lift: $ PRYHPHQW LQ ZKLFK RQH RI WKH SDUWQHUV LV HOHYDWHG ZLWK DFWLYH DQG RU SDVVLYH DVVLVWDQFH RI WKH RWKHU partner to any permitted height sustained there and set down on the ice. Any rotations and positions and changes of such SRVLWLRQV GXULQJ WKH OLIW DUH SHUPLWWHG /LIWV VKRXOG HQKDQFH WKH PXVLF FKRVHQ DQG H[SUHVV LWV FKDUDFWHU DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG LQ DQ HOHJDQW PDQQHU ZLWKRXW REYLRXV IHDWV RI VWUHQJWK DQG DZNZDUG DQG RU XQGLJQL¿HG DFWLRQV DQG SRVHV $ 7\SHV RI GDQFH OLIWV DUH FODVVL¿HG DV IROORZV 1. Short Lifts: 7KH GXUDWLRQ RI WKH OLIW VKRXOG QRW H[FHHG VHYHQ VHFRQGV a. Stationary Lift: $ OLIW WKDW LV H[HFXWHG RQ WKH VSRW VWDWLRQDU\ ORFDWLRQ E\ WKH OLIWLQJ SDUWQHU ZKR PD\ RU PD\ QRW be rotating. b. Straight Line Lift: A lift in which the lifting partner travels in a straight line in any position on one foot or two feet. c. Curve Lift: $ OLIW LQ ZKLFK WKH OLIWLQJ SDUWQHU WUDYHOV RQ RQH FXUYH OREH LQ DQ\ SRVLWLRQ RQ RQH IRRW RU WZR IHHW d. Rotational Lift: $ OLIW LQ ZKLFK WKH OLIWLQJ SDUWQHU URWDWHV LQ RQH GLUHFWLRQ FORFNZLVH RU FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH ZKLOH traveling across the ice. 2. Combination Lifts: 7KH GXUDWLRQ RI WKH OLIW VKRXOG QRW H[FHHG VHFRQGV $ OLIW FRPELQLQJ a. Two rotational lifts in different directions; b. Two curve lifts on two different curves, forming a serpentine pattern F 7ZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV VHH UXOH '* $
3. Choreographic Dance Lift: Dance lift of up to 10 seconds performed in a junior or senior free dance after all of the RWKHU UHTXLUHG GDQFH OLIWV 7KH FKRUHRJUDSKLF GDQFH OLIW ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVHG YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( RQO\ $Q\ YDULDWLRQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ RI GDQFH OLIWV ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN B. Illegal Lift Movement/Pose: 7KH IROORZLQJ PRYHPHQWV DQG RU SRVHV GXULQJ WKH OLIW DUH ³LOOHJDO´ /\LQJ RU VLWWLQJ RQ WKH SDUWQHU¶V KHDG 2. Standing on partnerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s shoulder, back /LIWHG SDUWQHU LQ DQ XSVLGH GRZQ VSOLW SRVH ZLWK VXVWDLQHG DQJOH EHWZHHQ WKLJKV PRUH WKDQ GHJUHHV
/LIWLQJ SDUWQHU VZLQJLQJ WKH OLIWHG SDUWQHU DURXQG D %\ KROGLQJ WKH VNDWH V ERRW V RU OHJ V RQO\ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV RU ZLWKRXW WKH DVVLVWDQFH RI KDQG V DUP V RU E %\ KROGLQJ WKH KDQG V ZLWK IXOO DUP H[WHQVLRQ E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV 7KH SRLQW RI FRQWDFW RI WKH OLIWLQJ KDQG DUP RI WKH OLIWLQJ SDUWQHU ZLWK DQ\ SDUW RI WKH ERG\ RI WKH OLIWHG SDUWQHU VXVWDLQHG higher than the lifting partnerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s head; +DQG DUP ZKLFK LV XVHG DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO VXSSRUW RU EDODQFLQJ RQO\ RU ZKLFK WRXFKHV DQ\ SDUW RI WKH ERG\ RI WKH OLIWHG partner is sustained by the lifting partner higher than his head for more than two seconds. $ EULHI PRYHPHQW WKURXJK SRVHV WR ZLOO EH SHUPLWWHG LI LW LV QRW HVWDEOLVKHG VXVWDLQHG RU LI LW LV XVHG WR FKDQJH SRVH DG 7.03 Jumps and Dance Jumps: A. Jump: $ MXPS RI QRW PRUH WKDQ RQH UHYROXWLRQ ZKLFK PD\ EH H[HFXWHG E\ RQO\ RQH SDUWQHU DW D WLPH 7KLV MXPS PD\ EH performed either in hold or separated. B. Dance Jump: A small jump of not more than one-half revolution used to change foot or direction. Such jumps may be performed either in hold or separated. Both partners may jump at the same time. C. Hop: A small jump without revolution. DG 7.04 Types of Movements A. Crouch: A two footed movement in which a skater travels along the ice with both legs bent at an angle. B. Ina Bauer: $ WZR IRRWHG PRYHPHQW LQ ZKLFK D VNDWHU WUDYHOV DORQJ WKH LFH ZLWK RQH IRRW RQ D IRUZDUG HGJH WUDFLQJ DQG WKH RWKHU RQ D PDWFKLQJ EDFNZDUG HGJH WUDFLQJ RQ D GLIIHUHQW EXW SDUDOOHO WUDFLQJ C. Lunge: A movement in which a skater travels along the ice with one leg bent and the other leg directed behind with the ERRW EODGH WRXFKLQJ WKH LFH D. Pivot: A two-footed movement in which the toe picks of one foot are inserted into the ice by a skater as a central pivoting point while the other foot travels in a circular pattern around the pivot point. ( Shoot the Duck: A one foot movement in which a skater travels along the ice with one leg in a strongly bent position and the other leg directed forward parallel to the ice. F: Spread Eagle $ WZR IRRWHG PRYHPHQW LQ ZKLFK D VNDWHU WUDYHOV DORQJ WKH LFH ZLWK RQH IRRW RQ D IRUZDUG HGJH WUDFLQJ DQG WKH RWKHU RQ D PDWFKLQJ EDFNZDUG HGJH WUDFLQJ RQ WKH VDPH WUDFLQJ DG 7.05 Choreograhic Element: $ OLVWHG RU XQOLVWHG PRYHPHQW RU VHULHV RI PRYHPHQW V DV VSHFL¿HG
Dance Music DM 1.00 Fundamentals of Music to Be Considered for Ice Dancing DM 1.01 Beat: $ QRWH GH¿QLQJ WKH UHJXODU UHFXUULQJ GLYLVLRQV RI D SLHFH RI PXVLF DM 1.02 Tempo: The speed of the music in beats or measures per minute. DM 1.03 Rhythm: The regularly repeated pattern or accented and unaccented beats which give the music its character. DM 1.04 Measure (Bar): $ XQLW RI PXVLF ZKLFK LV GH¿QHG E\ WKH SHULRGLF UHFXUUHQFH RI WKH DFFHQW 6XFK XQLWV DUH RI HTXDO number of beats. DM 1.05 Strong Beat: 7KH ¿UVW EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH RU JURXS RI WZR PHDVXUHV VXSSRUWLQJ WKH VNDWLQJ FRXQW RI WKH UK\WKP Dance-5
DM 1.06 Weak Beat: )RU UK\WKPV ZLWK D VNDWLQJ FRXQW RQ WZR PHDVXUHV WKH ¿UVW EHDW RI WKH VHFRQG PHDVXUH H[DPSOHV VNDWLQJ FRXQW RI WKH 4XLFNVWHS VNDWLQJ FRXQW RI WKH $PHULFDQ :DOW] DM 2.00 Dance Music Interpretation DM 2.01 Music Interpretation: A combination of correct timing in all its aspects as it pertains to ice dancing and the individual FRQFHSWLRQ RI H[SUHVVLRQ ZKLFK EULQJV WR OLIH WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF DM 2.02 Timing: The proper relationship of the stroke and glide of the skate on the ice and other body movements to the correct EHDW V RI WKH PXVLF )RU WHVW UHTXLUHPHQWV VHH 75 DM 2.03 Expression: The quality of dancing which interprets the character of the music that designates the type of dance â&#x20AC;&#x201D; ZDOW] WDQJR PDUFK IR[WURW HWF )RU WHVW UHTXLUHPHQWV VHH 75 DM 3.00 Relationship of Music to Dance Diagrams DM 3.01 For the relationship of the music to the steps of the dances as shown on the diagrams, see DD 1.04
Dance-6
DM 4.00
Timing of Dance Patterns Using ISU Music+ (Revised 5/20/2008) Tempo
Dance Dutch Waltz Canasta Tango 5K\WKP %OXHV Swing Dance Cha Cha Fiesta Tango Hickory Hoedown Willow Waltz 7HQ )R[ Fourteenstep*
Beat/ Min 138 104 88 96 100 108 104 138 100 112
(XURSHDQ :DOW] )R[WURW American Waltz Tango 5RFNHU )R[WURW Kilian
135 100 198 108 104 116
Blues Paso Doble
88 112
Starlight Waltz Viennese Waltz Westminster Waltz Quickstep
174 156 162 112
Argentine Tango 5KXPED Austrian Waltz Cha Cha Congelado Yankee Polka
96 176 180 116 120
Meas/ Min
Competition Intro Beat Secs 1
Pattern Time 2
3
4
24 32 16 16 32 32 32 24 32 32
10.4 18.5 10.9 10.0 19.2 17.8 18.5 10.4 19.2 17.1
:21 :16 :22 :40 :19 :18 :23 :23 :19 :11
:42 :32 :44 1:20 :38 :36 :46 :47 :38 :21
1:03 :48 1:05 2:00 :58 :53 1:09 1:10 :58 :32
1:23 1.05 1:27 2:40 1:17 1:11 1:32 1:34 1:17 :43
24 32 48 32 32 32
10.7 19.2 14.6 17.8 18.5 16.5
:24 :17 :29 :29 :16 :08
:48 :34 :58 :58 :32 :17
1:12 :50 1:27 1:27 :48 :25
1:36 1:07 1:56 1:56 1:05 :33
32 32
21.8 17.1
:25 :17
:49 :34
1:14 :51
1:38 1:09
48 48 48 32
16.6 18.4 17.8 17.1
:35 :23 :29 :15
1:10 :46 :58 :30
1:46 1:09 1:27 :45
2:21 1:32 1:56 1:00
32 32 48 32 32
20.0 10.9 16.0 16.5 16.0
:35 :15 :49 :33 :32
1:10 :30 1:38 1:07 1:04
1:45 :45 2:27 1:40 1:36
2:20 1:00 3:16 2:13 2:08
5
6
:41
:50
5DYHQVEXUJHU :DOW] 198 48 14.6 :29 :58 1:27 1:56 7DQJR 5RPDQWLFD 112 32 17.1 :51 1:43 2:34 3:26 Silver Samba 108 32 17.8 :29 :59 1:28 1:57 Golden Waltz 186 48 15.4 :59 1:58 2:57 3:56 Midnight Blues 88 32 21.8 :49 1:38 Finnstep 104 32 18.5 :38 1:16 1:54 * Standard Competition Pattern + 7KH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW LV SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
Dance-7
Dance Diagrams and Descriptions DD 1.00 General DD 1.01 The dance diagrams show for each dance the description and sequence of steps, their relation to the music, their UHODWLRQ WR WKH ORQJLWXGLQDO FRQWLQXRXV DQG WUDQVYHUVH D[HV '* DQG WKH SDUWQHU SRVLWLRQV 7KHVH UHODWLRQVKLSV VKRXOG EH PDLQWDLQHG DV FORVHO\ DV SRVVLEOH IRU SURSHU GDQFH H[SUHVVLRQ DQG H[HFXWLRQ DD 1.02 The diagrams are drawn with constant radii for each individual lobe centerline and with the length of tracing for each step in constant proportion to the total length of pattern centerline, the total number of steps in the pattern and the number of EHDWV RI PXVLF GHVLJQDWHG IRU HDFK VWHS H J WKH OHQJWK RI WUDFLQJ IRU D IRXU EHDW VWHS LV VKRZQ WZLFH DV ORQJ DV D WZR EHDW VWHS IRXU WLPHV DV ORQJ DV D RQH EHDW VWHS HWF 7KLV ODWWHU UHODWLRQVKLS LGHDOO\ DVVXPHV WKDW WKH GDQFHU WUDYHOV DORQJ WKH SDWWHUQ centerline at a constant speed. DD 1.03 The diagrams show as clearly as possible the direction and curvature of each edge as well as their relationship on the LFH $OWKRXJK WKH GDQFHV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK VWURQJ HGJHV DQG DV PXFK H[SUHVVLRQ DV SRVVLEOH GDQFHUV VKRXOG EH FDUHIXO WR UHWDLQ WKH SUHVFULEHG UHODWLRQVKLS RI HGJHV WR WKH D[HV +RZHYHU WKH FXUYDWXUH DQG WKH OHQJWK RI WUDFLQJV DUH QRW WR EH WDNHQ WRR OLWHUDOO\ DQG WKH DFWXDO VNDWLQJ RI WKH GDQFH LQ WKHVH UHVSHFWV PD\ GLYHUJH VRPHZKDW IURP WKH SULQWHG GLDJUDP H J WKH GDQFHU in accelerating during power strokes and decelerating during other steps where no impetus is gained may thereby increase or GHFUHDVH WKH OHQJWK RI WUDFLQJ DQG WKH UDGLL RI WKH OREHV UHVSHFWLYHO\ 7KH SHUPLVVLEOH GLYHUJHQFH GRHV QRW LQFOXGH VNDWLQJ WKH FXUYDWXUHV DQG OHQJWK RI VWHSV LQ VXFK D PDQQHU WKDW WKH SDWWHUQ DQG WKH OREHV DUH GLVWRUWHG RU WKDW VRPH HGJHV EHFRPH Ã&#x20AC;DWV RU QHDUO\ Ã&#x20AC;DWV DD 1.04 The duration of each step, in number of beats, is shown by the numbers placed alongside the inside of the tracing of each step. For steps containing one-foot turns, the number of beats before and after the turn are shown rather than the total QXPEHU RI EHDWV RI WKH VWHS H J 5RFNHU )R[WURW IRU D IRXU EHDW VWHS ZLWK D URFNHU RQ EHDW WZR DD 1.05 7KH VWHSV IRU HDFK GDQFH DUH QXPEHUHG RQ WKH GLDJUDPV IRU HDV\ UHIHUHQFH EHJLQQLQJ ZLWK WKH ¿UVW VWHS RI WKH GDQFH H J /)2 5), HWF DD 1.06 $OO VWHSV DUH RSHQ VWURNHV '* XQOHVV VSHFL¿FDOO\ LQGLFDWHG RWKHUZLVH DD 1.07 7KH QRWDWLRQ ³6&´ LQGLFDWHV WKDW D VOLJKW FKDQJH RI HGJH RU URFN RYHU VKRXOG EH PDGH DW WKH HQG RI RQH HGJH WR IDFLOLWDWH WKH WDNH RII RI WKH IROORZLQJ HGJH 7KLV VOLJKW FKDQJH RI HGJH VKRXOG QRW EH FRQIXVHG ZLWK WKH GH¿QLWH FKDQJH RI HGJH FDOOHG IRU LQ VRPH RI WKH GDQFHV H J 6WHS RI WKH )LHVWD 7DQJR VLQFH LW LV PHUHO\ D URFN RYHU RI WKH VNDWH EODGH WR DQ LQVLGH HGJH ZKLFK LV PDGH DIWHU WKH IUHH IRRW KDV EHHQ GUDZQ GRZQ EHVLGH WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW IRU WKH WDNH RII RI WKH QH[W VWHS DD 1.08 The diagrams for the international dances correspond generally to those contained in the ISU regulations. However, VLQFH VRPH VOLJKW GLIIHUHQFHV PD\ H[LVW GDQFHUV SODQQLQJ WR WDNH ,68 WHVWV RU WR FRPSHWH LQ LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV VKRXOG refer to the current ISU regulations. DD 1.09 The Fourteenstep pattern, when skated in a dance session where more than four couples are dancing at the same time and the rink size permits, should be lengthened by including Steps 1 to 4 twice along the side of the rink; thus, the number of VWHSV LQ WKH SDWWHUQ LV LQFUHDVHG IURP WR 6HH DOVR % DD 1.10 6HH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GH¿QLWLRQV RI D[HV OREH SDWWHUQ GDQFH SRVLWLRQV VWHSV WXUQV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU LQWURGXFWRU\ steps. DD 1.11 6HH 'DQFH 0XVLF VHFWLRQ IRU WLPLQJ RI GDQFH SDWWHUQV DQG GH¿QLWLRQV RI PXVLF WHUPV DD 1.12 See DD 2.00 for lists of abbreviations and their meanings. DD 1.13 Dance descriptions specify for each dance: The music, tempo, pattern timing, pattern requirement, test category, if an LQWHUQDWLRQDO GDQFH WKH LQYHQWRUV ZKHUH ¿UVW SHUIRUPHG WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH GDQFH DQG VSHFLDO GHWDLOV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV 7KH descriptions complement the diagrams and should be studied in conjunction with them to fully understand all requirements LQFOXGLQJ WKRVH IRU LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ DQG H[SUHVVLRQ DD 1.14 )RU WKH (XURSHDQ :DOW] DQG WKH $PHULFDQ :DOW] IRU WHVWV RQO\ WKH VNDWHU PD\ EHJLQ WKH GDQFH RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV RI WKH rink. For competitions, the dance must begin with Step 1.
Dance-8
DD 2.00
Abbreviations (Refer also to Glossary of Dance Terms)
Code Meaning 3................... 7KUHH WXUQ '*
Alt. O.S. ...... Alternating Outside position B .................. %DFN %DFNZDUG ² GLUHFWLRQ RI WUDYHO B .................. Behind — relationship of one foot to the other BK ............... Bend Knee BKWD ........ %DFNZDUG ² GLUHFWLRQ RI IUHH OHJ IRRW Br................. Bracket &( ............... &KDQJH (GJH Ch ................ Chassé Cho .............. Choctaw cl.................. closed clCho ........... closed Choctaw clMo ............ closed Mohawk &5 ............... FURVV 5ROO Ctr ............... Counter Dbl............... Double DD ............... 'DQFH 'LDJUDP 'HVFULSWLRQ DG ............... Dance Glossary DM .............. Dance Music swMo........... swing Mohawk F .................. Forward — direction of travel F .................. LQ )URQW ² UHODWLRQVKLS RI RQH IRRW WR WKH RWKHU Ft. ................ Foot FWD............ )RUZDUG ² GLUHFWLRQ RI IUHH OHJ IRRW I ................... inside edge / .................. /HIW IRRW
Mo ............... Mohawk O.................. Outside edge op................. open opCho .......... open Choctaw opMo ........... open Mohawk opS .............. open stroke Opt............... Optional ov................. over Part. O.S. ..... Partial Outside position pr ................. Progressive Q.................. Quick QclCho ........ Quick closed Choctaw QclMo ......... Quick closed Mohawk
Code Meaning qcs ............... Quick Cross Over Slip QopCho ....... Quick open Choctaw QopMo ........ Quick open Mohawk 5 .................. 5LJKW IRRW
5 .................. 5ROO ² XVHG LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RI DEEUHYLDWLRQV designating Movements 5HY .LOLDQ .. 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ SRVLWLRQ 5HY 2 6 ...... 5HYHUVHG 2XWVLGH SRVLWLRQ 5N 5RF ........ 5RFNHU 5XQ .............. see DG 5.12 S .................. Stroke SC................ Slight Change of edge Seq............... Sequence of steps Siz ............... Scissors sl .................. slide slCh ............. slide Chassé 65................ 6ZLQJ 5ROO sw ................ swing swCho ......... swing Choctaw swclCho....... swing closed Choctaw swclMo........ swing closed Mohawk swCtr ........... swing Counter swopCho ..... swing open Choctaw swopMo....... swing open Mohawk VZ5N 5RF .... VZLQJ 5RFNHU Twz .............. Twizzle Wtz 3 ........... Waltz Three-turn X.................. cross XB ............... cross step Behind XBCh .......... cross step Behind Chassé XCh ............. cross Chassé XF ............... cross step in Front XFCh ........... cross step in Front Chassé XopCho ....... crossed open Choctaw XS ............... cross Stroke XslCh .......... cross slide Chassé ;65 ............. FURVV 6ZLQJ 5ROO XswCho....... cross swing Choctaw XswMo........ cross swing Mohawk
Combination Examples 5)2 ...................................5LJKW )RUZDUG 2XWVLGH HGJH /%, ..................................../HIW %DFN ,QVLGH HGJH 5)2, .................................5LJKW )RUZDUG 2XWVLGH HGJH FKDQJH WR LQVLGH HGJH /), VO&K ............................/HIW )RUZDUG ,QVLGH HGJH VOLGH &KDVVp 5%2 ;)&K .......................5LJKW %DFN 2XWVLGH HGJH FURVV VWHS LQ )URQW &KDVVp / )W 6L] 5 )W ):'........../HIW )RRW 6FLVVRUV ZLWK 5LJKW )RRW )RUZDUG Opt.-slCh ...........................Optional — slide Chassé Qsw opMO ........................Quick swing open Mohawk
Dance-9
DUTCH WALTZ 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*: 1 = :21; 2 = :42; 3 = 1:03; 4 = 1:23
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = 1:03 Adult Competition 2 = :42
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UHOLPLQDU\
The Dutch Waltz is skated in Kilian position, and both partners skate the same steps. The dance is skated to slow, deliberate waltz music and consists mostly of progressive sequences and long swing rolls. This is an easy dance for beginners consisting of forward edges only, and allows skaters to devote their attention to the dance steps in relation to the musical rhythm of the waltz. 6SHFLDO DWWHQWLRQ VKRXOG EH JLYHQ WR WKH QXPEHU RI EHDWV IRU HDFK VWHS LQ WKH SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFHV LQ RUGHU WR H[SUHVV WKH ZDOW] rhythm of 2-1-3. (UHFW QDWXUDO ERG\ SRVLWLRQ JRRG FDUULDJH DQG HDV\ Ã&#x20AC;RZ ZLWKRXW WRR PXFK HIIRUW DUH GHVLUHG LQ WKH GDQFH 7KH SDUWQHUV VKRXOG strive for unison of free leg swings and for soft knee action in time with music. ,19(1725 *HRUJH 0XOOHU ),567 3(5)250(' %URDGPRRU ,FH 3DODFH &RORUDGR 6SULQJV &ROR
Dance-10
DUTCH WALTZ â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
12 RFI-Pr 11 LFO 1 2
16 RFI 15 LFO
3
sta
13 LFO
3
rt o
r re
pea
t
3 14 RFO-SwR
10 RFI
3
6 3 9 LFO 3 8 RFO
1
7 LFI-Pr 6 RFO 2
6
KILIAN POSITION
5 LFO-SwR
BOTH PARTNERS SKATE SAME STEPS
6
4 RFO-SwR
3 LFO 3 1 sta
2
rt o
r re
2 RFI-Pr
1 LFO
pea
t
Dance-11
CANASTA TANGO 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
7DQJR IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = :48 Adult Competition 2 = :32
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UHOLPLQDU\
7KH &DQDVWD 7DQJR LV VNDWHG LQ 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ SRVLWLRQ DQG ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH WKH VDPH VWHSV ,W LV D GDQFH FRQVLVWLQJ RI forward edges only and introduces the tango rhythm to skaters at the preliminary test level. Particular attention should be given to the skating of the chassé at Step 4, and the two slide chassés at Steps 7 and 10. The use RI DSSURSULDWH NQHH DFWLRQ RQ WKH VOLGH FKDVVpV FDQ KHOS LQ H[SUHVVLQJ WKH WDQJR UK\WKP 1RWH WKDW 6WHS PD\ EH VWDUWHG RSWLRQDOO\ ZLWK D FURVV VWURNH $ VWURNLQJ DFWLRQ E\ WKH OHIW IRRW VKRXOG EH HYLGHQW DQG D WRH push is to be avoided. 1HDW IRRWZRUN JRRG HGJHV WDQJR H[SUHVVLRQ H[WHQVLRQ DQG JRRG FDUULDJH VKRXOG EH PDLQWDLQHG WKURXJKRXW WKH GDQFH ,19(1725 -DPHV % )UDQFLV ),567 3(5)250(' 7KH 8QLYHUVLW\ 6NDWLQJ &OXE 7RURQWR &DQDGD
Dance-12
CANASTA TANGO â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
REVERSE KILIAN POSITION BOTH PARTNERS SKATE SAME STEPS
12 RFI-Pr
13 LFO
e
ep
rt
sta
r or
at
1 2
14 RFO-SwR
11 LFO 1 10 RFI-SICh
2
(Opt. 14 CR-RFO)
4
2 9 LFO 4 8 RFO-sw
7 LFI-SICh 2 6 RFO 2
4
5 LFO-sw
t
ea
rt
sta
ep rr
o
1
1 1 LFO
1
1
4 RFI-Ch 3 LFO
2 RFI-Pr
Dance-13
RHYTHM BLUES 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
%OXHV IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = 1:05 Adult Competition 2 = :44
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UHOLPLQDU\
7KH 5K\WKP %OXHV LV VNDWHG LQ .LOLDQ SRVLWLRQ DQG ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH WKH VDPH VWHSV $ VORZ WHPSR DQG IRUZDUG VNDWLQJ PDNH WKLV GDQFH DSSHDU GHFHSWLYHO\ VLPSOH +RZHYHU FRUUHFW WLPLQJ SDWWHUQ DQG SURSHU H[SUHVVLRQ DUH UHTXLUHG WR PDNH WKH dance pleasing to watch. Attention to depth of edges and proper curvature of lobes is essential. Care must also be taken to fully FRPSOHWH OREHV RQ WKH FRUUHFW HGJH 3DUWQHUV PXVW XWLOL]H NQHH EHQGV DQG IUHH OHJ H[WHQVLRQV IRU EOXHV LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ DV ZHOO DV VPRRWK Ă&#x20AC;RZLQJ PRYHPHQW Skated in Kilian position throughout, the dance begins with a progressive sequence and outside swing roll. Timing becomes more intricate with Steps 5 to 10. Step 5 must be held for two full beats as it begins a â&#x20AC;&#x153;promenadeâ&#x20AC;? sequence similar to that before the choctaw in the pre-gold Blues. Steps 6 and 7 are each one beat, Step 8 is two beats and Steps 9 and 10 are forward LQVLGH VZLQJ UROOV HDFK EHJLQQLQJ RQ EHDW WKUHH RI WKH EDU 7KHVH VZLQJ UROOV DOORZ IRU EOXHV H[SUHVVLRQ DQG UHTXLUH ZHOO WLPHG free leg swings. Strong progressive strokes, Steps 11 to 13, are needed to maintain speed through the cross behinds, so there is no struggle to regain speed on the repeat. The XBs, which complete the dance, must be crisp and precise, accompanied by soft NQHH DFWLRQ DQG D URXQGHG HQG SDWWHUQ 1RWH WKDW WKH ;% /)2 RQ 6WHS LV RSWLRQDO 6WHS PD\ EH VNDWHG DV DQ RSHQ VWURNH ,19(1725 5REHUW &UDLJLQ +,6725< 2ULJLQDOO\ D UROOHU VNDWLQJ GDQFH WKH 5K\WKP %OXHV ZDV RULJLQDOO\ VHOHFWHG IRU WKH SUH EURQ]H GDQFH WHVW LQ after being suggested by Bette Wilson of the Utah FSC.
Dance-14
RHYTHM BLUES â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
15 LFO-(XB OPTIONAL)
14 XB-RFI
13 LFO 12 RFI-Pr
2
16 XB-RFI 2 start
2
2
11 LFO
1
15 LFO
1
or re
peat
10 RFI-SwR
4
4
9 LFI-SwR
8 RFI-Pr 2 1
KILIAN POSITION BOTH PARTNERS SKATE SAME STEPS
7 LFO
1
6 RFI-Pr
2 5 LFO
4
4 RFO-SwR
3 LFO 2 1 start
1 or re
2 RFI-Pr
1 LFO
peat
Dance-15
SWING DANCE 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
)R[WURW RU 6FKRWWLVFKH IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:20 Adult Competition 2 = 1:20
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UH EURQ]H
7KLV GDQFH LQWURGXFHV EHJLQQLQJ GDQFHUV WR D IRXUWK EDVLF UK\WKP DQG SUHVHQWV D UHOD[HG PHWKRG RI FKDQJLQJ IURP IRUZDUG WR backward skating. It requires the man to learn to lead and the lady to follow while skating backward as well as forward. :KLOH WKH GDQFH GLDJUDP VKRZV FRUUHFW FXUYDWXUH RI HGJHV DQG OREHV VXFK GHSWK RI FXUYDWXUH VKRXOG QRW EH H[SHFWHG IURP D skater at this level. It does, however, present a goal toward which the skater should aim. It should be noted that Steps 1 to 8 and 16 to 23 are similar in pattern and character and are skated in closed position. These steps are skated both forward and backward by each partner to complete a pattern of the dance. 7KH KDQG LQ KDQG SRVLWLRQ DV VSHFL¿HG RQ WKH GDQFH GLDJUDP IRU 6WHSV WR DQG ± DOORZV WKH VNDWHU WUDYHOLQJ EDFNZDUG WR VWHS IRUZDUG HDVLO\ DQG WR SURFHHG LQ D UHOD[HG PDQQHU ULJKW KDQG LQ SDUWQHU¶V OHIW :KLOH ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH IRUZDUG D separation of at least 24 inches is desirable. These steps should be skated with soft knee action and the appearance of arms during this part of the dance is left to the discretion of the skaters. Closed position is resumed in time for Step 14 or 29. $Q\ W\SH RI IRUZDUG LQVLGH XQFURVVHG PRKDZN LV SHUPLVVLEOH DV ORQJ DV WKH EDODQFH DQG FRQWURO DUH JRRG DQG WKH H[HFXWLRQ LV pleasing to watch. Step 28 may be either an open stroke or a slide chassé. ,19(1725 +XEHUW 6SURWW ),567 3(5)250(' %URDGPRRU ,FH 3DODFH &RORUDGR 6SULQJV &ROR
Dance-16
SWING DANCE â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
Mo
13 LBI
12 RFI
2
2
11 LFO 2
14 RBO 2
2 [partner]
15 LBO-SwR
1 17 LBI-Ch
2 9 LFO
4
16 RBO 1
10 RFI
start or repeat lady
8 RFO-SwR
4
2 18 RBO
1 19 LBO
1
20 RBI-Ch 4
7 LFO-SwR
21 LBO 2 2 6 RFO 22 RBO-SwR
4 5 LFI-Ch 1
4RFO 1 3 LFO
2 23 LBO-SwR
4
start or repeat man
[partner]
2
2 RFI-C h 1 LFO
4
24 RBO
25 LFO
1 1
30 RFO-SwR
2 2 29 LFO
2 26 RFI
2
2 28 RFI (Opt.-SlCh)
27 LFO
Dance-17
CHA CHA 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
&KD &KD IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = :58 Adult Competition 2 = :38
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UH EURQ]H
7KH GDQFH PD\ EH VNDWHG LQ RSHQ RU .LOLDQ SRVLWLRQ DQG ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH WKH VDPH VWHSV ,W LV LPSRUWDQW WKDW VNDWHUV UHÃ&#x20AC;HFW WKH XQXVXDO UK\WKP RI WKLV GDQFH ZLWK IUHH OHJ H[SUHVVLRQ DV ZHOO DV DSSURSULDWH XSSHU ERG\ DQG KHDG SRVLWLRQV $FFXUDWH WLPLQJ is essential to the feeling of the dance as a whole. Maintaining the tempo while achieving some edge depth should be a priority. 7KH GDQFH EHJLQV ZLWK D WZR EHDW /)2 IROORZHG E\ D WZR EHDW 5), progressive 6WHS 7KLV LV LQ WXUQ IROORZHG E\ D TXLFN chassé sequence FRPPHQFLQJ RQ D /), HGJH 6WHS . The last step of the chassé sequence is a slight widestep to the top of the lobe. 6WHS VWDUWV ZLWK D IRXU EHDW HGJH ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ H[SUHVVLRQ IUHH EXW FRQVLVWHQW ZLWK WKH &KD &KD UK\WKP %HDW IRXU EHJLQV WKH WZR IRRW VODORP 6WHS ZLWK WKH NQHHV EHQW 7KH NQHHV VKRXOG ULVH DQG IDOO DW WKH WUDQVLWLRQV ZLWK WKH KLSV WZLVWLQJ XQGHUQHDWK LQGHSHQGHQW RI WKH VKRXOGHUV WR FUHDWH WKH VODORP PRWLRQ 7KH SRZHU LV DWWDLQHG RQ WKH FXUYHV E\ SUHVVXUH ¿UVW ZLWK WKH 5), HGJH WKHQ /), DQG ¿QDOO\ 5), 7KH ODVW 5), VKRXOG EH VOLJKWO\ GHHSHU WR DOORZ IRU D JRRG WUDQVLWLRQ DQG SXVK WR Step 8 on beats four and one. 7KH WZR IRRW VODORP UHPDLQV RQ WZR IHHW XQWLO WKH SXVK RQWR WKH 5)2 HGJH 35,25 WR 6WHS 6WHS VKRXOG HQG SDUDOOHO WR WKH ORQJLWXGLQDO D[LV 6WHS LV D KDOI EHDW MXVW EHIRUH 6WHS ² D WZR EHDW 5), 6WHS LV D UDWKHU GHHS /)2 VZLQJ UROO )UHH OHJ DFWLRQ RQ 6WHSV DQG LV OHIW WR WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH VNDWHU 7KH IUHH OHJ PD\ EH EURXJKW IRUZDUG DQG H[WHQGHG RU EURXJKW RQO\ WR WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW DQG H[WHQGHG EDFN DJDLQ 6WHS LV DQ RSWLRQDO ;) ,W PD\ EH VNDWHG DV DQ RSHQ VWURNH RU WUDQVLWLRQ 6WHS LV DQ ;% 6WHS LV D 5), VZLQJ UROO ZKLFK FRPSOHWHV WKH GDQFH ,19(1725 +HOHQ *DJH 0RRUH 7KH GDQFH ZDV VXEPLWWHG E\ 6DQG\ /DPE
Dance-18
CHA CHA — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
XF (OPTIONAL)
14 RFI-SwR
13 XB-LFI 12 RFO
4 sta
4 XF
2
rt o
11 LFO-SwR
r re
2
pea
2
t
10 RFI
½
9 LFI-Ch 1½ 8 RFO
LFI
RFI
LFO
2 1 RFO
LFI
7 SLALOM BK 1 LFO
RFI
BK
4 6 RFO
BK
5 LFI wide step 2 4 RFO-Ch *
3 LFI
1 1
2 RFI-Pr
2 OPEN OR KILIAN POSITION BOTH PARTNERS SKATE SAME STEPS
2
1 LFO
sta or r rt epe a
t
Dance-19
FIESTA TANGO 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
7DQJR IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = :53 Adult Competition 2 = :36
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UH EURQ]H
In the Fiesta Tango, both partners skate the same steps. The tempo of the Fiesta Tango is a slow tango rhythm, and partners VKRXOG VWULYH IRU XSULJKW FDUULDJH VRIW NQHH DFWLRQ HDV\ Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG VPRRWK XQLIRUP OHJ VZLQJV 7KH FRXSOH LV LQ 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG FRPPHQFLQJ ZLWK 6WHS WKURXJK 6WHS 7KH FRXSOH FKDQJHV WR .LOLDQ KROG DW 6WHS and the hold is maintained until the restart of the dance. Step 8 allows for very pleasing interpretation. It is begun with an open stroke followed by a swing at the third count of the step. For the remaining counts of the step, there are no restrictions as to the use of the free leg, and this can add a great deal to WKH LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH WDQJR H[SUHVVLRQ 1RWH KRZHYHU WKH FKDQJH RI HGJH PXVW EH H[HFXWHG RQ WKH FRUUHFW EHDW RI PXVLF DV shown on the dance diagram. The sequence of steps in this dance allows for easy, rhythmic movements, and partners should be able to interpret the music and skate the steps in a very pleasing style. ,19(1725 *HRUJH 0XOOHU ),567 3(5)250(' %URDGPRRU ,FH 3DODFH &RORUDGR 6SULQJV &ROR
Dance-20
FIESTA TANGO â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
14 RBO
15 XF-LBI
2 2
16 RFI
13 LBI 12 RBO
2
11 LBI
2
1
2 st
opMo
art o repea r t
10 RFI
1
9 LFO
2
4+2 8 RFOI-sw
2
7 XB-LFI
6 CR-RFO 2
5 LFO 2 1 1 2
2
4 RFI-Pr 3 LFO
2 RFO
1 LFO
start o repea r t
Dance-21
HICKORY HOEDOWN 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
&RXQWU\ :HVWHUQ +RHGRZQ IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = 1:09 Adult Competition 2 = :46
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
%URQ]H
The music for the Hickory Hoedown should be derived from formal square dancing and convey the feeling of country-western VW\OH 7KH GDQFH VKRXOG UHÃ&#x20AC;HFW HQMR\PHQW DQG Ã&#x20AC;DLU WKURXJKRXW 7KH SUHVFULEHG IUHH OHJ DFWLRQ VKRZLQJ JRRG FRQWURO DQG VXSSOH knee action, will add crispness and accent the character of this dance. The Hickory Hoedown is a symmetrical half-rink pattern dance, where position is optional, Steps 1to 17. After Step 17, closed position is assumed. At the repeat of the dance, the skaters resume optional position. 6WHSV WR DQG WR DUH WZR FKDVVpV GRQH VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV ¿UVW WRZDUG WKH ORQJLWXGLQDO D[LV WKHQ DZD\ EXW SURJUHVVLQJ JHQHUDOO\ XS WKH LFH DW D IDLUO\ UDSLG SDFH 7KHVH DUH IROORZHG E\ D SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFH 6WHSV WR WKDW FXUYHV VKDUSO\ WRZDUG FHQWHU DQG D VOLGH FKDVVp EHJXQ ZLWK D 5)2 FURVV UROO 6WHS WKH VOLGH 6WHS DQG WKH H[LW HGJH 6WHS 6WHS DQG 6WHS DUH WKUHH EHDWV LQ OHQJWK $W 6WHS DQG D QHZ W\SH RI IUHH OHJ H[SUHVVLRQ LV LQWURGXFHG 7KH IUHH OHJ VKRXOG H[WHQG IRUZDUG RQ WKH ¿UVW SDUW RI WKH HGJH WKHQ EHQG DW WKH NQHH FDXVLQJ WKH IRRW LWVHOI WR WUDYHO EDFN WR WKH VNDWLQJ NQHH $GGLWLRQDO IUHH OHJ H[SUHVVLRQ DW WKLV SRLQW is permitted as long as it is appropriate for the dance. 6WHS EHJLQV WKH LGHQWLFDO VHTXHQFH LQ WKH RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQ ZLWK WKH SURJUHVVLYH 6WHSV WR D /)2 FURVV UROO 6WHS WKH VOLGH 6WHS DQG WKH H[LW /)2 IRU WKH PDQ 6WHS D ZLWK D /)2 WKUHH IRU WKH ODG\ H[HFXWHG RQ D IDLUO\ GHHS HGJH WKDW curves around the corner. Step 18 is a four-beat swing of the free leg for both partners followed by a rapid three-turn for the PDQ DQG WZR PRUH IRXU EHDW VZLQJV LQ WKH RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQ 6WHS 6WHSV WR IRUP D TXLFN VRPHZKDW GLI¿FXOW 5%2 /)2 EDFN IRUZDUG WUDQVLWLRQ IRU WKH PDQ ZKLOH WKH ODG\ H[HFXWHV D IRUZDUG FKDVVp WKHQ SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFH WR FRPSOHWH WKH dance in open position. The Hickory Hoedown is a light, carefree and airy dance which must be skated with a square dance feeling. Because of identical sequences in both directions, the content of the dance is largely symmetrical. Therefore, well-controlled knee bends, GHHS DQG ZHOO FRQWUROOHG HGJHV DQG ¿UP DQG H[DJJHUDWHG OHJ H[WHQVLRQV DUH HVVHQWLDO IRU DSSURSULDWH H[SUHVVLRQ LQ WKLV GDQFH ,19(17256 :HQG\ :HLQVWRFN 0OLQDU +ROO\ *HQROD &ROH DQG + 7KHRGRUH *UDYHV ),567 3(5)250(' +LFNRU\ +LOO )6& +DUYH\ 6FKRRO 5LQN -DQ
Dance-22
HICKORY HOEDOWN â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
22 LFO
21b RFI-Ch
23 RFI-Pr 1
sta
rt
1 LFO
1
1
1 m
17 LFO3
4
21a LFO
1+1
1
an
19 LBO
1
2 RFI-Ch
18 RBO-sw
4 2
3
2
16 RFI-slCh
20 RFO-sw
1
3 LFO
2
1
15 CR-LFO 14 RFO
4 RFO 1
5 LFI-Ch
1
13 LFI-Pr
1
6 RFO
12 RFO
2 7 LFO 1 1
11 LFI-slCh
3
8 RFI-Pr 10 CR-RFO 1
2
9 LFO 2
1
9 LFO
10 CR-RFO
1 3
8 RFI-Pr
1
11 LFI-slCh
7 LFO 2 12 RFO
6 RFO
1
13 LFI-Pr 1
5 LFI-Ch
1
4 RFO
14 RFO 15 CR-LFO
1
2
3 LFO
1 16 RFI-slCh
20 LBO-sw 1+1
3
2
4 1
19 RFO3 sta
1 17a LFO 17b RFI-Ch
1
4 18 LFO-sw
21 RBO
1
rt l
2 1
2 RFI-Ch
ad
y
1 LFO
1 23 RFI-Pr
22 LFO
Dance-23
WILLOW WALTZ 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = 1:10 Adult Competition 2 = :47
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
%URQ]H
The Willow Waltz presents a variety of turns, steps, and sequence of steps for skaters at the bronze test level. Correct timing DQG H[HFXWLRQ WKURXJKRXW DUH QHFHVVDU\ WR H[SUHVV WKH UK\WKP DQG Ã&#x20AC;RZ RI WKLV GDQFH 6SHFLDO DWWHQWLRQ RI ERWK SDUWQHUV VKRXOG IRFXV RQ FOHDQ GLVWLQFW QRW VOXUUHG UK\WKPLF SURJUHVVLYH DQG FKDVVp VHTXHQFHV H[HFXWHG ZLWK VRIW NQHH DFWLRQ DQG JOLGLQJ PRYHPHQW 7KH WLPLQJ RI WKHVH VHTXHQFHV PXVW EH LQ WKH GH¿QLWH ZDOW] UK\WKP RI FRXQWV SHU VWHS UHVSHFWLYHO\ The ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 6 and the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 19 may be either open strokes with the free legs in counter-position or slide chassés with the free legs in matching position. (UHFW FDUULDJH DQG XQLVRQ VKRXOG EH PDLQWDLQHG WKURXJKRXW 3DUWQHUV VKRXOG VNDWH FORVH WRJHWKHU DQG VWULYH IRU QHDW IRRWZRUN ZLWKRXW ZLGH VWHSSLQJ *RRG Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG SDFH DUH GHVLUDEOH DQG VKRXOG EH REWDLQHG ZLWKRXW HIIRUW DQG YLVLEOH SXVKLQJ ,19(1725 *HRUJH 0XOOHU ),567 3(5)250(' &U\VWDO ,FH 3DODFH :LOORZ 6SULQJV ,OO
Dance-24
RB
O
WILLOW WALTZ â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
I-C 1 h LB O
O 3
2 6 RFI (Opt.-slCh)
3
2
y or d rt t la sta pea re
2
3
20 LFO
1
3
RB
LB
3
3
21 RFI-Pr
22 LFO
4
5 LFO
1
3
19 RFI (Opt.-slCh)
3
3
7 LFO
18 LFO
3 2+1
8 RFO3
17 RBI
2
9 LBO
16 LBO 3
10 RBI-Pr
1
15 RBO 3
11 LBO 3 12 RBO
14 LFO3 2+1
2
1
13 LBI-Ch 1 2 14 RBO
13 RFI-Ch 12 LFO
3
3 11 RFO
3 15 LFO 3
16 RFO
17 LFI
1
10 LFI-Pr
2
9 RFO
8 LBO 3
3
18 RFI
7 RBO
3 3
opMo
3
1
or rt an sta t m a pe
re
19 LBI
2 20 RBO 21 LBI-Pr
1
3
22 RBO
3
3
2
2L
1R
FO
FI-
Ch
3R
FO
3
4L
3
FO
6 LBI 0pMo
5 RFI
Dance-25
TEN-FOX 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
)R[WURW IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 3 = :58 Adult Competition 2 = :38
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
%URQ]H
$V GHQRWHG E\ WKH QDPH WKH 7HQ )R[ LV D GDQFH WKDW ZDV FUHDWHG E\ FRPELQLQJ HOHPHQWV IURP WKH )R[WURW DQG DQ ROG VRFLDO GDQFH FDOOHG WKH 7HQVWHS ODWHU UHSODFHG E\ WKH )RXUWHHQVWHS The dance has several changes of hold and introduces the closed offset hold that is in the Fourteenstep and the similar changes RI KROG WKDW DUH LQ WKH )R[WURW 7KH KROG IRU WKH FRXSOHV GXULQJ 6WHSV WR DUH LQ ZDOW] FORVHG SRVLWLRQ 6SHFLDO DWWHQWLRQ VKRXOG EH JLYHQ WR D VPRRWK WUDQVLWLRQ DW WKH WXUQLQJ SRLQW IURP ODG\¶V 6WHS D /%2 6Z5 WR 6WHS E DQG WKH PDQ¶V SURSHU H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH WZR EHDW FKDQJH RI HGJH 6WHS 5)2, 6Z5 WR FRLQFLGH ZLWK WKH ODG\¶V VWHS IRUZDUG 6WHS E 7KH PDQ PXVW DOVR synchronize his kneebend to coincide with the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s step forward on Step 4b. The use and positions of the free legs during the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 4b and manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 4 during the two-beat change of edge are optional but must remain in unison. At Step 5 and WKURXJK 6WHS WKH FRXSOH FKDQJHV WR IR[WURW SRVLWLRQ Commencing with Step 8 and through Step 12 the couple is back in waltz position. It must be noted that Step 8 for the lady UHTXLUHV D ULVLQJ DQG EHQGLQJ NQHH DFWLRQ WR FRLQFLGH ZLWK WKH PDQ¶V 6WHS D DQG E ([SUHVVLRQ RI GDQFH UK\WKP LQ WKH WLPLQJ of the body movements can do much to enhance the character of this dance. ,Q VNDWLQJ WKH VHTXHQFH RI VWHSV DFURVV WKH HQGV RI WKH SDWWHUQ 6WHSV WR LW LV LPSRUWDQW WKDW WKH SDUWQHUV EH LQ DQ RIIVHW closed hold with the partnersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; shoulders parallel to each other and to the tracings, and that the man check his rotation with his VKRXOGHUV DIWHU KLV PRKDZN 6WHS 7KXV ERWK SDUWQHUV¶ VKRXOGHUV UHPDLQ DSSUR[LPDWHO\ Ã&#x20AC;DW WR WKH WUDFLQJV WKURXJK 6WHS In order to interpret the rhythm correctly, the skaters must demonstrate an effortless glide attained by soft knee action. ,19(1725 *HRUJH 0XOOHU ),567 3(5)250(' 3KLODGHOSKLD 6& +6
Dance-26
TEN-FOX â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
I
LB
19
F8X
FI
1
R
B 6L
1 1
O
1
15
RB
I
LB
14
1 1
or dy rt t la sta pea re
2 LBI-Pr
1
1
2
1 RBO
1
r
I-P
O
B 7R
o pM
o
I
13
1
RF
1 12 LFO 2
2
11 RFI-Pr
1
3 RBO 1
10 LFO
4a LBO-SwR
2
4
9 RBO
2 8b LBO 4b RFI 2 8a RFO3
5 LFO
1
1+1
1
6 RFI-Pr
7 LFO 7 LFO
2
2
1
8 RFO
4
9 LFO3
4+2
1+1 10 RBO
5 LFO
1
BK
6 RFI-Pr
4 RFOI-SwR
1 3 LFO
11 LBI-Pr
1
2
2
1 re
12 RBO 1
FO 3L
1
Pr
FI-
R 14
15
or rt an sta t m a pe
1 1
LFO 16
1
1
r
LFO
R
P FI-
1
2
2 RFI-Pr
1 1 LFO
I
17
op
Mo
18
O RB
19
LB
Dance-27
FOURTEENSTEP 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
0DUFK RU WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH RU IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 4 = :43 Adult Competition 3 = :32
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UH VLOYHU
During Steps 1 to 7, the lady and man are in closed hold with the lady skating backward and the man forward. The dance begins with a progressive sequence of three steps forming a lobe curving toward the midline. Step 4 is a four-beat swing roll curving toward the side barrier. It is important that the free legs match on the swing roll and that the partners remain close together. This is followed by another progressive sequence for both partners during Steps 5 to 7. Step 7 is skated slightly less deeply than Step 3, after which the lady steps forward on Step 8 and skates close beside the man in open hold until he completes his mohawk. 6WHSV WR VKRXOG EH VNDWHG DORQJ WKH FRQWLQXRXV D[LV RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH ZLWK 6WHSV WR FXUYLQJ DURXQG WKH HQGV RI WKH pattern. After the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s open inside mohwak on Step 9, he should check his rotation with his shoulders, and both partnersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; VKRXOGHUV VKRXOG UHPDLQ DSSUR[LPDWHO\ SDUDOOHO WR WKH WUDFLQJV DURXQG WKH HQG 'XULQJ 6WHSV WR WKH SDUWQHUV VNDWH LQ DQ offset closed hold with the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hip beside the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hip with the lady now skating forward and the man backward. Step 9 for the lady is a crossed behind chassé, and Step 11 is a progressive. On Step 10 the man steps close beside the skating foot, Steps 11 and 12 are a progressive sequence, and then Step 13 is crossed in front. The lady gradually moves ahead of the man to skate an open outside mohawk during Steps 12 and 13. At the conclusion of Step 13, the man steps forward for Step 14. On Step 14 the partners return to the original closed hold. 6RIW NQHH DFWLRQ ZLWK WKH UK\WKP RI WKH PXVLF DQG HDV\ JUDFHIXO Ã&#x20AC;RZ DUH QHFHVVDU\ VR WKDW WKH )RXUWHHQVWHS ZLOO EH GDQFHG rather than walked or raced. A strong lean is necessary to achieve the required edges at a good pace. ,Q WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV WKH GDQFH PXVW EH VNDWHG DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH UXOHV EXW IRU GDQFH VHVVLRQV ZKHQ PDQ\ FRXSOHV DUH RQ the ice at the same time, it is recommended that there be two rolls along the side if the ice surface permits. ,19(1725 )UDQ] 6FKROOHU ),567 3(5)250(' 9LHQQD $XVWULD DV WKH 7HQVWHS RU 6FKROOHU 0DUFK
Dance-28
FOURTEENSTEP — 67(3 &+$57 Hold
Step No.
Man’s Step
Closed
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
/)2 5), 3U /)2 5)2 6Z5 /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), OpMo /%, 5%2 /%, 3U 5%2
13 14
;) /%, 5),
Slightly off-set Closed
Closed
Number of beats of music 1 1 2 4 1 1 2 1
Lady’s Step
1 1 1 1
;% 5), /)2 5), 3U /)2 OpMo 5%2 /%,
1 2
5%2 /%, 3U 5%2 /%2 6Z5 5%2 /%, 3U 5%2 /)2
Dance-29
FOURTEENSTEP — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
12 13
1
-LB
I
14
B 1L
O
XF
r
I-P
RB
O
10
1
1 1
BI
1
RF
9L
I
1 RBO
Mo
op
1
2 start
RB
FI
8R 1 lady
1 2
7 LFO
1
2 LBI-Pr
1
2
6 RF I-Pr
1
3 RBO
JUDGES STAND
5 LFO
4 LBO-SwR
4
4 RFO-SwR
4
5 RBO 1
6 LBI-Pr
3 LFO
1
2 2 RFI-Pr 1
2
7 RBO
1 start
1 LFO
man
1
FO
8L
2 1
I -RF
9
14
XB
1
FO 0L
1
1
1
12
r I-P
F 1R
1
© ISU
Dance-30
LB
I
1
LFO
13
op
Mo
RB
O
EUROPEAN WALTZ 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
3$77(51
7(67
7HVW Competition 2 = :48 Adult Competition 2 = :48 6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 2SWLRQDO ,68 6HW
6HH 75 & IRU SDWWHUQ LQVWUXFWLRQV IRU LFH VXUIDFH OHQJWKV OHVV WKDQ IHHW 6HH 75 ' IRU RSWLRQDO WHVW SDWWHUQ VWDUW RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV 3UH VLOYHU
7KH EDVLF VWHSV RI WKH (XURSHDQ :DOW] DUH D FURVV UROO WKUHH WXUQ D EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG D IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH IRU WKH man, while the lady skates a backward outside edge, a three-turn and another backward outside edge. Semicircular lobes of WKHVH WKUHH VWHSV DUH VNDWHG DORQJ WKH VLGHV RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH WKH ÂżUVW OREH VWDUWLQJ WRZDUG WKH PLGOLQH WKH VHFRQG WRZDUG WKH VLGH ORQJ EDUULHU &DUH PXVW EH WDNHQ WR HQVXUH WKDW WKHVH OREHV DUH IXOO VHPL FLUFOHV VR WKDW HDFK VWDUWV GLUHFWO\ WRZDUG RU DZD\ from the midline. These lobes are connected across the ends of the pattern by larger lobes that consist of a series of three-turns and back outside edges. A normal end lobe sequence contains four three-turns for each partner, but on a wide ice surface more are permissible. )RU WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP WKH VHFWLRQV RI WKH GDQFH ZLOO UHPDLQ WKH VDPH UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH QXPEHU RI WKUHH WXUQV VNDWHG RQ WKH HQG SDWWHUQ 7KLV LV WKH RQO\ SDWWHUQ RSWLRQ SHUPLWWHG The manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s three-turn at the beginning of each lobe must be skated as a cross roll. The ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s back outside edge, however, is VWDUWHG DV DQ RSHQ VWURNH $OO WKUHHV DUH WXUQHG RQ WKH FRXQW RI WKUHH 7KHVH W\SHV RI WXUQV DUH NQRZQ DV Âł(XURSHDQ :DOW] W\SH three-turns.â&#x20AC;? All edges are three beats in length. The dance is skated in closed hold throughout, and the partners must remain close together. The rotation of the partners should EH DURXQG WKH VDPH D[LV FRQWLQXRXV DQG UHYHUVH LWV GLUHFWLRQ DW WKH VWDUW RI HDFK QHZ OREH )RU H[DPSOH LQ OREHV DLPLQJ WRZDUG the side barrier of the ice surface, the couple rotates to the left; in lobes aiming toward the midline, the couple rotates to the right. All rotations must be well controlled, which is best accomplished with the free foot kept close to the skating foot. On all three-turns, checking is necessary to prevent over-rotation. (UHFW SRVWXUH FRQVLVWHQWO\ SRZHUIXO VWURNLQJ HYHQ IUHH OHJ H[WHQVLRQ DQG D UHJXODU ULVLQJ DQG IDOOLQJ NQHH DFWLRQ JLYH WKLV GDQFH LWV ZDOW] Ă&#x20AC;DYRU ,19(1725 8QNQRZQ ),567 3(5)250$1&( %HIRUH EXW WKH GDWH DQG ORFDWLRQ DUH XQNQRZQ
Dance-31
EUROPEAN WALTZ — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Closed
Dance-32
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Man’s Step Number of beats of Lady’s Step music &5 5)2 2+1 3 /%2 /%2 3 2+1 5)2 5)2 3 /%2 &5 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 /)2 3 5%2 &5 5)2 2+1 3 /%2 /%2 3 2+1 5)2 5)2 3 /%2 &5 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 /)2 3 5%2
EUROPEAN WALTZ — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
14 LFO3 13 RBO
15 RBO 2+1
3
3 12 LFO3
16 LFO3
2+1
2+1
11 RBO
3
3 17 RBO start lady
2+1
3
3
3
18 LFO
10 CR-LFO3
9 RFO
1 LBO
2+1
O3
F
2R
BO
8L 3
JUDGES STAND
7 CR-RFO3
3 LBO
4 RBO
6 LFO 3
2+1
3
5 LFO3
3
2+1 5 RBO
3
3
2+1
3
3
6 RBO
4 CR-LFO3
3 RFO
7 LBO 2+1
3 FO
8R
BO
2L 3
1 CR-RFO3
9 LBO 10 RBO
2+1
3
18 RBO
3
3 start man
11 LFO3
2+1
2+1
3
17 LFO3
3
12 RBO
16 RBO 2+1
3
13 LFO3 14 RBO
2+1 15 LFO3
© ISU
Dance-33
FOXTROT 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
)R[WURW IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 4 = 1:07 Adult Competition 3 = :50
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
3UH VLOYHU
The dance begins with the partners in open hold with their shoulders and hips close together. Step 2 is a crossed behind chassé for both partners. Step 4a is a cross rolled three-turn for the man after which the partners are in closed hold. Step 4 for the lady FRPPHQFHV ZLWK D FURVV UROO 6KH WKHQ H[WHQGV KHU IUHH OHJ EHKLQG IRU WKH IXOO IRXU FRXQWV DFFHQWXDWLQJ FRXQW WKUHH ZLWK D NQHH bend corresponding to the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s knee action for his change of foot. She must be careful to avoid lunging. On Steps 4b and 5 the PDQ¶V IUHH IRRW OHDYHV WKH LFH LQ IURQW DQG LV WKHQ GUDZQ GRZQ EHVLGH WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW LQ SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU WKH QH[W VWHS 6WHS LV D FURVV UROO WKUHH WXUQ IRU WKH ODG\ ZKLOH WKH PDQ VNDWHV D 5%2 HGJH 6WHS LV D SURJUHVVLYH IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV 7KH SDUWQHUV UHPDLQ LQ FORVHG KROG XQWLO WKH HQG RI 6WHS 7KHQ WKH PDQ VKRXOG EH DW WKH VLGH RI WKH ODG\ DOPRVW LQ RXWVLGH KROG ZLWK WKHLU ULJKW VKRXOGHUV RSSRVLWH IRU KLV FURVV UROO WKUHH WXUQ 6WHS The closed hold is resumed for Step 10. The man skates a progressive during Step 11 while the lady prepares for the mohawk. 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ GRHV QRW VZLQJ WKH IUHH OHJ EXW DIWHU H[WHQGLQJ LW EHKLQG PHUHO\ EULQJV WKH IUHH IRRW GRZQ EHVLGH WKH VNDWLQJ KHHO NHHSLQJ WKH IUHH IRRW ZHOO WXUQHG RXW WKHQ SHUIRUPV DQ RXWVLGH FORVHG PRKDZN RQ FRXQW RQH 7R IDFLOLWDWH WKH ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s mohawk, good edges must be skated on Steps 10 and 11. On Step 12, the free legs of both the partners swing up together, then are drawn down evenly so that, by the end of count four, they are at the heel of the skating foot ready for Step 13. Step 13 should be stepped close to the heel of the skating foot. Step 14 is an open stroke stepped close beside the skating foot. Steps 13 and 14 should be strong inside edges. 7KH )R[WURW PXVW EH GDQFHG QRW VWHSSHG 7KHUH PXVW EH VRIW NQHH DFWLRQ DQG Ã&#x20AC;RZ 7KH IUHH IRRW PXVW DOZD\V EH SODFHG RQ WKH ice close beside the skating foot. The dance is designed to be skated on deep edges with semi-circular lobes. ,19(17256 (ULF YDQ GHU :H\GHQ DQG (YD .HDWV ),567 3(5)250(' :HVWPLQVWHU ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-34
FOXTROT — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Open
Closed
* Closed
Open
Step No. 1 2 3 4a 4b 5 6 7 8 9 10 11a 11b 12 13 14
Man’s Step Number of beats of Lady’s Step music /)2 1 /)2 ;% 5), 1 ;% 5), /)2 2 /)2 &5 5)2 1+1 4 &5 5)2 /%2 2 5%2 2 1+1 &5 /)2 /)2 1 5%2 5), 3U 1 /%, 3U /)2 2 5%2 &5 5)2 1+1 2 &5 /%2 /%2 2 5)2 5%2 1 /)2 2 ClMo /%, 3U 1 5%2 4 5%2 /), 2 /), 5), 2 5),
* Partial outside hold at end of Step 8
Dance-35
FOXTROT — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
11b LBI-Pr 1 11a RBO 1 12 RBO
4 2
10 LBO
9 CR-RFO3
14 RFI
8 LFO
1+1
13 LFI
2 2
2 star
1
t lad
1 LFO
7 RFI-Pr
y
1
1 6 LFO 2
1
2 XB-RFI
2
JUDGES STAND
2
5 RBO
4b LBO 4
3 LFO O
-RF
3
FO
R 4C
4a
-R CR
3 LFO
1+1
2
5 CR-LFO3
2 XB-RFI
1 6 RBO
1+1 1
1
star
7 LBI-Pr
1
2
13 LFI
2
8 RBO
an
2
2
9 CR-LBO
10 RFO
2 4 2
11 LFO ClMo © ISU
Dance-36
1 LFO
tm
12 RBO
14 RFI
AMERICAN WALTZ 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1* '85$7,21
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :58 Competition 2 = :58 Adult Competition 2 = :58 6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51 2SWLRQDO ,68 6HW
6HH 75 & IRU SDWWHUQ LQVWUXFWLRQV IRU LFH VXUIDFH OHQJWKV OHVV WKDQ IHHW 6HH 75 ' IRU RSWLRQDO WHVW SDWWHUQ VWDUW RQ WKH VKRUW D[LV 7(67
6LOYHU
The American Waltz consists of a series of semi-circular lobes skated toward and away from the midline. These lobes are joined DW WKH HQGV E\ VL[ EHDW RXWVLGH VZLQJ UROOV 7KH OREHV QHDUHVW WKH HQG VKRUW EDUULHU DUH SRVLWLRQHG VR WKDW WKHLU HQGV DUH FORVHU WR WKH PLGOLQH PDNLQJ LW SRVVLEOH IRU D VLQJOH VL[ EHDW UROO WR FRQQHFW WKHP $OO VWHSV VKRXOG EH RI HTXDO FXUYDWXUH VR WKDW HDFK group of three steps forms a large semi-circle with each lobe starting directly toward or away from the midline. 7KH VWHSV RI HDFK OREH DUH WKH VDPH H[FHSW WKDW WKH\ DUH VNDWHG DOWHUQDWHO\ OHIW DQG ULJKW GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH OREH Although the sequence of steps is the simplest of any ice dance, because of the amount of rotation generated by the couple, it LV DPRQJ WKH PRVW GLIÂżFXOW WR VNDWH FRUUHFWO\ ,Q RUGHU WR URWDWH VPRRWKO\ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ IRU WKH SDUWQHUV WR NHHS WKHLU VKRXOGHUV parallel with the center of rotation between them, rather than having one partner whip around the other on the swing three-turns. The rotation must be continuous and even, rather than sudden jerks with pauses between. (DFK VWHS RI WKH $PHULFDQ :DOW] LV KHOG IRU VL[ EHDWV WZR PHDVXUHV ZKLFK JLYHV FRQVLGHUDEOH OHQJWK WR HDFK VWHS 7KH VZLQJ RI WKH IUHH IRRW OHJ PXVW EH IURP WKH KLS ZLWKRXW DQ\ EHQGLQJ RI WKH IUHH OHJ NQHH 7KH WKUHHV PXVW EH WXUQHG ZLWK WKH IHHW FORVH together, but without pause in the motion of the free foot. The free foot should not pass the skating foot before the three is turned. While maintaining close waltz hold throughout, the partners must synchronize their free leg swings with each other as well as with the music, turning the swing threes on count four. These types of turns are known as â&#x20AC;&#x153;American Waltz-type threeturns.â&#x20AC;? The transition from one foot to the other is accompanied by a bending of the skating knee. This action coincides with the major DFFHQW FRXQW RQH DQG VHUYHV WR HPSKDVL]H LW 7KH NQHH DFWLRQ WKDW DGGV OLOW WR WKH GDQFH PXVW EH ZHOO FRQWUROOHG DQG JUDGXDO RU WKH GDQFH PD\ EHFRPH ERXQF\ ZLWK WKH VNDWHU ORVLQJ Ă&#x20AC;RZ DQG EDODQFH 7KH GDQFHUV PXVW VWDQG XSULJKW XVLQJ D QLFHO\ FRQWUROOHG body weight change when simultaneously starting a new lobe. 7KH H[SUHVVLRQ RI ZDOW] PXVLF LV FKDUDFWHUL]HG SULPDULO\ E\ HYHQQHVV RI Ă&#x20AC;RZ EHWZHHQ SRLQWV RI PDMRU DQG PLQRU HPSKDVLV 7KH points of major emphasis, count one, are marked by the change of feet and bending of the skating knee. Some of these points coincide with the start of a new lobe and are also emphasized by the change of direction of rotation and lean. The points of PLQRU HPSKDVLV FRXQW IRXU DUH PDUNHG E\ WXUQV EXW DUH QRW RWKHUZLVH HPSKDVL]HG ,19(1725 8QNQRZQ ),567 3(5)250(' 8QNQRZQ
Dance-37
AMERICAN WALTZ — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Closed
Dance-38
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Man’s Step Number of beats of Lady’s Step music 5)26Z 3+3 6 /%2 6Z5 /%2 6Z5 6 3+3 5)26Z 5)2 6Z5 6 /%2 6Z5 /)26Z 3+3 6 5%2 6Z5 5%2 6Z5 6 3+3 /)26Z /)2 6Z5 6 5%2 6Z5 5)26Z 3+3 6 /%2 6Z5 /%2 6Z5 6 3+3 5)26Z 5)2 6Z5 6 /%2 6Z5 /)26Z 3+3 6 5%2 6Z5 5%2 6Z5 6 3+3 /)26Z /)2 6Z5 6 5%2 6Z5 5)2 6Z5 6 /%2 6Z5 /)26Z 3+3 6 5%2 6Z5 5%2 6Z5 6 3+3 /)26Z /)2 6Z5 6 5%2 6Z5
AMERICAN WALTZ — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
14 LFO-Sw3
12 LFO-SwR 6
3+3 15 RBO-SwR
11 RBO-SwR
6
6 13 RFO-SwR start lady
6 3+3
6 16 LFO-SwR
9 RFO-SwR
1 LBO-SwR
8 LBO-SwR
6 2 RFO-Sw3
3+3 7 RFO-Sw3
3 LBO-SwR
JUDGES STAND
4 RBO-SwR
10 LFO-Sw3
6
6
3+3
6
6 LFO-SwR 6
6 5 LFO-Sw3
6
5 RBO-SwR
3+3 6
3+3 6
6
6 RBO-SwR 7 LBO-SwR
4 LFO-Sw3 3 RFO-SwR
2 LBO-SwR
6
8 RFO-Sw3 3+3
1 RFO-Sw3
9 LBO-SwR 3+3
6
16 RBO-SwR
10 RBO-SwR 6
6 start man
6 13 LBO-SwR
3+3
3+3 11 LFO-Sw3
15 LFO-Sw3 6
6 12 RBO-SwR
14 RBO-SwR © ISU
Dance-39
TANGO 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
7DQJR RU IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :58 Competition 2 = :58 Adult Competition 2 = :58
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
6LOYHU
9HU\ HUHFW FDUULDJH PXVW EH PDLQWDLQHG WKURXJKRXW WKLV GDQFH 7KH SDUWQHUV VKRXOG VNDWH FORVH WRJHWKHU 1HDW IRRWZRUN DQG JRRG Ã&#x20AC;RZ DUH HVVHQWLDO 7KH SDFH PXVW EH PDLQWDLQHG ZLWKRXW REYLRXV HIIRUW RU YLVLEOH SXVKLQJ 7KH GDQFH FRQVLVWV RI TXLFN FURVVHG steps skated on shallow curves interspersed between slower rolls skated on strong curves, followed by a promenade skated in open position. At the end of the introductory steps, the partners should be in outside hold with the lady to the right. The man makes two quick FURVV VWHSV 6WHSV DQG WKH ¿UVW FURVVHG LQ IURQW WKH VHFRQG FURVVHG EHKLQG D FURVVHG FKDVVp VHTXHQFH 7KH ODG\ VNDWHV D VLPLODU VHTXHQFH WKH ¿UVW FURVVHG EHKLQG DQG WKH VHFRQG LQ IURQW 7KHVH TXLFN VWHSV DUH IROORZHG E\ D IRXU EHDW UROO 6WHS during which the couple assumes closed hold. During or at the end of the roll, the partners return to outside position but this WLPH WKH ODG\ LV RQ WKH OHIW 7KH QH[W OREH FRQVLVWV RI WKH VDPH VHTXHQFHV VNDWHG RQ WKH RSSRVLWH IHHW The third lobe starts with a shallow front-crossed right outside rocker for the man on Step 7 followed by two quick cross steps 6WHSV DQG WKH ¿UVW FURVVHG EHKLQG WKH VHFRQG LQ IURQW 7KH ODG\ FURVVHV EHKLQG RQ 6WHS WKHQ VWHSV IRUZDUG IRU WZR steps, crossing on the second step. Step 10 is another roll in which the couple assumes closed hold. During or at the end of the UROO WKH SDUWQHUV UHWXUQ WR RXWVLGH KROG ZLWK WKH ODG\ RQ WKH OHIW 7KH QH[W OREH FRQVLVWV RI DQRWKHU GRXEOH FURVV VWHS DQG UROO sequence. *The couple does not need to be in closed hold for the full four counts of Steps 3, 6, 10 and 13 but may change sides from RXWVLGH WR RXWVLGH LQ WKH PLGGOH RI WKHVH UROOV EH LQ FORVHG KROG IRU IHZHU FRXQWV RU HYHQ EULHÃ&#x20AC;\ (LWKHU WHFKQLTXH LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ is acceptable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¿YH EHDWV 7KH PDQ VNDWHV D FKDVVp VHTXHQFH IROORZHG E\ D IRXU EHDW UROO 6WHSV D E DQG F 7KH ¿UVW SDUW RI 6WHS LV VNDWHG LQ RSHQ KROG $IWHU WKH ODG\¶V WKUHH WXUQ WKH SDUWQHUV DUH LQ FORVHG KROG EXW WKH\ complete the step in outside position ready to restart the dance. ,19(17256 3DXO .UHFNRZ DQG 7UXG\ +DUULV ),567 3(5)250(' +DPPHUVPLWK ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ
Dance-40
TANGO — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Outside Closed to Outside Closed to Outside
Closed to Outside Closed to Outside Closed Open
Closed
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22a 22b 22c
Man’s Step Number of beats of Lady’s Step music ;) 5)2 1 ;% /%2 ;% /), 1 ;) 5%, 5)2 4 /%2 ;) /)2 1 ;% 5%2 ;% 5), 1 ;) /%, /)2 4 5%2 ;) 5)2 5N 1+1 2 ;% /%2 VKDOORZ
;% /%2 1 5)2 ;) 5%, 1 ;% /), /%2 4 5)2 ;% 5%2 1 ;) /)2 ;) /%, 1 ;% 5), 5%2 4 /)2 &5 /%2 2 1+1 &5 5)2 5)2 6Z5 /)2 5), /)2 5), /), Sw-ClMo 5%, 6Z5 /)2 5), &K /)2
4 1 1 2 2 4 4 1 1 4
1+5
/%2 6Z5 5), /)2 5), /)2 5)2 Sw-ClMo /%2 6Z5 5),
Dance-41
TANGO — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
17 RFI
18 LFO
13 RBO 4
1
2
16 LFO
1
14 CR-LBO 15 RFO-SwR
2 19 RFI
22
FI-
aL
Ch
22c LFO
11 XB-RBO
10 LBO
)
I -RB BO B-L X 8
llow
F 9X
1
k
O-R
7X
1+1
start lady
1 1
1
JUDGES STAND
1 BO
1
6 LFO
4
4
1
4
a (sh
F F-R
1
21 RBI-SwR
FO
1
4
4
Sw-ClMo bR
12 XF-LBI
1
4 20 LFI
22
1
2
-L XB
B-R
F-L
I -RB
FI
FO
3 RFO
4
F
2X
5X
4X
I
-LF
3 LBO
4 XB-RBO
B 2X
4 1
5 XF-LBI 1
O
-RF
F 1X
1
1
start man
1+5 22 RFI3
6 RBO 4
4
2 1 BO
B-L
7X
FO
8R 9
10 RFO
11 XF-LFO
FI
12 XB-RFI
1
1
Sw-ClMo
-L XB
20 RFO 4
4
1 1+1
21 LBO-SwR
4
19 LFO
15 LBO-SwR
2
14 CR-RFO3 16 RFI 13 LFO
1
4 17 LFO © ISU
Dance-42
1
2 18 RFI
ROCKER FOXTROT 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
)R[WURW IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :32 Competition 4 = 1:05 Adult Competition 3 = :48
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
6LOYHU
7KH 5RFNHU )R[WURW VWDUWV DW WKH PLGOLQH DW RQH HQG RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG PDNHV WKUHH OREHV WRZDUG WKH HGJH DQG WZR WRZDUG WKH midline along each side. Thus one circuit of the ice surface requires two sequences of the dance. Steps 1 to 4 that are the same for both partners are skated in open hold and consist of a crossed behind chassé followed by a SURJUHVVLYH 6WHS IRU WKH ODG\ LV D IRXU EHDW /)2 VZLQJ URFNHU VNDWHG ZKLOH WKH PDQ SHUIRUPV WZR RXWVLGH HGJHV 7KH VZLQJ URFNHU LV H[HFXWHG ZLWK D VZLQJ RI WKH IUHH OHJ DQG LV WXUQHG DIWHU WKH IUHH OHJ KDV SDVVHG WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW DQG LV H[WHQGHG IRUZDUG 7KH WXUQ VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG RQ FOHDQ RXWVLGH WR RXWVLGH HGJHV RQ EHDW WZR RI WKH VWHS VR WKDW WKH ODG\¶V VLQNLQJ RQWR D VRIWO\ EHQW NQHH DIWHUZDUG ZLOO FRLQFLGH H[DFWO\ ZLWK WKH PDQ¶V NQHH EHQG IRU KLV 5)2 HGJH RQ EHDW WKUHH $IWHU WKH VZLQJ rocker, the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s free leg must be swung forward to match the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s free leg. After the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s swing rocker, the pattern continues to approach the midline before curving away and care should be taken that both partners are on outside edges. During the swing rocker, the couple changes to closed hold, which is maintained until Step 7b when the couple resumes open KROG IRU WKH UHPDLQGHU RI WKH GDQFH 7KH PDQ PXVW VNDWH DQ RSHQ VWURNH IRU 6WHS DQG VKRXOG EH LQ D SRVLWLRQ H[DFWO\ RSSRVLWH KLV SDUWQHU DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI WKH HGJH WR H[HFXWH KLV /)2 Step 8 is a cross roll. Steps 10 and 11 are strong outside edges. Steps 11 and 12 are outside closed mohawks for both partners. 7KH IUHH OHJ LV ¿UVW H[WHQGHG EHKLQG WXUQHG RXW DQG WKHQ LV SODFHG EHVLGH WKH KHHO RI WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW DUULYLQJ H[DFWO\ LQ WLPH for the mohawk. The man must be careful not to curve his Step 11 too deeply since the lady must curve her edge at least as deeply in order to be in position beside him for the turn. To achieve the correct positions, the shoulders must be well checked HQWHULQJ WKH WXUQ 7KH PRKDZN PXVW EH GLUHFWHG WRZDUG WKH VLGH ORQJ EDUULHU WR DFKLHYH D QLFHO\ URXQGHG HQG SDWWHUQ LI WKH dance is to commence again at the midline. After the mohawk, the partners continue a slow clockwise rotation through Steps 12 and 13 so as to be travelling forward on Step 14 for the restart of the dance. Both partners commence Step 13 crossed in front DSSUR[LPDWHO\ DW WKH FHQWHU OLQH 7KH 5RFNHU )R[WURW VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK JRRG NQHH DFWLRQ FKDQJH RI OHDQ DQG Ã&#x20AC;RZ WR HQKDQFH WKH FKDUDFWHU RI D )R[WURW ,19(17256 (ULF YDQ GHU :H\GHQ DQG (YD .HDWV ),567 3(5)250(' 6WUHDWKDP ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-43
ROCKER FOXTROT — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Open
Closed
Open
Dance-44
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5a 5b 6 7a 7b 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Man’s Step Number of beats of Lady’s Step music /)2 1 /)2 ;% 5), 1 ;% 5), /)2 1 /)2 5), 3U 1 5), 3U /)2 2 1+3 /)2 6Z5N 5)2 2 /)2 1+1 2 5%2 5%2 2 4 /)2 /)2 2 &5 5)2 2 &5 5)2 /), 3U 2 /), 3U 5)2 2 5)2 /)2 &O0R 2 /)2 &O0R 5%2 2 5%2 ;) /%, 2 ;) /%, 5), 2 5),
ROCKER FOXTROT — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
1 LFO
14 RFI
1
2
13 XF-LBI
2 XB-RFI 3 LFO
start lady
1 4 RFI-Pr
2
1
12 RBO
2
1 ClMo 2 1+3
11 LFO
2 5 LFO-SwRk 10 RFO
9 LFI-Pr
2
6 RBO 2
JUDGES STAND
8 CR-RFO 7b LFO
2 2
7 LFO
4 2 2
8 CR-RFO
7a RBO
1+1 9 LFI-Pr
6 LFO3
2 5b RFO
2 10 RFO 2
11 LFO
5a LFO 2
2 ClMo
1 12 RBO
start man
2 2
4 RFI-Pr
1 1
2
1
3 LFO 2 XB-RFI
13 XF-LBI 14 RFI
1 LFO © ISU
Dance-45
KILIAN 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
0DUFK DQG WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH RU IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :17 Competition 6 = :50 Adult Competition 4 = :33
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
3UH JROG
The Kilian is a test of close and accurate footwork, unison of rotation and control. Upright posture is required throughout. The dance follows a counterclockwise elliptical pattern, but the start and succeeding steps may be located anywhere around the circle. Once established, however, no shift of pattern is acceptable on subsequent sequences. The clockwise rotation must be controlled. The partners skate close together in Kilian hold throughout, and particular care should be taken to avoid any separation and FRPLQJ WRJHWKHU RI WKH SDUWQHUV 7KH PDQ¶V ULJKW KDQG VKRXOG FODVS WKH ODG\¶V ULJKW KDQG DQG NHHS LW ¿UPO\ SUHVVHG RQ KHU ULJKW KLS WR DYRLG VHSDUDWLRQ 7KH PDQ¶V OHIW KDQG VKRXOG FODVS WKH ODG\¶V OHIW KDQG VR WKDW KHU OHIW DUP LV ¿UPO\ H[WHQGHG DFURVV KLV body. There are 14 steps done to 16 beats of music â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Steps 3 and 4 are the only two-beat steps. All others are one-beat steps. Steps 1 to 3 form a progressive sequence, and care must be taken not to anticipate Step 4 by changing the body weight too early RQ 6WHS 6WHSV DQG ERWK PXVW EH VWURQJ RXWVLGH HGJHV WKDW DUH QRW FKDQJHG RU Ã&#x20AC;DWWHQHG &RUUHFW OHDQ RQ WKHVH HGJHV LV HVVHQWLDO WR WKH H[SUHVVLRQ RI WKH GDQFH Steps 5 to 7 form another progressive sequence, and again the body weight must follow the curvature of the lobe. At the start of Step 8, the body weight shifts toward the outside of the circle, and a strong checking action from the shoulders is required to maintain this lean through Step 9. Step 8 is commenced with a cross roll, while Step 9 is tightly crossed behind. Both these steps require a strong knee action. Steps 9 and 10 constitute a crossed in front open choctaw. The right free foot must be placed on the ice slightly in front of the skating foot, with both knees well turned out in a momentary open position. A strong checking action from the shoulders and hips is necessary at the start of Step 10 to counteract the turning movement. The left foot leaves the ice and, at Step 11, crosses EHKLQG WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW WR D /%, HGJH Step 12 is taken with the feet passing close together, but Step 13 is crossed in front. Correct clockwise shoulder rotation for both partners on Steps 12 and 13 facilitates close stepping. Step 14 should be stepped close to the heel of the skating foot and not stepped wide or ahead. Care must be taken not to prolong this edge. A well-bent knee and upright posture are required on Step 14. ,19(1725 .DUO 6FKUHLWHU ),567 3(5)250(' (QJHOPDQQ ,FH 5LQN 9LHQQD $XVWULD
Dance-46
KILIAN â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold
Step No.
Kilian
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Step (same for both) /)2 5), 3U /)2 5)2 /)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 ;% /), XF-OpCho 5%2 ;% /%, 5%2 ;) /%, 5),
Number of beats of music 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Dance-47
KILIAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
1 LFO 1
2 RFI-Pr 1
start
2
3 LFO
4 RFO
JUDGES STAND
2
5 LFO
1
6 RFI-Pr 1
1 1
7 LFO 8 CR-RFO 9 XB-LFI XF-opCho 10 RBO
1
1
1 11 XB-LBI restart
1 12 RBO
1
1
13 XF-LBI 14 RFI
© ISU
Dance-48
BLUES 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
%OXHV IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :49 Competition 3 = 1:14 Adult Competition 3 = 1:14
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
3UH JROG
7KH %OXHV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK VWURQJ HGJHV DQG GHHS NQHH DFWLRQ WR DFKLHYH WKH GHVLUHG H[SUHVVLRQ 7KH PDQ EHJLQV WKH dance with a forward cross roll, the lady with a back cross roll moving from partial outside to closed hold. The lady crosses in front on Step 2 while her partner skates a progressive. The manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cross rolled three-turn on Step 4 should be skated toward the side barrier. During this turn, the lady skates a cross UROO DQG D FURVV VWHS ² WKH ¿UVW EHKLQG DQG WKH VHFRQG LQ IURQW 6WHS FRPPHQFHV LQ RXWVLGH KROG DQG ¿QLVKHV LQ RSHQ KROG 6WHS LV D VWURQJ IRXU EHDW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG LQ IURQW DQG EURXJKW EDFN WR the skating foot just before they step forward for Step 6. It should be noted that this step commences on the third beat of the PHDVXUH 6WHS LV D GHHS FURVV UROO RQ ZKLFK WKH IUHH OHJ VZLQJV IRUZDUG WKHQ UHWXUQV EHVLGH WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW IRU WKH QH[W VWHS 6WHSV WR IRUP D GRXEOH SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFH ZLWK DQ XQXVXDO WLPLQJ WKH ¿UVW DQG WKH ODVW VWHSV DUH WZR EHDWV HDFK WKH RWKHUV DUH RQH EHDW LQ GXUDWLRQ ² WKH ³SURPHQDGH´ VHFWLRQ .QHH DFWLRQ DQG DQ H[WHQGHG IUHH OHJ DUH XVHG WR DFFHQWXDWH WKH timing on Step 8. Steps 12 and 13 form a closed choctaw, and both edges should have the same curvature. The free leg should be held back and brought to the heel of the skating foot just in time for the turn. The choctaw is turned neatly with the new skating foot taking the ice directly under the center of gravity. Step 14 is a backward cross roll for both partners. The pattern may retrogress at Step 15. Steps 15 to 17 form one lobe with three steps for the lady and four for the man. During the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s three-turn, the man skates a chassé, and the partners move into closed hold for the last step of the dance. The pattern may retrogress here. ,19(17256 5REHUW 'HQFK DQG /HVOH\ 7XUQHU ),567 3(5)250(' 6WUHDWKDP ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-49
BLUES — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Partial Outside Closed Outside Open
Step No. 1 2 3 4a 4b 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Closed
Dance-50
13 14 15 16a 16b 17
Man’s Step Number of beats of Lady’s Step music &5 5)2 1 &5 /%2 /), 3U 5)2 &5 /)2 5%2 /)2 &5 5)2 6Z5 /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 3U /), ClCho 5%2 &5 /%2 5), /)2 5), &K /)2
1 2 1+1
1 1 4 2 4 2 1 1 2 2 2 4 2
1 1
1+1 2
;) 5%, /%2 &5 5%2 ;) /%, 5%2 /)2 &5 5)2 6Z5 /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 3U /), ClCho 5%2 &5 /%2 5), /)2 5%2
BLUES — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
9 RFI-Pr
8 LFO
1
6 LFO
2
10 LFO
2 4
5 RBO
7 CR-RFO-SwR
1 11 RFI-Pr
4
2
1+1 4 CR-LFO3
2 12 LFI
2
3 RFO
Pr
FI-
clCho
2L 1
13 RBO
O
-RF
17
RB
2
1
2
O
R 1C
start man
JUDGES STAND
1+1 14 CR-LBO
4
2
15 RFI
15 RFI
2
start lady
1
17 LFO
4a
CR
-RB
I
RB
F2X
3 LBO
O
XF-
1
O
B R-L
1C
13 RBO
2
1
2
4b
14 CR-LBO
4
16a LFO 1
16b RFI-Ch
16 LFO3
clCho
2
2
12 LFI
LB
I 1
4
1
11 RFI-Pr
2 7 CR-RFO-SwR 5 RBO
4
1 2
2 6 LFO 8 LFO
10 LFO
1 9 RFI-Pr
© ISU
Dance-51
PASO DOBLE 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
3DVR 'REOH WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :34 Competition 3 = :51 Adult Competition 2 = :34
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
3UH JROG
The Paso Doble is a dramatic and powerful Spanish dance requiring good body control and precise footwork. It can be H[SUHVVHG LQ WHUPV RI LWV RULJLQV IURP WKH PXVLF RI EXOO ¿JKWLQJ RU LQ )ODPHQFR VW\OH Steps 1 to 15 are skated in outside hold with the lady to the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right. The dance starts with a progressive sequence followed E\ WZR FKDVVp VHTXHQFHV 6WHSV DQG DUH PRVW XQXVXDO VOLS VWHSV VRPHWLPHV FDOOHG ³VOLGH VWHSV´ IRU ERWK WKH ODG\ VNDWLQJ EDFNZDUG DQG WKH PDQ VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG 7KH\ DUH VNDWHG RQ WKH Ã&#x20AC;DW ZLWK ERWK EODGHV RQ WKH LFH DQG ZLWK WKH IUHH IRRW VOLGLQJ FORVHO\ SDVW WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW WR IXOO H[WHQVLRQ 7KHUH DUH WZR RSWLRQDO ZD\V WR SHUIRUP WKHVH VWHSV RQH RSWLRQ LV WR VNDWH ZLWK WKH NQHH V RI WKH ZHLJKW EHDULQJ OHJ V EHQW DV WKH\ VOLGH DFURVV WKH LFH DQG WKH RWKHU RSWLRQ LV WR VNDWH ZLWK WKH NQHH V RI ERWK of the weight bearing legs straight. On Step 10, the free foot must be lifted distinctly from the ice. The following change of edge on Step 11 should be boldly skated to produce a pronounced outward bulge of the pattern. The man crosses in front on Step 12, then skates a progressive sequence leading into a cross behind open mohawk. The lady skates a series of cross steps to coordinate with his. After the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s mohawk, the partners assume closed hold. 6WHS LV WKH ¿UVW WZR EHDW HGJH RI WKH GDQFH 7KH PDQ H[WHQGV KLV IUHH OHJ LQ IURQW DQG WKH ODG\ H[WHQGV KHU IUHH OHJ EHKLQG The man then skates a backward edge, a front cross step, then a two-beat back edge before stepping forward into open hold for chassé and progressive sequences. Meanwhile, his partner skates a cross behind chassé followed by two chassés and a SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFH 7KH ¿UVW RI KHU WZR FKDVVpV LV VNDWHG ZKLOH WKH PDQ SDXVHV WZR EHDWV RQ 6WHS 6WHSV WR DUH performed together. Care must be taken to ensure that the partners remain in closed hold to the end of Step 20. 3UREDEO\ WKH PRVW GLI¿FXOW SRUWLRQ RI WKH GDQFH LV WKH FURVV UROOLQJ PRYHPHQW RQ 6WHSV WR 7KH GHHSHU WKHVH RXWVLGH HGJHV are the better, which necessitates very supple knee action owing to the fast tempo of the dance. On the last cross roll the free legs are swung to the front, and both partners remain on the right forward outside edge. Then, only as they bring their free legs EDFN WR WKH KHHO IRU WKH PDQ WR SUHSDUH WR SXVK DQG WKH ODG\ WR H[HFXWH D TXLFN RSHQ VZLQJ PRKDZN RQ WKH ³DQG´ EHWZHHQ FRXQWV IRXU DQG RQH WKH\ FKDQJH WR D YHU\ VKRUW 5), HGJH 7KLV SODFHV KHU LQ RXWVLGH KROG DJDLQ IRU WKH UHVWDUW RI WKH GDQFH 7KH RYHUDOO SDWWHUQ RI WKH 3DVR 'REOH LV DSSUR[LPDWHO\ HOOLSWLFDO GLVWRUWHG KHUH DQG WKHUH E\ RXWZDUG EXOJHV 7KH RSHQLQJ SURJUHVVLYH LV RQ D FXUYH EXW WKH QH[W IHZ VWHSV DUH UDWKHU VWUDLJKW 7KH FKDQJH RI HGJH SURGXFHV DQ RXWZDUG EXOJH IROORZHG E\ 6WHSV WR WKDW IRUP D FXUYH 7KH FURVV UROOV FDXVH D GHYLDWLRQ LQ WKH SDWWHUQ DQG WKHUH LV D ¿QDO EXOJH EHIRUH WKH UHVWDUW RI the dance. ,19(17256 5HJLQDOG - :LONLH DQG 'DSKQH % :DOOLV ),567 3(5)250(' :HVWPLQVWHU ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-52
PASO DOBLE â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold Outside
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Closed Outside
Changing Open
16 17 18 19 20a 20b 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), &K /)2 5), &K /)2 5) /II Slip Step /) 5II Slip Step ;) 5)2 ;% /),2 ;) 5), /)2 5), 3U ;% /)2 OpMo 5%2 /%, 5%2 ;) /%, 5%2 /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 &5 /)2 &5 5)2 6Z5
Number of beats of music 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5%2 /%, 3U 5%2 /%, &K 5%2 /%, &K 5%2 /% 5II 6OLS 6WHS
1
5% /II 6OLS 6WHS
1 ò ò 1 1 1 1
;% /%2 ;) 5%,2 ;% /%, 5%2 ;% /%, 5%2
1 2 1 1
;) /%, 5), /)2 ;% 5), /)2 5), &K /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 &5 /)2 &5 5)2 6Z5 5), 2S0R WR /%, EHWZHHQ FRXQWV
2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
3 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
Dance-53
PASO DOBLE-MAN — OPTIONAL PATTERN DANCE
4 RFI-Ch 5 LFO
3 LFO
1
6 RFI-Ch
2 RFI-Pr
1
1
1
1
1 LFO
1 7 LFO
1 start
8 RF-Lff
1 3
JUDGES STAND
28 CR-RFO-SwR 9 LF-Rff
1
10 XF-RFO
1
27 CR-LFO
1
11 XB-LFIO 1
½+½
26 CR-RFO 25 LFO
1
1
12 XF-RFI
13 LFO
1
14 RFI-Pr
23 LFO
1
1
1
22 RFI-Ch
1
15 XB-LFO opMo
1 1
16 RBO 2
2 1
17 LBI 18 RBO
© ISU
Dance-54
24 RFI-Pr 1
1
20 RBO 19 XF-LBI
21 LFO
PASO DOBLE-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
4 LBI-Ch 3 RBO
5 RBO
1
6 LBI-Ch
2 LBI-Pr
1
1
1
1
1 RBO
1 7 RBO
1 start
LBI RFI-opMo
8 LB-Rff
1 28 CR-RFO-SwR
3 9 RB-Lff
1
10 XB-LBO
JUDGES STAND
1
27 CR-LFO
1
11 XF-RBIO 1
½+½
26 CR-RFO 25 LFO
1
1
12 XB-LBI
24 RFI-Pr 1
13 RBO
1
14 XB-LBI
15 RBO
23 LFO
1 1
1
22 RFI-Ch
1 1
21 LFO
1 1
16 XF-LBI 1 2 1 17 RFI 18 LFO
1
20b RFI-Ch 20a LFO
19 XB-RFI
© ISU
Dance-55
STARLIGHT WALTZ 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = 1:10 Competition 2 = 1:10 Adult Competition 2 = 1:10
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
3UH JROG
The character and rhythm of this dance are similar to that of the Viennese Waltz. The dance starts in closed hold with three chassé sequences for both partners. The third step of each chassé sequence must ¿QLVK RQ D VWURQJ RXWVLGH HGJH $IWHU WKH WKLUG FKDVVp ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH D VL[ EHDW FKDQJH RI HGJH RQ 6WHS 7KH PRYHPHQW RI WKH IUHH OHJ GXULQJ WKH VHFRQG WKUHH EHDWV RI 6WHS PD\ EH LQWHUSUHWHG DV WKH VNDWHUV GHVLUH %RWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH D VL[ EHDW swing roll on Step 10. Continuing in closed hold during Steps 11 to 15, the man skates three three-turns while the lady skates WZR 'XULQJ WKLV VHTXHQFH IUHHGRP RI PRYHPHQW DQG LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ LV OHIW WR WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH SDUWQHUV H[FHSW WKDW WKH\ PXVW UHPDLQ LQ FORVHG KROG &DUH VKRXOG EH WDNHQ WKDW WKHVH WKUHH WXUQV DUH QRW ZKLSSHG $IWHU WKH PDQ¶V ¿QDO WKUHH WXUQ RQ 6WHS KH VNDWHV D EDFN SURJUHVVLYH ZKLOH WKH ODG\ SUHSDUHV IRU KHU RXWVLGH FORVHG PRKDZN 6WHSV D DQG E %RWK SDUWQHUV KROG 6WHS IRU VL[ EHDWV DFFHQWLQJ FRXQW IRXU ZLWK D OLIW RI WKH IUHH OHJ Step 18 is skated in open hold. The man holds Step 19 for three beats while the lady skates an open mohawk. The partners then resume closed hold for the swing roll on Step 20. The lady then turns into open hold, and,while the man does a chassé, VKH VNDWHV DQRWKHU RSHQ PRKDZN 7KH SDUWQHUV UHVXPH FORVHG KROG IRU DQRWKHU VZLQJ UROO RQ 6WHS 7KH ³FKDVVp PRKDZN´ sequence is reversed once more during Steps 24 and 25. During the above three mohawks the lady may place the heel of the free foot to the inside or at the heel of the skating foot before the turn. During Step 26, the man releases his left hand and places it across his back. The lady then clasps his left hand with her right hand. The man releases his right hand so that, on Step 28, he can turn his three behind the lady. During Steps 26 to 28, the man may bring his right arm forward or place it by his side. Steps 27, 28 and 31 are commenced by the man as cross rolls and Steps 27 and 31 as cross rolls by the lady. Step 29b for the lady is a cross behind chassé after which she must be careful to step beside, not step ahead. On completion of Step 29, the partners assume Kilian hold that is retained until Step 32. On Step 32 the man skates a slide chassé while the lady turns a swing three-turn, with a backward lift of the free leg in time with the music, into closed hold to restart the dance. ,19(17256 &RXUWQH\ - / -RQHV DQG 3HUL 9 +RUQH ),567 3(5)250(' 4XHHQV ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-56
STARLIGHT WALTZ — 67(3 &+$57 Hold
Step No. Closed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16a 16b Open 17 18 19a Closed 19b 20 21 22 23 24 25 Changing 26 VHH WH[W
27 28 29a 29b Kilian 30 31 Closed
32a 32b
Man’s Step Number of beats of Lady’s Step music /)2 2 5%2 5), &K 1 /%, &K /)2 3 5%2 5)2 2 /%2 /), &K 1 5%, &K 5)2 3 /%2 /)2 2 5%2 5), &K 1 /%, &K /)2, 3+3 5%2, 5)2 6Z5 6 /%2 6Z5 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 /)2 2+1 3 5%2 5%2 2 3 /)2 &O0R /%, 3U 1 5%2 6 5%2 /), 3 /), 5), 3 2 5), 2S0R 1 /%, /)2 6Z5 6 5%2 6Z5 5)2 2 /), 2S0R /), &K 1 5%, 5)2 6Z5 6 /%2 6Z5 /)2 2 5), 2S0R 5), &K 1 /%, /)2 3 5%2 &5 5)2 3 &5 /%2 &5 /)2 2+1 3 5)2 5%2 3 2 /)2 1 ;E 5), &K /)2 3 /)2 &5 5)2 6 &5 5)2 6Z5 6Z5 /)2 3 3+3 /)26Z 5), 6O&K 3
Dance-57
STARLIGHT WALTZ-MAN — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
30 LFO 32b RFI-SlCh 32a LFO 3 sta
1 LFO
3
3 rt
2
3
31 CR-RFO-SwR
1
29 RBO
6
2 RFI-Ch
28 CR-LFO3
2+1
3 2
3 LFO 4 RFO
27 CR-RFO
3
1 5 LFI-Ch
26 LFO 3
6 RFO 3
7 LFO
1 2
8 RFI-Ch 1
6
JUDGES STAND
25 RFI-Ch
2 24 LFO 23 RFO-SwR 3+3
-Ch
FI 2L
2
9 LFOI 1
O
21
RF
20 LFO-SwR
2 6
10 RFO-SwR
6 3
18 LFI
2+1
12 RBO
19 RFI
3
11 LFO3
3
6 2+1 13 LFO3 3 14 RBO
2+1
2 16a RBO
15 LFO3
Dance-58
© ISU
1 16b LBI-Pr
17 RBO
STARLIGHT WALTZ-LADY — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
32 LFO-Sw3
30 LFO
3+3
3
sta
rt
1 RBO
29b XB-RFI-Ch
1
2 31 CR-RFO-SwR
2 29a LFO
2 LBI-Ch
1
6
3 28 RFO
3 2
3 RBO 4 LBO
1
5 RBI-Ch
27 CR-LBO
3
26 RBO 6 LBO
3 3
7 RBO
1 2
2
8 LBI-Ch
6
JUDGES STAND
1
25 LBI opMo
24 RFI
23 LBO-SwR 3+3 22 RBI 9 RBOI
opMo
1
21 LFI 2
20 RBO-SwR 6
10 LBO-SwR
6
1 2 3
19a RFI
11 RBO 18 LFI
3
12 LFO3
19b LBI opMo
2+1
6
17 RBO
3 13 RBO 2+1
3
ClMo
3 14 LFO3
16 LFO 15 RBO © ISU
Dance-59
VIENNESE WALTZ MUSIC 5+<7+0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :46 Competition 3 = 1:09 Adult Competition 2 = :46
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
*ROG
The Viennese Waltz is a light and lilting dance that must be skated with strongly curved edges. Soft knee action, neat footwork and elegant carriage are essential. 6WHSV WR DOVR WR IRUP D SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFH 'XULQJ WKHVH VHTXHQFHV WKH SDUWQHUV DUH QRW SUHFLVHO\ RSSRVLWH HDFK other but slightly to one side in a partial outside hold skating an evenly round, continuous lobe. The timing of Steps 1 to 4 DQG WR LV XQXVXDO IRU D ZDOW] DQG VLQFH LW DGGV D SOHDVDQW DQG GLVWLQFWLYH WRXFK WR WKH GDQFH PXVW EH FORVHO\ IROORZHG 6WHSV DQG DOVR DQG DUH RQH EHDW HGJHV IROORZHG E\ WKH WKUHH EHDW HGJH 6WHS DOVR 6WHS DQG DQRWKHU RQH EHDW FURVV UROO 6WHS DOVR 6WHS &DUH VKRXOG EH WDNHQ WR IROORZ WKLV WLPLQJ WKDW LV D GHSDUWXUH IURP WKH W\SLFDO waltz rhythm pattern of the rest of the dance. Steps 4 and 19 start the new circle that curves toward the long barrier with an anticipated body weight change. 2Q 6WHS DOVR 6WHS D VPRRWKO\ SHUIRUPHG FKDQJH RI HGJH LV WDNHQ ZLWK WKH IUHH IRRW SDVVLQJ DV FORVHO\ DV SRVVLEOH WR WKH skating foot on deep, well-rounded, strong edges. During this change of edge, the partners change sides. After the changes of HGJH 6WHS VKRXOG FRQWLQXH WKH ZHOO URXQGHG OREH WRZDUG WKH VLGH ORQJ EDUULHU UDWKHU WKDQ FXWWLQJ SUHPDWXUHO\ WRZDUG WKH HQG short barrier. &DUH PXVW EH WDNHQ WR GLUHFW 6WHS RQWR D WUXH HGJH ZLWK WKH ODG\ WUDLOLQJ WKH PDQ 7KHUH PXVW EH D GH¿QLWH FKDQJH RI ERG\ ZHLJKW DW WKH HQG RI 6WHS IRU 6WHS WR EH DFFRPSOLVKHG ZLWKRXW GLI¿FXOW\ 7KH PDQ PXVW VNDWH DKHDG RQ 6WHS ZLWK WKH lady following and paralleling his tracing. During Step 9 they are momentarily in open hold with the shoulders parallel to the tracing. Steps 9 and 10 form a closed choctaw for the man, while Steps 10 and 11 form an open mohawk for the lady that must EH SHUIRUPHG ZLWK WKH FRUUHFW WLPLQJ DQG FRUUHFW HGJHV 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ SODFHV WKH OHIW IRRW WR WKH VLGH DQG VOLJKWO\ behind the right foot that is held forward afterward. 2Q 6WHS WKH SDUWQHUV FKDQJH IURP FORVHG WR RXWVLGH KROG IRU D SURSHU WDNH RII IRU 6WHS 6WHS DOVR 6WHS LV D cross roll. Step 24 should be skated in closed hold with strong edges, a rising knee action and free leg swing to emphasize the character of the dance. ,19(17256 (ULF YDQ GHU :H\GHQ DQG (YD .HDWV ),567 3(5)250(' 6WUHDWKDP ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-60
VIENNESE WALTZ — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Closed*
Closed Open
Closed
Outside Closed Closed*
Closed
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Man’s Step
10
/)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 ;% /),2 ;% 5), /)2 5%2 /), ClCho 5%2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
;) /%, 5), /)2 &5 5)2 /%2 5%2 /%, 3U 5%2 &5 /%2 ;) 5%,2 ;) /%, 5%2 &5 /%2 5)2 6Z5
Number of beats of music 1 1 3 1 2+1 3 2+1 3 3 3
Lady’s Step
2
/)2 OpMo 5%2 /%, 5%2 &5 /%2 5)2 /)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 ;% /),2 ;% 5), /)2 &5 5)2 /%2 6Z5
1 3 3 2+1
3 3 1 1 3 1 2+1 3 3
3
2+1 6
5%2 /%, 3U 5%2 &5 /%2 ;) 5%,2 ;) /%, 5%2 /)2 5)2
*Partners slightly to one side — in partial outside
Dance-61
VIENNESE WALTZ-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
22 RBO 3
21 XF-LBI
3 23 CR-LBO
3 2+1 20 XF-RBIO
24 RFO-SwR 1 LFO
19 CR-LBO
6 1
1
sta rt
2 RFI-Pr
JUDGES STAND
1 18 RBO
3
3 1
3 LFO
1 17 LBI-Pr
1 4 CR-RFO 16 RBO 5 XB-LFIO
2+1
3 15 LBO
14 CR-RFO3 2+1 6 XB-RFI
13 LFO
3
3
3 9 LFI
2+1
clCho 3 8 RBO
7 LFO3
3 10 RBO
2
1 11 XF-LBI
© ISU
Dance-62
12 RFI
VIENNESE WALTZ-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
22 LFO 3
3 23 CR-RFO3
21 XB-RFI
2+1 2+1 20 XB-LFIO
24 LBO-SwR
1 RBO
19 CR-RFO
1
JUDGES STAND
1
rt
2 LBI-Pr
6
sta
1
18 LFO
3
3 3 RBO
1
1
17 RFI-Pr
1 4 CR-LBO 16 LFO 3 5 XF-RBIO
15 RFO
2+1
14 CR-LBO 3 6 XF-LBI
13 RBO
3 3
3 9 RFO
3 7 RBO
3
8 LFO
3
2 10 LFO
12 LBI
1 opMo 11 RBO
© ISU
Dance-63
WESTMINSTER WALTZ 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :58 Competition 2 = :58 Adult Competition 2 = :58
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
*ROG
The Westminster Waltz is characterized by stately carriage and elegance of line. It should be skated with strong edges and a VRIWO\ Ã&#x20AC;RZLQJ NQHH DFWLRQ $Q XSULJKW VWDQFH ZLWKRXW EUHDNLQJ DW WKH ZDLVW LV HVVHQWLDO WR LWV VWDWHO\ FKDUDFWHU 7KH GDQFH LV FRPPHQFHG LQ .LOLDQ KROG WKDW FKDQJHV WR 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG EHWZHHQ 6WHSV DQG 6WHSV WR IRUP D progressive sequence. Step 3, however, changes to an inside edge after two beats so that Step 4 may be directed with a lilt and quick body weight change toward the center. Steps 5 and 6 form an inside open mohawk. At the start, the man is on the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s OHIW EXW GXULQJ WKH WXUQ ERWK URWDWH LQGLYLGXDOO\ WKXV WKH PDQ H[LWV IURP WKH PRKDZN RQ WKH ODG\¶V ULJKW 6WHS VKRXOG EH highlighted by strong edges and good carriage. Step 8 should aim toward the side of the ice surface, and Step 9 should continue around the lobe. On Step 10, which starts as a cross roll for both partners, the lady turns her three in front of her partner. After the turn, the partners join in closed hold, then almost immediately change to open hold for Steps 11 and 12, which are cross behind chassés VNDWHG RQ D FXUYH 6WHS IRU WKH ODG\ LV DQ LQVLGH IRUZDUG VZLQJ URFNHU ZKHUH WKH VZLQJ LV KHOG IRU VL[ EHDWV EHIRUH WKH WXUQ RQ count one of the second measure. Step 13 for the man is an outside forward swing counter with the same timing. At the moment of turning, the partners must be in hip-to-hip position. Step 14 must be taken from the side of the preceding foot. On Step 15 the man follows the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s tracing as she turns an inside three on count four. Steps 16 to 20 are skated in closed hold. Step 16 is a cross roll for both partners. Step 17 has a very moderate progressive movement, and afterward both partners step wide for the start of Step 18. Step 20 begins as a cross roll for both partners. On count three of Step 21, the lady turns a three aiming for the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left shoulder. On count four, she steps onto a left EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG H[WHQGV KHU ULJKW KDQG DFURVV WR KHU SDUWQHU¶V ULJKW KDQG WR DVVXPH 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG 2Q 6WHS 22, the man assists his partner in shifting across in front of him into Kilian hold in preparation for the restart of the dance. Care PXVW EH WDNHQ LQ VZLQJLQJ WKH IUHH OHJV RQ 6WHS GXULQJ WKH 5)2 VR DV QRW WR LQWHUIHUH ZLWK WKH WUDQVLWLRQ RI KROG $ RQH EHDW FKDQJH RI HGJH RQWR D 5), LV VNDWHG DW WKH HQG RI 6WHS WR DVVLVW LQ FKDQJLQJ WKH OHDQ IRU WKH UHVWDUW RI WKH GDQFH ,19(17256 (ULF YDQ GHU :H\GHQ DQG (YD .HDWV ),567 3(5)250(' :HVWPLQVWHU ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-64
WESTMINSTER WALTZ — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Kilian
5HYHUVHG Kilian
Closed Open
Closed
5HYHUVHG Kilian Change Sides
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10a 10b 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21a 21b 22
Man’s Step /)2 5), 3U /)2, 5), /), OpMo 5%, /%2 5), /)2 &5 5)2 6Z5 /)2 ;% 5), /)2 6Z&WU 5%, /)2 &5 5)2 /), 3U :G 5), /)2 &5 5)2 /%2 5)2, 6Z5
Number of beats of music 2 1 2+1 3 3 3 6 3 3 6
2+1 3 2 1 6+3 3
6
3+3 2 1 3 3
2+1 6
3 2+1 3 5+1
Lady’s Step /)2 5), 3U /)2, 5), /), OpMo 5%, /%2 5), /)2 &5 5)2 /%2 5), ;% /)2 5), 6Z5N /%2 5), &5 /%2 5%, 3U :G /%, 5%2 &5 /%2 5)2 /%2 5)2, 6Z5
Dance-65
WESTMINSTER WALTZ-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
1 LFO 2 RFI-Pr
2 1
rt
sta 3 LFOI
2+1 5+1
4 RFI
22 RFOI-SwR
3 3 21 LBO
5 LFI 6 opMo
6 RBI
20 CR-RFO3
3
JUDGES STAND
2+1
19 LFO
3
3 7 LBO
1
18 Wd-RFI
* 17 LFI-Pr
6 8 RFI
16 CR-RFO
3 2
6
3 9 LFO
3 14 RBI 10 CR-RFO-SwR
6
6+3 11 LFO
2 1
12 XB-RFI © ISU
Dance-66
13 LFO-SwCtr
15 LFO
WESTMINSTER WALTZ-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
1 LFO 2 RFI-Pr
2 1 rt
sta
3 LFOI
2+1 22 RFOI-SwR
5+1
4 RFI
3 3
21b LBO 3
5 LFI
21a RFO3 3
opMo
2+1
6 RBI
20 CR-LBO 19 RBO
JUDGES STAND
3 3
3
7 LBO 6
1
*
18 Wd-LBI
17 RBI-Pr
8 RFI 16 CR-LBO
3 2
9 LFO
3+3
3
15 RFI3
3 2+1 14 LBO 10a CR-RFO3
10b LBO
3 6+3
11 RFI
13 RFI-SwRk
2
1 12 XB-LFO © ISU
Dance-67
QUICKSTEP 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
4XLFNVWHS WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = :30 Competition 4 = 1:00 Adult Competition 3 = :45
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
*ROG
This dance is skated in Kilian hold throughout with both partners skating the same steps. To ensure a really good performance, it is essential that the couple remain hip to hip â&#x20AC;&#x201D; that is with the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hip against the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left. The Quickstep must be danced in keeping with the music that is fast and of bright character. )RU WUXH HGJHV WR EH VNDWHG LW LV HVVHQWLDO WKDW WKH GDQFH EH VWDUWHG DSSUR[LPDWHO\ RQ WKH PLGOLQH DW WKH HQG RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH 7KH VHTXHQFH RI VWHSV UHTXLUHV DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKH OHQJWK RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH HGJHV VKRZQ LQ WKH GLDJUDP must be adhered to. Steps 1 and 2 form a chassé sequence, while Steps 3 to 5 form a progressive sequence. Step 5 is a four-beat left forward outside HGJH IRUPLQJ WKH ¿UVW SDUW RI D FORVHG VZLQJ FKRFWDZ 7KH H[LW HGJH IURP WKH FKRFWDZ LV KHOG IRU WKUHH EHDWV WKH IUHH IRRW ¿UVW remains forward, then is drawn down beside the skating foot and swung smoothly outward and backward to assist the knee action to make the change of edge, although optional positions for the free leg are permitted. The change of edge should be GLVWLQFW WR GH¿QH WKH VKDSH RI WKH OREH 7KH UHPDLQLQJ VWHSV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK YLWDOLW\ DQG WKH HGJHV RI 6WHSV WR VKRXOG be as deep as possible. Step 7 is started crossed behind, while Step 9 is crossed in front. 6WHS LV KHOG IRU IRXU EHDWV DQG LV D GHHS RXWVLGH HGJH VWDUWHG ZLWK D FURVV EHKLQG WRZDUG WKH VLGH ORQJ EDUULHU 7KH WUDQVLWLRQ from Step 10 to Step 11 can be made with ease if the right backward outside edge is well controlled. Steps 13 to 18 are skated lightly but distinctly, and care must be taken to maintain the curvature of the pattern. Steps 13 to 15 form a progressive sequence. Step 16 is a cross roll, Step 17 is a crossed behind inside to outside change of edge, and Step 18 is crossed in front. 2Q 6WHS D GH¿QLWH FKDQJH RI HGJH LV H[HFXWHG ZLWK WKH ULJKW IRRW KHOG LQ IURQW UHDG\ IRU 6WHS ,19(17256 5HJLQDOG - :LONLH DQG 'DSKQH % :DOOLV ),567 3(5)250(' :HVWPLQVWHU ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-68
QUICKSTEP â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold
Step No.
Kilian
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Step (same for both) /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 Sw-ClCho 5%,2 ;% /%, 5%, ;) /%2 ;% 5%2 /), 5), /)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 ;% /),2 ;) 5),
Number of beats of music 1 1 1 1 4 2+1 1 1 1 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
Dance-69
QUICKSTEP — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
2 RFI-Ch
1 LFO
3 LFO 1
4 RFI-Pr
1
1
1
start
5 LFO
4
Sw-clCho 6 RBIO
2+1
1
7 XB-LBI
JUDGES STAND
1 8 RBI 9 XF-LBO 1
10 XB-RBO
4
11 LFI
2
12 RFI 2
13 LFO
1 1
1
14 RFI-Pr
15
LFO
1
O
restart
-RF
R 6C
½+½
1
IO -LF
17
1
XB
1
Dance-70
I
RF
F8X
© ISU
ARGENTINE TANGO 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
7DQJR WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Solo after partnering 2 = 1:10 Competition 2 = 1:10 Adult Competition 2 = 1:10
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
*ROG
7KH $UJHQWLQH 7DQJR VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK VWURQJ HGJHV DQG FRQVLGHUDEOH ³pODQ ´ *RRG Ã&#x20AC;RZ DQG IDVW WUDYHO RYHU WKH LFH DUH essential and must be achieved without obvious effort or pushing. The dance begins with partners in open hold for Steps 1 to 10. The initial progressive, chassé and progressive sequences of 6WHSV WR EULQJ WKH SDUWQHUV RQ 6WHS WR D EROG /)2 HGJH IDFLQJ GRZQ WKH LFH VXUIDFH 2Q 6WHS ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH D ULJKW forward outside cross roll on count one held for one beat. On Step 9, the couple crosses behind on count two, with a change of edge on count three as their free legs are drawn past the skating legs and held for count four to be in position to start the QH[W VWHS FURVVHG EHKLQG IRU FRXQW RQH 2Q 6WHS WKH PDQ WXUQV D FRXQWHU ZKLOH WKH ODG\ H[HFXWHV DQRWKHU FURVV EHKLQG WKHQ change of edge. This results in the partners being in closed hold as the lady directs her edge behind the man as he turns his counter. 6WHS LV VWURQJO\ FXUYHG WRZDUG WKH VLGH RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH $W WKH HQG RI WKLV VWHS WKH ODG\ PRPHQWDULO\ VWHSV RQWR WKH 5), RQ WKH ³DQG´ EHWZHHQ FRXQWV IRXU DQG RQH EHIRUH VNDWLQJ 6WHS WKDW LV ¿UVW GLUHFWHG WRZDUG WKH VLGH EDUULHU 7KH OREH IRUPHG E\ 6WHSV WR VWDUWV ZLWK D FURVV UROO WRZDUG WKH PLGOLQH 7KH ODG\ WKHQ WXUQV D FURVV UROO WKUHH 6WHS WRZDUG WKH PDQ WKHQ he skates a three-turn for Step 14. These steps are strong edges followed by Step 15 that is an outside edge that directs the lobe toward the side of the ice surface. 7KH PDQ VNDWHV D WZR EHDW HGJH 6WHS ZKLOH WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D FKDVVp 6WHSV D DQG E WKHQ KH VWHSV IRUZDUG WR SODFH WKH FRXSOH LQ .LOLDQ KROG 6WHSV WR IRUP D SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFH WKDW LV IROORZHG E\ D VZLQJ FURVV UROO 6WHS DFURVV WKH end of the ice surface. Another progressive sequence leads to Step 23. This step is a left forward outside edge for both ending LQ D IRUZDUG FORFNZLVH ³WZL]]OH OLNH PRWLRQ´ IRU WKH ODG\ ³7Z ´ ² KHU ERG\ WXUQV RQH IXOO FRQWLQXRXV URWDWLRQ WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW GRHV QRW WHFKQLFDOO\ H[HFXWH D IXOO WXUQ IROORZHG E\ D VWHS IRUZDUG DQG D VZLQJ RSHQ FKRFWDZ IRU WKH PDQ WXUQHG EHWZHHQ FRXQW IRXU DQG FRXQW RQH RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH 'XULQJ WKH WZL]]OH WKH ODG\ KDV KHU ZHLJKW RQ WKH OHIW IRRW EXW FDUULHV WKH ULJKW IRRW FORVH EHVLGH LW :KLOH H[HFXWLQJ 6WHSV WR WKH ODG\ PXVW VNDWH KLS WR KLS ZLWK WKH PDQ KHU WUDFLQJ IROORZLQJ KLV $IWHU this move is completed, the couple moves into closed hold. 2Q WKH QH[W OREH WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D FURVV UROO RQWR 6WHS EXW WKH PDQ GRHV QRW $IWHU WKH ODG\ WXUQV KHU WKUHH WXUQ DLPLQJ DW WKH PDQ KHU 6WHS KH VWHSV IRUZDUG KLV 6WHS LQWR RXWVLGH KROG ZLWK WKH ODG\ RQ KLV ULJKW 6WHSV WR DUH D VHULHV RI ¿YH FURVV UROOV GLUHFWHG GRZQ WKH LFH VXUIDFH 7KH ¿UVW FURVV UROO LV KHOG IRU WZR EHDWV ZKLOH WKH QH[W WKUHH FURVV UROOV DUH RQH EHDW HDFK 7KH SDUWQHUV VKRXOG VNDWH WKH FURVV UROOV OLJKWO\ RQ ZHOO FXUYHG HGJHV 7KH ¿QDO VWHS LV D FURVV UROO RXWVLGH VZLQJ UROO KHOG IRU WKUHH EHDWV DQG DW LWV FRQFOXVLRQ WKH ODG\ VWHSV EULHÃ&#x20AC;\ RQWR D 5), EHWZHHQ FRXQWV IRXU DQG RQH ZKLFK HQDEOHV KHU WR UHVWDUW the dance. ,19(17256 5HJLQDOG - :LONLH DQG 'DSKQH % :DOOLV ),567 3(5)250(' :HVWPLQVWHU ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-71
ARGENTINE TANGO — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Open
Closed
Kilian
Closed
Outside
Dance-72
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Man’s Step
12 13 14 15 16a 16b 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
5%2 &5 /%2 5)2 /%2 5%2
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
/)2 5), 3U /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 ;% /),2 ;% 5), &WU /%2
/)2 5), 3U /)2 &5 5)2 6Z5 /)2 5), 3U /)2 Sw-OpCho 5%, EHWZHHQ FRXQWV
/%2 5%2 /)2 &5 5)2 &5 /)2 &5 5)2 &5 /)2 &5 5)2 6Z5
Number of beats of Lady’s Step music 1 /)2 1 5), 3U 1 /)2 1 5), &K 1 /)2 1 5), 3U 2 /)2 1 &5 5)2 1+2 ;% /),2 1+1 1+1 ;% 5),2 2 2 ;) /), “and” 5), EHWZHHQ FRXQWV
2 /)2 2 1+1 &5 5)2 1+1 2 /%2 2 5)2 2 1 /)2 1 5), &K 1 /)2 1 5), 3U 2 /)2 4 &5 5)2 6Z5 1 /)2 1 5), 3U 4 /)2 “and” 6Z ³7Z ´ EHWZHHQ FRXQWV
4 2
1+1 2 2 1 1 1
3
3 “and”
5)2 &5 /)2 5%2 &5 /%2 &5 5%2 &5 /%2 &5 5%2 &5 /%2 6Z5 5), EHWZHHQ FRXQWV
ARGENTINE TANGO-MAN — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
5 LFO 6 RFI-Pr
1
1
4 RFI-Ch 1
3 LFO 2 RFI-Pr
1
1
1 LFO
1 start
2
7 LFO
1
9 XB-LFIO
31 CR-RFO-SwR
3
8 CR-RFO
1+2
30 CR-LFO
1
1
29 CR-RFO
1+1
JUDGES STAND
10 XB-RFICtr
11 LBO
27 CR-RFO
2
2 12 RBO
28 CR-LFO
1
2 2
2
13 CR-LBO
14 RFO3
24 LBO
15 LBO
RBI
2
16 RBO
4
2
Sw-opCho
20 CR-RFO-SwR
1
4
1 18 RFI-Pr
25 RBO
1+1 4
17 LFO
26 LFO
2
23 LFO
1
2
21 LFO
19 LFO © ISU
1 22 RFI-Pr
Dance-73
ARGENTINE TANGO-LADY — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
4 RFI-Ch
5 LFO 6 RFI-Pr
1
1
1
3 LFO 2 RFI-Pr
1
1 1
RFI
start
2
7 LFO
1 LFO
1
9 XB-LFIO
31 CR-LBO-SwR
3
8 CR-RFO
1+2
30 CR-RBO
1
1
29 CR-LBO
1+1
JUDGES STAND
RFI
28 CR-RBO
1
10 XB-RFIO
11 XF-LFI
27 CR-LBO
2
2
26 RBO 12 LFO
2
2 1+1
1+1
13 CR-RFO3
14 LBO
2 4
1 17 LFO
24 RFO
15 RFO
16a LFO 16b RFI-Ch
2
Sw-”Tw1”
4
1
20 CR-RFO-SwR
1
4
1 18 RFI-Pr
1
2
21 LFO 19 LFO
Dance-74
25 CR-LFO3
© ISU
1 22 RFI-Pr
23 LFO
AUSTRIAN WALTZ 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:38 Adult Competition 2 = 1:38
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
The Austrian Waltz is characterized by elegance of line combined with the typical lightness of the Viennese Waltz. It should be VNDWHG ZLWK VWURQJO\ FXUYHG HGJHV EHQGLQJ RI WKH VNDWLQJ NQHH DQG ZLGH H[WHQGHG PRYHPHQWV RI WKH DUPV DQG IUHH OHJV ZKLOH PDLQWDLQLQJ D VRIW Ã&#x20AC;RZ WKURXJKRXW WKH ZDOW] The three-turns in closed hold should be skated with the feet of the couple close together. The ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s twizzles should be skated well in front of the man. The leading hand of the man must support the lady during her turns so that there are no stops in the Ã&#x20AC;RZ 'XULQJ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI DOO RI KHU WZL]]OHV WKH IUHH IRRW LV FURVVHG LQ IURQW RI WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW 7KH GDQFH LV FRPPHQFHG LQ .LOLDQ KROG ZLWK D WRXFKGRZQ WKUHH WXUQ RQ WKH OHIW IRRW IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV 6WHS %HQGLQJ RI WKH VNDWLQJ NQHH IRU WZR EHDWV DQG ULVLQJ RQ FRXQW WKUHH LV HVVHQWLDO LQ RUGHU WR WXUQ WKH WKUHH HDVLO\ DURXQG WKH VDPH D[LV WR NHHS WKH Ã&#x20AC;RZ LQ .LOLDQ KROG DQG WR DFFHQWXDWH WKH ZDOW] FKDUDFWHU 7KH YHU\ VKRUW ULJKW EDFN RXWVLGH HGJH LV VNDWHG RQ WKH ³DQG´ after beat three of Step 1. Steps 2 and 3 are followed by a left forward inside edge held for three beats. 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ VNDWHV DQ LQVLGH WKUHH RQ FRXQW VL[ RI WKH PHDVXUH FKDQJLQJ LQWR FORVHG KROG DQG ¿QLVKHV ZLWK D VZLQJ RI KHU free leg starting on count one with the edge held until count three. Meanwhile, the man skates a crossed behind right forward outside stroke on the count of three and steps on count four on a crossed in front left forward outside edge, swinging his right free leg forward matching the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s movement for the same beats. 2Q 6WHS WKH PDQ WXUQV D WKUHH RQ WKH ULJKW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH RQ FRXQW VL[ 7KH ODG\¶V EDFN RXWVLGH HGJH LV DQ RSHQ VWURNH ZLWK KHU IUHH OHJ VZLQJLQJ EHKLQG WR EH FORVHG RQ FRXQW VL[ DQG ERWK SDUWQHUV ULVLQJ The long Step 7 for the lady starts with a right forward outside three on count three, followed by a right backward inside edge with the free leg stretched behind for three beats. Still on the right foot, she changes the edge to a right backward outside edge ZLWK KHU IUHH OHJ PRYLQJ LQ IURQW IRU WKH QH[W WZR EHDWV 7R ¿QLVK WKH PRYHPHQW VKH FORVHV KHU IUHH OHJ RQ WKH QH[W EHDW WR WXUQ her counterclockwise back outside twizzle under the left arm of the man. On Step 7a, the man skates a left backward outside HGJH IRU WKH ¿UVW WKUHH EHDWV )RU WKH QH[W WKUHH EHDWV KLV 6WHS E KH VNDWHV D ULJKW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH ZLWK IUHH OHJ VWUHWFKHG EHKLQG +LV VHTXHQFH LV ¿QLVKHG ZLWK D OHIW IRUZDUG FURVV UROO IRU WZR EHDWV KLV 6WHS F DQG D WKUHH WXUQ RQ WKH ODVW EHDW matching the twizzle of the lady. 6WHS LV DQ RXWVLGH HGJH IRU WKUHH EHDWV GXUDWLRQ ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG 6WHS D IRU WKH ODG\ LV DQ LQVLGH 5DYHQVEXUJHU W\SH WKUHH WXUQHG RQ FRXQW WKUHH ZLWK D VZLQJ RI KHU IUHH OHJ VWDUWLQJ RQ FRXQW IRXU WR EH KHOG XQWLO FRXQW VL[ $IWHU D VKRUW FURVV EHKLQG OHIW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH RQ WKH ³DQG´ EHWZHHQ FRXQWV VL[ DQG RQH WKH ODG\ FURVVHV LQ IURQW WR D ULJKW EDFNZDUG LQVLGH HGJH .HHSLQJ KHU IUHH IRRW FORVH WR WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW VKH WXUQV D EDFNZDUG LQVLGH WKUHH WXUQ RQ FRXQW WKUHH WR ¿QLVK ZLWK D VZLQJ RI KHU IUHH OHJ VWDUWLQJ RQ FRXQW IRXU WR EH KHOG XQWLO FRXQW VL[ KHU 6WHS E 7KH PDQ¶V 6WHSV D DQG E DUH D VZLQJ UROO RI VL[ EHDWV DQG D FURVV UROO VZLQJ RI DJDLQ VL[ EHDWV GXUDWLRQ ,W LV LPSRUWDQW WKDW ERWK SDUWQHUV PDWFK WKHLU IUHH OHJV RQ WKH ODVW WKUHH beats of that section. With the second three-turn of the lady, they change to Kilian hold.
Dance-75
Step 10 for both is a touchdown three turned in Kilian hold on the third beat, followed by a short right backward outside edge VNDWHG RQ WKH ³DQG´ DIWHU EHDW WKUHH %RWK VNDWHUV VNDWH 6WHS IRU FRXQWV IRXU WR VL[ DV DQ RSHQ VWURNH ZLWK WKH IRRW H[WHQGHG back. The lady continues on her Step 12 with a cross roll and a three-turn on count three followed by a very short left backward RXWVLGH HGJH WR KHOS WR VWHS IRUZDUG IRU 6WHS D D WRXFKGRZQ WKUHH 'XULQJ 6WHSV D DQG WKH PDQ LV VOLJKWO\ OHIW RI WKH ODG\ 6WHS LV WXUQHG RQ WKH FRXQW RI RQH EHDW IRXU RI WKH VWHS 7KH ODG\¶V 6WHS D LV D ULJKW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH IRU WKUHH EHDWV DQG LV IROORZHG E\ D FURVVHG EHKLQG OHIW IRUZDUG LQVLGH HGJH RQ FRXQW RQH 6WHS E ZLWK D IRUZDUG H[WHQVLRQ WR PDWFK WKH PDQ¶V IUHH OHJ DQG ¿QLVKHG ZLWK D ³WZL]]OH OLNH´ PRWLRQ %RWK SDUWQHUV FKDQJH WR D ³ZDOW]´ KROG ZLWK WKHLU ULJKW DUPV H[WHQGHG LQ ³KHOLFRSWHU´ VW\OH DIWHU 6WHS E ZLWK WKH PDQ VNDWLQJ EDFNZDUGV 6WHSV WR DUH (XURSHDQ :DOW] W\SH WKUHH WXUQV LQ FORVHG KROG 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ VWHSV KHU FURVV UROO VOLJKWO\ WR WKH OHIW RI WKH PDQ WR WXUQ KHU WKUHH RQ FRXQW VL[ IROORZHG E\ D YHU\ VKRUW OHIW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH D WRXFKGRZQ WKUHH WR VWHS IRUZDUG WR WXUQ WKHLU VLPXOWDQHRXV WKUHH WXUQV RQ 6WHS LQ FURVVHG IR[WURW KROG 7KH SDUWQHU¶V DUPV DUH FURVVHG DW WKHLU EDFN ZLWK WKH PDQ¶V ULJKW KDQG RQ WKH ODG\¶V ULJKW KLS WKH ODG\¶V OHIW KDQG RQ WKH PDQ¶V OHIW KLS On the left backward outside edge on Step 20 both partners release their hands in front to move them close to their hips with WKHLU RWKHU DUPV VWLOO FURVVHG EHKLQG WKHLU EDFNV 2XW RI WKLV KROG WKH ODG\ VWDUWV ZLWK D ULJKW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH URFNHU EULHÀ\ WRXFKLQJ GRZQ ZLWK WKH OHIW IRRW WR VNDWH D ULJKW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH OLIWLQJ WKH OHIW IUHH DUP DERYH WKH KHDG KHU 6WHS D 7KH PDQ VWHSV IRUZDUG IURP D FURVVHG EHKLQG ULJKW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH KLV 6WHS D ZKLOH WKH ODG\ WXUQV WKH URFNHU EHKLQG KLV EDFN WKH %DFN WR %DFN VHFWLRQ WR VNDWH D OHIW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH KLV 6WHS E KROGLQJ WKH ODG\¶V ULJKW KDQG ZLWK KLV OHIW KDQG DQG PRYLQJ KLV ULJKW KDQG DERYH KLV KHDG PDWFKLQJ WKH ODG\¶V PRYHPHQW )RU KHU D WKH ODG\ VWHSV RQ RQH WXUQV KHU URFNHU RQ FRXQW WZR EULHÀ\ WRXFKHV GRZQ WR WKUXVW KHU RQWR KHU 5%2 IRU FRXQWV WKUHH IRXU DQG ¿YH WKHQ VNDWHV ;% /%2 KHU 6WHS E RQ FRXQW VL[
During Step 22, both partners change back to High Kilian hold with their right hands up above shoulder level. On Step 22, the lady skates a cross in front backward inside three turned on count two to skate the right forward outside swing in unison with WKH PDQ¶V IRUZDUG RXWVLGH VZLQJ UROO VWDUWHG ZLWK D FURVV UROO %RWK WXUQ D OHIW IRUZDUG LQVLGH WKUHH KHU 6WHS D KLV 6WHS RQ FRXQW WZR ZLWK WKH IUHH IRRW FURVVHG LQ IURQW 7KH PDQ ¿QLVKHV KLV HGJH VWLOO RQ KLV OHIW IRRW ZLWK D EDFN VZLQJ RQ FRXQWV IRXU ¿YH DQG VL[ 7KH ODG\ VWHSV IRUZDUG 6WHS E DQG PD\ PDWFK WKH PDQ¶V VZLQJ RQ KHU ULJKW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH 'XULQJ WKH WKUHH WXUQ WKH SDUWQHUV FKDQJH LQWR ³FORVHG´ KROG ZLWK WKH ULJKW DUPV H[WHQGHG LQ ³KHOLFRSWHU´ VW\OH 7KH WKUHH WXUQV 6WHSV DQG DUH WKUHH WXUQHG RQ FRXQW WKUHH 6WHS LV D VZLQJ RI VL[ EHDWV GXUDWLRQ 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ WXUQV D IDVW WZL]]OH URWDWLRQV FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH RQ KHU ULJKW IRUZDUG LQVLGH HGJH RQ FRXQW WKUHH XQGHU WKH OHIW DUP RI WKH PDQ ZKLOH KH VNDWHV D OHIW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH IRU VL[ EHDWV ZLWK KLV IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG RQ WKH ODVW WKUHH EHDWV WR PDWFK WKH ODG\¶V OHJ DFWLRQ DV VKH KROGV KHU 5%2 HGJH DIWHU KHU WXUQ 6WHS IRU WKH ODG\ LV D OHIW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH WZL]]OH RI RQH URWDWLRQ WXUQLQJ LQ WKH RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQ FORFNZLVH DQG VWLOO XQGHU WKH OHIW DUP RI WKH PDQ ¿QLVKLQJ RQ D /%2 ZLWK D VZLQJ PDWFKLQJ WKH IUHH OHJ PRYHPHQW RI WKH PDQ 7KH ¿UVW WKUHH RI WKH ³ZDON DURXQG WKUHHV´ 6WHS IRU WKH PDQ 6WHS IRU WKH ODG\ LV WXUQHG RQ EHDW WKUHH RI WKH VWHS 7KH VHFRQG WKUHH RI WKLV VHW 6WHS D IRU WKH PDQ 6WHS E IRU WKH ODG\ LV WXUQHG UDSLGO\ VR WKDW WKH WLPLQJ IRU WKH PDQ LV WZR FRXQWV IRU KLV OHIW forward outside edge with the three being turned on the “and” between counts two and three. The lady skates her right back RXWVLGH HGJH IRU WZR FRXQWV DQG KHU OHIW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH WKUHH WXUQ KHU 6WHS E IRU RQH FRXQW 'XULQJ WKHVH IDVW WXUQV ZDON DURXQG WKUHHV D ¿UP ZDOW] KROG XSULJKW SRVLWLRQ DQG WLJKW IRRWZRUN DUH YHU\ LPSRUWDQW DQG WKH FRXSOH PXVW UHPDLQ RSSRVLWH VNDWLQJ DURXQG WKH VDPH D[LV 6WHS LV D OHIW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH IRU WKH ODG\ DQG D FURVV UROO WKUHH WXUQ IRU WKH PDQ LQ FORVHG KROG )RU WKH ODG\ 6WHS LV D ULJKW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH GRXEOH WKUHH ZLWK WKH ¿UVW WKUHH WXUQ EHLQJ WXUQHG RQ FRXQW VL[ DQG WKH ULJKW EDFNZDUG LQVLGH WKUHH WXUQHG RQ FRXQW WKUHH RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH 7KH PDQ¶V 6WHS D LV D OHIW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH DQG KLV 6WHS E LV D ULJKW IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH FKDQJLQJ LQWR .LOLDQ KROG DV WKH ODG\ WXUQV KHU ¿UVW three-turn. Step 35 is a cross behind left forward inside edge for both skaters held for two counts, and Step 36 is a right forward inside edge in preparation for the restart. ,19(17256 6XVL DQG 3HWHU +DQGVFKPDQQ ),567 3(5)250$1&( 9LHQQD $XVWULD
Dance-76
AUSTRIAN WALTZ â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold Kilian
Step No. 1
Closed
2 3 4a 4b 5
/)2 5%2 EHWZHHQ counts 3 & 4 /)2 5), &K /), ;% 5)2 ;) /)2 6Z
6 7a 7b 7c 8 9a
5)2 /%2 5)2 &5 /)2 5%2 /)2 6Z
2+1 3 3 2+1 6
2+1+3 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
9b
&5 5)2 6Z
6
2+1+3
10
/)2 5%2 EHWZHHQ counts 3 & 4 /)2 &5 5)2 /), &K
2 1
2+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
13a 13b 14 15 16 17 18
5)2 6Z
3+3
3 2+1
19 20 21a
5)2 /%2 ;% 5%2
3
1+4
21b 22
/)2 &5 5)2 6Z
3 6
1 1+2+3
23a 23b 24 25 26 27
/), Sw
1+1 +4
5%2 /)2 5%2 6Z /)2
3 2+1
1+1 4 2+1 3
6
2+1+3
28
5)2
6
2+1+3
Kilian
â&#x20AC;&#x153;Closedâ&#x20AC;? Helicopter
Crossed )R[WURW
Back-toback Closed to High Kilian â&#x20AC;&#x153;Closedâ&#x20AC;? Helicopter
11 12a 12b
29 30 31a
Kilian
31b 32 33 34a 34b 35 36
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
/%2 5%2 /)2 5%2 &5 /%2
Number of beats of music 2+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 2 1 2 1 6
3 2+1+3 3 2+4+2+1
/)2 5%2 EHWZHHQ counts 3 & 4 /)2 5), &K /), 5), -Sw /%2 5)2 5%,2 7Z
3
2+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 3
3 3 2+1
2+1 3 3
3
2+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 2+1 3
6
/)2 2+1 5%2 3 /)2 /)2 DIWHU 2 ct 2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 5%2 1 /)2 &5 5)2 2+1 /%2 3 5)2 3 ;% /), 5),
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
3 2+1 2 ò ò 3 3 2+3+1 2 1
/)2 5), Sw ;% /%2 ;) 5%, Sw /)2 5%2 between counts 3&4 /)2 &5 5)2 /%2 EHWZHHQ counts 3 & 4 5)2 ;% /), ³7Z´ 5)2 &5 /)2 5%2 /)2 &5 5)2 /%2 DIWHU FW 5)2 /%2 5)2 5N / 7G 5%2 ;% /%2 ;) 5%, -Sw /), 5)2 /)2 5%2 /)2 6Z 5), 7Z ò 5%2 /%2 7Z /%2 5%2 /)2 5%2 /)2 5%2 /%2 5)2 5%, ;% /), 5),
Dance-77
AUSTRIAN WALTZ-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
26 RBO-Sw 30 RBO
25 LFO3 3
6
29 LFO3
2+1
2+1 2
31a LFO LFO3
1
1+1+4
6
27 LFO
3 24 RBO
23 LFI3-Sw
6
28 RFO
31b RBO 3 32 LFO
2+1
33 CR-RFO3
36 1L
3
RF
21a XB-RBO
3
20 LBO
2
2+1
RBO
3
3
I
1
3
O
XB
-LF
I
FO
JUDGES STAND
35
RF
21b LFO
3
34a LBO
34b
22 CR-RFO-Sw 6
2+1
19 RFO3
start
2 LFO
2
3 RFI-Ch 1
17 RBO
18 CR-LBO 3
2
3
4a LFI
2+1
16 LFO3
4b XB-RFO 1 3
3 6 5 XF-LFO-Sw
2+1
13 RFO3-Sw
7a LBO
2+1 8 RBO
3
14 LBO
3+3
6 RFO3
7c CR-LFO3
15 RBO
3
7b RFO 3
Ch
FI-
L 12b
O
-RF
R aC
12
1 6 2
3
9b CR-RFO-Sw 2+1 6
10 LFO3
9a LFO-Sw © ISU
Dance-78
RBO
11 LFO
AUSTRIAN WALTZ-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
26 LFO-Sw
30 LFO3 2+1
25 RBO
6
29 RBO
3
3 27 RFI-Tw1½ /RBO
2
31a RBO
½+½
2+1
4
24 LFO3
1+1
28 LBO-Tw1 /LBO
3
31b LFO3
2+1+3
23b RFO
23a LFI3
3 32 RBO
22 XF-RBI3-Sw 21b XB-LBO
2+1+3
33 LBO
1+2+3 1 34 RFO3/ RBI3 36
35
RF
FO
3
JUDGES STAND
I
1
20 LBO 2
2+1
RBO
21 a RFO-Rk/LTd/RBO
3
XB
-LF
I
1L
1+4
2+3+1
19 RFO3
2+1 start
2
2 LFO
LBO
17 LFO
18 CR-RFO3
3 RFI-Ch 1
3
2+1 4 LFI
3
3
16 RBO
2+1 5 RFI3-Sw
15 CR-LFO3
3
2+1+3 2+1
3
14 RFO 13b XB-LFI-”Tw”
6 LBO 13a RFO 3
LBO
7 RFO3/RBIO-Tw1
12 CR-RFO3
2+4+2+1 8 LFO
3
2+1+3
2+1 3
9b XF-RBI3-Sw
11 LFO
2+1
XB-LBO
2+1+3
10 LFO3
RBO
9a RFI3-Sw © ISU
Dance-79
CHA CHA CONGELADO 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
&KD &KD IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:07 Adult Competition 2 = 1:07
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
7KLV GDQFH LV GHVLJQHG WR LQWURGXFH GDQFHUV WR D /DWLQ $PHULFDQ UK\WKP DW DQ HDUO\ VWDJH RI GHYHORSPHQW DQG KHOS WKHP WR appreciate rhythm not only with their feet but also with their bodies. The steps are structured in places so as to portray the feeling of â&#x20AC;&#x153;1, 2 cha-cha-cha.â&#x20AC;? Individual interpretation by couples to add Cha Cha character is permitted provided that integrity RI VWHSV IUHH OHJ SRVLWLRQV DQG GDQFH KROGV DUH PDLQWDLQHG 5HWURJUHVVLRQV RQ SDWWHUQ WUDQVLWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG Steps 1 and 2 are skated on a lobe toward, then away from the barrier. Steps 3 and 4 are slip steps. The man skates three slip VWHSV 6WHSV DQG RI KDOI EHDW HDFK EXW RQ WKH ODVW RQH WKH PDQ UHPDLQV RQ KLV OHIW IRRW IRU DQRWKHU KDOI FRXQW DQG WKH ULJKW IRRW LV OLIWHG 7KH ODG\ VNDWHV WKUHH VOLS VWHSV DOVR EXW DV VKH FRPSOHWHV KHU WKLUG VOLS 6WHS D VKH FURVVHV WKH OHIW IRRW EHKLQG RQ WKH VHFRQG KDOI FRXQW IRU 6WHS E 7KHUH LV D WHQGHQF\ IRU ODGLHV WR RPLW 6WHS E GXH WR WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH ZHLJKW transfer onto the step. Credit should be given by the judges to those ladies who can perform it properly. Steps 1 to 5 are skated LQ RXWVLGH KROG DQG JLYH WKH WLPLQJ RI D Âł FKD FKD FKD ´ 2Q 6WHS WKH GDQFHUV FKDQJH WR KDQG LQ KDQG KROG ODG\ÂśV ULJKW KDQG LQ WKH PDQÂśV OHIW ODG\ÂśV OHIW KDQG LQ WKH PDQÂśV ULJKW WR VNDWH D VHULHV RI FURVV LQ IURQW WRXFK GRZQ VWHSV 2Q 6WHS WKH man changes sides to the right of the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s tracing as he turns his rocker and she her three-turn. After they make their turns on Step 8, the lady is on the left of the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s tracing, switching to his right side after Step 9. 2Q 6WHS WKH SDUWQHUV DVVXPH FORVHG KROG DQG RQ 6WHS ERWK SDUWQHUV H[WHQG WKH IUHH OHJ WR WKH EDFN RQ WKH WKLUG EHDW PXVLFDO FRXQW RQH 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ UHOHDVHV KHU OHIW KDQG IURP WKH RSHQ KROG DQG SDVVHV XQGHU WKH PDQÂśV OHIW DUP DV VKH does the mohawk. On Step 23, the lady places her left hand in the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hand. Step 24 is a swing closed mohawk for both dancers but in opposite directions, so that they turn their back toward each other, releasing hands. On Step 25, the lady places her right hand in WKH PDQÂśV OHIW 1RWH WKDW 6WHS LV D FURVV LQ IURQW IRU ERWK ;) 5%, IRU WKH PDQ ;) /%2 IRU WKH ODG\
Steps 27 to 36a are skated in Kilian hold, and Steps 27 to 36 are the same for both partners. They skate a series of touch down VWHSV LQ .LOLDQ KROG 6WHSV WR /HDGLQJ WR WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI WKH GDQFH LV DQ H[WUHPHO\ GHHS OHIW IRUZDUG LQVLGH HGJH IRU ERWK ,W LV SHUPLWWHG WR UHWURJUHVV RQ WKH SDWWHUQ DV ORQJ DV WKLV LV UHĂ&#x20AC;HFWHG LQ D GHJUHH RI FRQWURO 7KH ODG\ WKHQ H[HFXWHV DQ RSHQ PRKDZN KHU 6WHSV D DQG E WR EH LQ SRVLWLRQ WR UHVWDUW WKH GDQFH 1RWH 6WHSV WR DQG WR VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK D EULHI EXW GHFLVLYH ZHLJKW WUDQVIHU WRXFKGRZQ WR WKH RWKHU IRRW RQ WKH â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? between counts returning to the original edges. ,19(17256 %HUQDUG )RUG .HOO\ -RKQVRQ /DXULH 3DOPHU DQG 6WHYHQ %HODQJHU ),567 3(5)250$1&( 5LFKPRQG +LOO 2QWDULR &DQDGD
Dance-80
CHA CHA CONGELADO — 67(3 &+$57 Hold Outside
Both hand-inhand
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
One hand-in hand
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5a 5b
Man’s Step
Number of beats of music
Lady’s Step
5), 3U /)2 /) 5II 6OLS 6WHS 5) /II 6OLS 6WHS /) 5II 6OLS 6WHS 5 IRRW OLIWHG forward at end of VWHS
1 1 ò ò
/%, 3U 5%2 /% 5II 6OLS 6WHS 5% /II 6OLS 6WHS /% 5II 6OLS 6WHS ;% /%2 5 IRRW lifted forward at end RI VWHS
1
ò ò
6
;) 5)2 ZLWK / 7G
1&1
;) 5%, ZLWK / 7G
7
;) /)2 ZLWK 5 7G /)2 5N
1&1
;) /%, 5 7G /%, ;) 5)2 ZLWK / 7G ;) /)2 ZLWK 5 7G
8
;) 5%, ZLWK / 7G
“and” 1&1
9
;) /%, ZLWK 5 7G
1&1
10a 10b 11
5%2 /), 5), /)2 5), 6O&K /), ;% 5)2
1 1
2
24
/), &K 5)2 /)2 5%2 /)2 5), /)2 5)2 /), &K 5)2 Sw-ClMo /%2
2 2 2 1 1 1 “and” 3 Musical count 4 — 1 — 2 2
/%, 5%2 /%, 6O&K 5)2 ;% /), OpMo 5%, /%2 5%2 /)2 5), /)2 5), /), 5)2 &K /), Sw-ClMo 5%,
25
;) 5%,
2
;) /%2
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
4 “and” 2 2 1
5), ClMo
1 2 1+1
Dance-81
Hold Kilian
Step No. 26
33 34 35 36 37a
/)2 5), &K /)2 ZLWK 5 7G ;) 5), ZLWK ;% / 7G /)2 ZLWK 5 7G ;) 5)2 ;% /), 5), /)2 &K 5), /)2 ;% 5), /), 6Z5 5),
37b 38
/)2
27 28 29 30 31 32
Open
Dance-82
Man’s Step
Number of beats of music 2 “and”
2 1&1 1&1 1&1 1 1 1 “and” 1 1 1 4
2
1 1 2
Lady’s Step 5), /)2 ZLWK 5 7G ;) 5), ZLWK ;% / 7G /)2 ZLWK 5 7G ;) 5)2 ;% /), 5), /)2 &K 5), /)2 ;% 5), /), 6Z5 5), OpMo /%, 5%2
CHA CHA CONGELADO — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
28 RFI-XB-L-Td
29 LFO-R-Td
27 LFO-R-Td RFI-Ch 1&1 26 LFO 1&1 2 1&1 1
20 RFI 21 LFO 22 RFO
R LF FI O 33 -Ch RF 34 I LF 35 O XB -R FI
32
1
1
2
star
1 LBI-Pr
1
y
½ ½
½
1+1 17 LFO3
15 LFI-Ch
1
14 XB-RFO
1
12 RFI-SlCh
13 LFI 2
2 LFO
ff 5a Lf LB f -R ff 5b XB -L BO
6 XF-RBI-L-Td
RB
-R
4
LB
18 RBO
½
2 RBO
10
10
1&1
bL
aR
FI
4
BO
11 RFI
1&1
7 XF-LBI-R-Td/LBI3
JUDGES STAND
2 3
16 RFO
4
1
3
2
37 RFI 36 LFI-SwR
2
t lad
2
1
1
38 LFO
2
1
23 RFO 24 LBO Sw-ClMo
2
1
19 LFO
LFI-Ch
25 XF-RBI
30 XF-RFO 31 XB-LFI
1
1
1
1
1&1
9 XF-LBI-R-Td
1&1
8 XF-RFO-L-Td 8 XF-RBI-L-Td 9 XF-LFO-R-Td 1&1 10 RFI ClMo 1&1 7 XF-LFO-R-Td/LFO-Rk 2 1&1
11 LBI
-R LF
3
RF 4
5
LF
6 XF-RFO-L-Td
-L
-R
1&1
ff
ff
ff
4
2 LFO RBO
1 2
2
4
opMo
37a RFI
FI
B-R
16 LBO 17 RBO
X 35
2
2 19 RFI
1
25
22 LFI
1
FI B-L
1
X
FO
F-R
2 26 RFI
1
38 RBO
1
X 30
XF -
RFO-Ch 1
2
I RF
32
31
LB O
2
LFO RFI 33 O-Ch
2
RB I
23 LFI
24
Sw-ClMo
34
1 RFI-Pr
n
37b LBI 1
1
LF
2 3
1
1
1 t ma
opMo
1
15 RBI
2
1
star
1
1
14 XB-LFI
18 LFO
½
36 LFI-SwR
13 RFO
12 LBI-SlCh
½
1&1
29 LFO-R-Td
1&1 1&1 28 XF-RFI-XB-L-Td
21 RFI 27 LFO-R-Td
20 LFO © ISU
Dance-83
FINNSTEP 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032 ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
4XLFNVWHS WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV VHFRQGV 7KH ÂżUVW VWHS RI WKH )LQQVWHS PD\ EH VWDUWHG HLWKHU LPPHGLDWHO\ DIWHU WKH LQWURGXFWRU\ PXVLF RI HLJKW EHDWV EDUV ZKLFK RFFXUV DSSUR[LPDWHO\ IRXU VHFRQGV DIWHU WKH PXVLF VWDUWV RU WKH FRXSOH FDQ VWDUW WKH GDQFH ZKHQ SKUDVLQJ UHSHDWV DIWHU EHDWV EDUV ZKLFK RFFXUV DSSUR[LPDWHO\ VHFRQGV after the music starts. If the dance is started in other places, the phrasing of the music will be incorrect.
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:16 Adult Competition 2 = 1:16
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
The Finnstep is a fun, fast dance. The best way to describe it is that it resembles â&#x20AC;&#x153;sparkling champagne.â&#x20AC;? It is a ballroom-type Quickstep, and should be danced very lightly, so to speak â&#x20AC;&#x153;over-the-top.â&#x20AC;? This dance is not serious, so it can even be performed D ELW FRPLFDOO\ 3ROND IRONORUH FKDUDFWHU VKRXOG EH DYRLGHG It requires very crisp and tidy timing as well as footwork. The timing is the most important characteristic of the dance, and lack of crisp and clean timing and character should be penalized severely. The accent should always be at the beginning of the beat, not just on the beat. By skating the steps at the beginning of the beat, the couple achieves the required lightness. This dance measures the musicality of the couples. The posture should be very upright, almost stiff throughout the dance. It is essential to skate the longer steps with strong, well URXQGHG GHHS HGJHV WR FRQWUDVW ZLWK WKH FULVS OLJKW VWHSV WRH VWHSV DQG KRSV VPDOO MXPSV ZLWKRXW URWDWLRQ IRXQG WKURXJKRXW WKH GDQFH -XVW VNDWLQJ WKH VWHSV LV QRW HQRXJK ,W LV KRZ WKH VWHSV DUH H[HFXWHG DQG ZKDW LV ÂłVDLG DQG H[SUHVVHG´ ZLWK WKH WHFKQLTXH WKDW LV LPSRUWDQW QRW WKH WHFKQLTXH LQ LWVHOI 7KH WHFKQLTXH LV RQO\ D WRRO IRU H[SUHVVLRQ ZKLFK PXVW EH VWURQJ 1. The Promenade Section The Promenade Section sets up the character of the dance. Accurate and crisp timing with emphasis on the upbeats as well as WKH ÂłDQG´ EHDWV LV FUXFLDO IRU D VXFFHVVIXO SHUIRUPDQFH KHUH 7KH ÂżUVW SDUW RI WKLV VHFWLRQ LV VNDWHG LQ RSHQ KROG RQ D VWUDLJKW OLQH DFURVV WKH ULQN ZLWK OLJKW KRSV DQG XSULJKW VW\OH WR UHVHPEOH D W\SLFDO EDOOURRP 4XLFNVWHS 7KH ODG\ÂśV WZL]]OH RI ò URWDWLRQV KHU 6WHS QHHGV WR EH YHU\ IDVW $W WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI KHU WZL]]OH WKH FRXSOH VNDWHV 6WHSV WR LQ SDUWLDO RXWVLGH KROG OLNH WKH 9LHQQHVH RSHQLQJ VWHSV EHIRUH PRYLQJ WR RXWVLGH KROG RQ 6WHS *RRG FOHDQ IUHH OHJ DFWLRQ LV DOVR WR EH YDOXHG WKURXJKRXW WKLV SDUW 7KH ÂłKRS PRYHV´ QHHG WR EH H[HFXWHG LQ FRPSOHWH XQLVRQ XVLQJ RQO\ WKH OHJV DQG NQHHV QRW WKH XSSHU body. Holds and positions need to be elegant, upright, leveled, the upper body lifted erect and almost stiff. 2. Turn, Twizzle and Stop Section 7KLV VHFWLRQ QHHGV WR EH VNDWHG ZLWK FRQWUROOHG GHHS QLFHO\ Ă&#x20AC;RZLQJ HGJHV ZLWKRXW ORVLQJ WKH FKDUDFWHU DQG WKH UK\WKP RI WKH GDQFH $IWHU WKH VLPXOWDQHRXV WZL]]OHV 6WHS WKH SDUWQHUV DUH IDFH WR IDFH FODVSLQJ OHIW KDQGV ZLWK WKHLU ULJKW DUPV H[WHQGHG WR WKH VLGH DQG D OLWWOH KLJKHU WKDQ VKRXOGHU OHYHO 7KH H[LW HGJH RI 6WHS 5%, IRU PDQ 5)2 IRU ODG\ QHHGV WR EH well-controlled with the free legs stretched behind. On Step 23, the partners move into open hold. During the leg swing, in SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU WKH VZLQJ FORVHG FKRFWDZ 6WHS WKH ODG\ PRYHV DKHDG XQGHU WKH PDQÂśV OHIW DUP WR KDQG LQ KDQG ZLWK DUPV EHQW 2Q 6WHS D WKH PDQ VNDWHV DQ RSHQ 5%, PRKDZN ZKLOH WKH ODG\ VWDUWV KHU 6WHS RQ D 5%, IROORZHG E\ KHU FKDQJH RI HGJH LQ SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU WKHLU VHFRQG VHW RI VLPXOWDQHRXV WZL]]OHV KLV 6WHS F ZKLOH VKH FRQWLQXHV KHU 6WHS 7KH FRXSOH SDVVHV WKURXJK ZDOW] KROG WKHQ WKH ODG\ÂśV OHIW DUP EULHĂ&#x20AC;\ WRXFKHV WKH PDQÂśV EDFN 7KH PDQÂśV ULJKW KDQG KROGV WKH ODG\ÂśV ULJKW GXULQJ WKH WZL]]OH $IWHU WXUQLQJ WKHLU WZL]]OHV RQH URWDWLRQ IRU WKH PDQ ò IRU WKH ODG\ WKH FRXSOH VOLGHV LQWR D VWRS LQ .LOLDQ ZLWK ERWK RI WKHLU DUPV H[WHQGHG WR WKH VLGH DQG WKHLU KDQGV FODVSHG LQ D EXWWHUĂ&#x20AC;\ KROG ZLWK WKHLU IUHH OHJV H[WHQGHG WR WKH VLGH
Dance-84
6WHSV WR DUH SHUIRUPHG RQ WKH VSRW VKRZQ DV VWDWLRQDU\ VWHSV RQ WKH GLDJUDPV 7KHVH FKDUDFWHU WRH VWHSV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG ZLWK OLJKW IHHW DQG FULVS WLPLQJ *RRG FOHDQ IUHH OHJ DFWLRQ ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJV KHOG DW DW OHDVW GHJUHH DQJOHV LV essential. During the toe steps, the couple moves into partial outside hold. The pendular movement of the free leg moves slowly from side to back. On Steps 34, 35 and 36, there is pendular movement of the free leg as it moves slowly from side to back FRXSp 2Q 6WHS WKH IUHH OHJ LV H[WHQGHG WR WKH IURQW LQ EDFN FRXSp RQ 6WHS H[WHQGHG WR WKH IURQW RQ 6WHS DQG LQ EDFN coupé again on Step 41. They conclude the stationary section on Step 42 on their toepicks with both feet close together. 3. Crossing Paths (Changing Sides) Section To achieve the dynamics of performing this section of the dance, the couple needs to accelerate, creating a clear crescendo. The pattern is permitted to backtrack after the stop to enable the couple to have room to complete the pattern and achieve the correct UHVWDUW 7KH VHFWLRQ VWDUWV RQ 6WHS ZLWK D KRS IRUZDUG ODQGLQJ RQ WKH OHIW IRRW 6WHSV DQG VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG ZLWK the free leg bending back 90 degrees, knees parallel and steps lightly hopped. In the crossing paths section it is important that Steps 52 and 58 for the lady, and 51b and 58 for the man, are skated with a good edge across ice to enable the passing by of the FRXSOH VR WKDW WKH FRXSOH ³]LJ ]DJV´ 7KH FKDQJLQJ RI VLGHV RQ 6WHSV DQG VKRXOG EH GRQH OLJKWO\ ZLWK JRRG PDWFKLQJ NQHH DFWLRQ KRZHYHU SROND IRON GDQFH FKDUDFWHU VKRXOG EH DYRLGHG 7KH PDQ\ KROG DQG SRVLWLRQ FKDQJHV WKURXJKRXW WKLV VHFWLRQ VKRXOG EH GRQH HIIRUWOHVVO\ 7KH FURVV EHKLQG FORVHG FKRFWDZ 6WHS PXVW EH VNDWHG ZLWK FOHDQ DQG GHHS HGJHV WR HQDEOH WLJKW VLPXOWDQHRXV WZL]]OHV MXVW EHIRUH WKH UHVWDUW $ SRRU H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH FKRFWDZ DQG WZL]]OH ZLOO OHDG WR GLI¿FXOWLHV IRU WKH UHVWDUW DQG SRRU FKDUDFWHU RI WKH ¿UVW SDUW RI WKH GDQFH Summary 'DQFH LV D PHDQV RI H[SUHVVLRQ ,I WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI WKLV GDQFH GRHV QRW HYRNH IHHOLQJV LQ WKH DXGLHQFH HYHQ LI LW ZHUH technically correct and clean, it would not be a successful performance. The dance must be as much fun to watch as it is to dance; otherwise, the performers should not be rewarded with good marks. ,19(17256 6XVDQQD 5DKNDPR DQG 3HWUL .RNNR ZLWK 0DUWLQ 6NRWQLFN\ ),567 3(5)250(' (XURSHDQ &KDPSLRQVKLSV 'RUWPXQG *HUPDQ\
Dance-85
FINNSTEP â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold
Step Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step No. 1. Promenade Section Open 1 ;% 5) 2 /) 3 5) 4 ;% /) 5 5) 7S 6 /) 7S &K 7 5) + 8 /) + 9 5) + 10 /)2 11 5), 3U 12a /)2 Partial 12b 5), &K Outside* 13 /)2 14 5), 15 /)2 + 16 5%2 17 /%, 3U 18 5%2 + Outside 19a /), 19b 5)2 20 ;% /), 2. Turn, Twizzle and Stop Section Hand-in21 5)2 6Z hand after 5%, 7Z 7Z VHH 5%, WH[W
1R KROG 22 /%2 Open 23 5)2 24 /), 3U 25 5) 7S 26 /) 7S &K Open 27 5), 28 /)2 29 5), &K 30 /)2 31 5), 3U 32 /)2 Sw-Cl Cho 6HH WH[W 33a 5%, OpMo 6HH WH[W 33b /), Stop in 33c 5), 5), %XWWHUĂ&#x20AC;\ Tw 1 VHH WH[W
5), 6OLGH LQWR 6WRS
â&#x20AC;&#x153;Kilianâ&#x20AC;? Stationary Steps DUPV 34 / 7S + H[WHQGHG
35 5 7S 36 /S 7S
Dance-86
Number of beats of music
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò
;% 5) /) 5) ;% /) 5) 7S /) 7S &K 5) + /) + 5) + /)2 5), 3U /)2 7Z ò
ò ò +1+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1
5%2 /%, 3U 5%2 + /)2 5), 3U /)2 + :G 5%, 5)2 5)2%U 5%, + ;% /%2
ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò ò 1 1 2 ò ò +1
1+1 +1
ò ò
1 1 1 ò ò 1 ò ò 1 1 3
1
2+
1 1+1 +2
1+1 +2 1 1 ò
;) 5%, 5%, 7Z ò 5)2 /), 5)2 /), 3U 5) 7S /) 7S &K 5), /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 Sw-Cl Cho 5%, OHIW OHJ PRYHV EDFN
5%2 5%2 7Z ò 5), 6OLGH LQWR 6WRS
/ 7S + 5 7S /S 7S
Hold Partial Outside*
Step No. 37a
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 5 7S +
Number of beats of music ò
37b 5 7S + ò 37c 5 7S + ò 38 ;% / 7S ò 39 5 Ã&#x20AC;DW
ò 40 ;% / 7S ò 41 5 Ã&#x20AC;DW
ò 42 5 / ò End of Stationary Steps 3. Crossing Paths Section Open 43 / 7S + ò 44 5)2 ò 45 /), &K ò 46 5)2 1 47 /), 1 Partial 48 5%, ò Outside 49 /%2 ò 50 5%, ò Open 51a /)2 ¼ 51b ;% 5), ¼ 52 /), ò HOpMo Hand in 53 5%, PDQ¶V ò hand side OHIW KDQG XS by side Change 54 /), ò sides ClCho VWD\V KDQG 55 5%2 ò LQ KDQG
56 ;) /%, + ò ò 57 5)2 ò 58 ;% /), ò 59 5), ò HOpMo 60 /%, ò Change 61 5), ò sides ClCho 62 /%2 ò 63a ;) 5%, ò 5%, %U ò 63b 5)2 + Kilian 64 /), 2 XB-ClCho 65 5%2 1+1+ 5), 7Z ò ò Open 66 /)2 ¼ 67 5), &K ¼ 68 /)2 ò 69 5), 3U ò 70 /)2 1
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 5 7S + ODG\ turns on Tp to face PDQ
5 7S + 5 7S + ;% / 7S 5 Ã&#x20AC;DW
;% / 7S 5 Ã&#x20AC;DW
5 /
/ 7S + 5)2 /), &K 5)2 /), 5)2 /), 5)2 ;% 5), 5), HOpMo /%,
ò ò
5), ClCho /%2 ;) 5%, + /)2 ;% 5), /), HOpMo 5%, /), ClCho 5%2 ;) 5%, 5)2 + /), XB-ClCho 5%2 5), 7Z ò /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2
Tp Toepick H Hop HOpMo Hopped Open Mohawk
Dance-87
FINNSTEP-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
6L
5R
Fp C Tp h
F-T
7 RF/H
4X
B-L
F
½
½
F
½
B-R
1
½
½
start
½+½
10 LFO
LFO
r I-P RF 69 FO L h ½ 68 FI-C R ½ 7 6 FO ¼ L 66 ¼
70
F
½+½
9 RF/H
1+1+1½
½
11 RFI-Pr 12a LFO
65 RBO3/RFI Tw 1½
½ ½ 12b RFI-Ch ½ 13 LFO ½ ½ 14 RFI
2
XB-ClCho 64 LFI
1+½+½
½+½
15 LFO3/H
1X
2L
F
½
½+½
8 LF/H
3R
16 RBO 17 LBI-Pr
½ ½
½+½
18 RBO/H
63 XF-RBI/RBI-Br/RFO-H
62 LBO ClCho ½ 61 RFI ½ 60 LBI ½ H-OpMo ½ 59 RFI ½ 58 XB-LFI 57 RFO ½+½ 56 XF-LBI/H ½
1
19a LFI
1
19b RFO
2 20 XB-LFI
55 RBO ClCho ½ 54 LFI 53 RBI ½ HOpMo 52 LFI 51b XB-RFI ½ 51a LFO ¼ 21 RFO-Sw3/RBI Tw1/RBI ¼ 50 RBI ½ 49 LBO ½ 48 RBI OpMo ½ 47 LFI ½+1+½ 1 ½
22 LBO3
24 LFI 25 -Pr RF LFTp Tp Ch ½ 27 RF ½ I
½+½
23 RFO
1
26
1+1+2
1
1
1 28 LFO 29 RFI-Ch 30 LFO
1
33b LFI OpMo
1
½ ½
33a RBI Sw-ClCho
1 1
31 RFI-Pr
3 32 LFO
© ISU
Dance-88
46 RFO 45 LFI-Ch 44 RFO ½ ½ 43 L-Tp- H ½
STOP
33c RFI/RFI Tw1/RFI (Slide into stop) STATIONARY STEPS 34 - 42 1 34 L-Tp 1 35 R-Tp ½ 36 L-Tp ½ 37a R-Tp-H ½ 37b R-Tp-H ½ 37c R-Tp-H ½ 38 XB-L-Tp ½ 39 R ½ 40 XB-L-Tp ½ 41 R ½ 42 R + L
FINNSTEP-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
6L
5R
Fp C Tp h
F-T
7 RF/H
½+½
3R
B-L
½
1X
2L
F
F
½
8 LF/H
F
½
B-R
½ start
½+½
10 LFO
1
½
½
LFO
r I-P RF 69 FO L h ½ 68 FI-C R ½ 67 FO ¼ L 66 ¼
70
F
½+½
9 RF/H
11 RFI-Pr
4X
1+1+1½
½
65 RBO3/RFI Tw 1½
½
12 LFO-Tw1½
2
½+½
13 RBO
XB-clCho 64 LFI
½ ½
14 LBI-Pr
1+½
63b RFO-H
½+½ 15 RBO/H 16 LFO 17 RFI-Pr
½ ½
½ ½ ½
½+½
18 LFO3/H
62 RBO ClCho ½ 61 LFI 60 RBI ½ H-OpMo ½ 59 LFI 58 XB-RFI ½ 57 LFO
*
½+½+1+1
19 Wd-RBI3/RFO/ RFO-Br/RBI-H
½+½
20 XB-LBO
1
56 XF-RBI/H
55 LBO ½ ClCho 54 RFI ½ ½ ½
21 XF-RBI/ RBI-Tw1½/RBO
53 LBI HOpMo 52 RFI
51 XB-LFI 50 RFO ½ 49 LFI ½ 48 RFO ½ 1+1+1 47 LFI 1 ½
22 LFI
25 RF-Tp
27 RFI 28 LFO 29 RFI-Ch 30 LFO
½
2+1+1+2
1
1 ½ ½
SW-ClCho
1
31 RFI-Pr
O
RF
-Ch LFI FO R H 44 pL-T ½ ½ 43 45
STOP
33 RBI/RBO/RBO-Tw1½/RFI (Slide into stop)
½
1
46
½
1
24 LFI-Pr
26 LF-Tp Ch
1
1
23 RFO
63a XF-LBI
3 32 LFO
© ISU
STATIONARY STEPS 34 - 42 1 34 L-Tp 1 35 R-Tp ½ 36 L-Tp ½ 37a R-Tp-H ½ 37b R-Tp-H ½ 37c R-Tp-H ½ 38 XB-L-Tp ½ 39 R ½ 40 XB-L-Tp ½ 41 R ½ 42 R + L
Dance-89
GOLDEN WALTZ 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
9LHQQHVH :DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:58 Adult Competition 2 = 1:58
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
6,'( 72 67$57
,QWHUQDWLRQDO )LUVW VWHSV VWDUWHG RQ VLGH RSSRVLWH WKH MXGJHÂśV VWDQG
7KH *ROGHQ :DOW] LV D FRPSOH[ GDQFH LQFRUSRUDWLQJ PDQ\ QHZ SRVLWLRQV QRW SUHYLRXVO\ XVHG LQ SDWWHUQ GDQFHV H J ÂłVSUHDG eagleâ&#x20AC;? etc. ,W LV GDQFHG ZLWK ORQJ HGJHV LQWHUVSHUVHG ZLWK WKUHH WXUQV DQG WZL]]OHV DQG GDQFHUV UHTXLUH H[WUD FRQWURO EHFDXVH RI WKH intricate nature of the steps, positions and changes of hold. The pattern of the dance, while optional, must be skated with wellURXQGHG OREHV ,W LV QHFHVVDU\ WR PDLQWDLQ FRQVLVWHQW Ă&#x20AC;RZ DQG D OLOWLQJ ZDOW] FKDUDFWHU WKURXJKRXW The dance starts in closed hold for the opening three-turns. On Steps 1 to 7, the man begins by traveling backwards starting on KLV 5%2 RQ EHDW RQH IRU WKH ÂłZDON DURXQG´ WKUHHV ZLWK WKH IHHW RI WKH SDUWQHUV RIIVHW 7KH IHHW DUH SODFHG RQ WKH LFH EHWZHHQ WKH IHHW RI WKH SDUWQHU 7KH FRXSOH UHPDLQV LQ FORVHG KROG XQWLO 6WHS ZKLFK LV H[HFXWHG LQ UHYHUVH WDQJR KROG LQ ZKLFK WKH ODG\ DIWHU WKH FURVV UROO H[HFXWHV D WZL]]OH RI RQH URWDWLRQ VNDWHG WR RQH EHDW RI PXVLF DQG RQ WKH VZLQJ UROO WKH\ SDVV WKURXJK 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG WR KDQG LQ KDQG KROG 6WHSV WR DUH WKH VDPH IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV 6WHS LV D 5%2 FURVV UROO ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJV LQ D IURQW FRXSpH SRVLWLRQ $W 6WHS WKH FRXSOH FKDQJHV WR .LOLDQ KROG ZKHUH WKH ODG\ÂśV OHIW KDQG LV SODFHG RQ WKH PDQÂśV OHIW VKRXOGHU ZLWK WKHLU IUHH DUPV H[WHQGHG to skate side by side touch down threes-turns for Steps 9 to 12. On Step 13 there is a change of hold at an optional point to a â&#x20AC;&#x153;wrappedâ&#x20AC;? Kilian in which the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left and the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hands are clasped in front of them while the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand is placed across the front of her body to hold his right hand to her right hip. His right arm crosses behind her back to hold her left hand. The free legs are raised behind, over the ice, at an angle of 40-50 degrees, while skating side-by-side double threeturns on a nine-beat long edge. On the second beat of Step 14, which begins from a cross roll, the knee of the skating leg is straightened. 6WHS EHJLQV DV D FURVV EHKLQG IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV IROORZHG E\ D EUDFNHW IRU WKH ODG\ DQG DQ RSHQ PRKDZN IRU WKH PDQ KLV 6WHSV D DQG E 7KH SDUWQHUV UHPDLQ LQ .LOLDQ KROG EXW WKH OHIW KDQG RI WKH ODG\ KROGV RU EULHĂ&#x20AC;\ WRXFKHV WKH PDQÂśV ULJKW hand, and the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hand holds the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand over her head to skate these opposite turns for both partners. On Step WKH SDUWQHUV DVVXPH VWDQGDUG .LOLDQ KROG DQG WKH PDQ VNDWHV D ZLGH 6WHS 2Q 6WHS WKH IUHH OHJV DUH H[WHQGHG DQG Step 19 is a left forward outside. 2Q 6WHS WKH SDUWQHUV DUH LQ .LOLDQ KROG ZKLOH WKH ODG\ÂśV OHIW KDQG UHVWV EHKLQG WKH PDQÂśV OHIW VKRXOGHU RSWLRQDO DQG WKH ODG\ÂśV ULJKW KDQG DQG WKH PDQÂśV OHIW KDQG DUH IUHHO\ RSHQ 2Q WKH ÂżIWK EHDW RI KHU GRXEOH WKUHH WKHUH LV D FKDQJH RI KROG WR 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ ZLWK WKH OHIW IRRW LQ SDVVp On Step 21, the free legs of both partners swing forward for three beats while the man lowers the lady into a semi-sitting SRVLWLRQ ZKHUH KHU IUHH OHJ LV H[WHQGHG IRUZDUG DQG KHU RXVWUHWFKHG ERG\ LV QHDUO\ SDUDOOHO WR WKH LFH 7KH SDUWQHU FRPSOHWHV the movement by lifting the lady so they both can skate side-by-side threes ending with front coupĂŠes.
Dance-90
6WHS ZKLFK LV D EHDW VHULHV RI WKUHH WXUQV RQ RQH IRRW VWDUWV LQ 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG 7KH ODG\ SHUIRUPV KHU ÂżUVW WZR WKUHHV E\ ZUDSSLQJ DURXQG WKH PDQ ZKLOH ERWK RI WKHLU IUHH OHJV DUH LQ DWWLWXGH SRVLWLRQ ZLWK WKH ODG\ÂśV ÂżUVW WKUHH WXUQHG XQGHU WKH PDQÂśV ULJKW KDQG 2Q EHDW VHYHQ WKH KROG LV FKDQJHG VR WKDW WKH ODG\ WDNHV WKH SODFH RI WKH PDQ LQ 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG During their joint three-turns, performed on beat nine, the free legs are moved to back coupĂŠe. After these three-turns, on the ODVW WKUHH EHDWV WKH IUHH OHJV DUH H[WHQGHG DQG UDLVHG EHKLQG DQG VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ WKH NQHH RI WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ LV VWUDLJKWHQHG 6WHS 23 begins in Kilian hold with their left arm and free legs stretched out in front. On Step 24, the lady passes under the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left arm with their right arms stretched in front. 2Q 6WHS WKH SDUWQHUV VWDUW LQ RSHQ KROG )RU WKH ÂżUVW WKUHH EHDWV WKH PDQ KROGV WKH H[WHQGHG SRVLWLRQ GHVFULEHG DERYH DQG WKHQ RQ EHDW IRXU KH EHQGV KLV VNDWLQJ NQHH DQG IUHH OHJ LQWR D SLYRW SRVLWLRQ ZKLOH WKH ODG\ VNDWHV KHU 6WHSV D E DQG F 2Q 6WHS F WKH PDQ VNDWHV D VSUHDG HDJOH LQWR D URFNHU DQG WKHQ LQWR D /%,2 7KH ODG\ WXUQV WKH ÂżUVW 5), RQ FRXQW WZR DQG D VHFRQG 5)2 RQ FRXQW VL[ IROORZHG E\ D IDVW WRXFK GRZQ RQ WKH OHIW IRRW RQ WKH ÂłDQG´ EHWZHHQ EHDWV VL[ DQG RQH WR HQDEOH KHU WR LQLWLDWH WKH 5)2 ZKLFK LV WXUQHG RQ FRXQW WKUHH RI WKH QHZ PHDVXUH $IWHU WKH ODG\ÂśV ÂżUVW WKUHH WXUQ RQ 6WHS F there is a change of hold to â&#x20AC;&#x153;closedâ&#x20AC;? with the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s free leg stretched to the front and the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s free leg stretched behind. At the end of Step 27, the lady performs a one-beat clockwise twizzle of one rotation. On beat three of Step 28, the couple changes KROG WR .LOLDQ 7KH ODG\ PDNHV D YHU\ TXLFN ;% /%2 WR FKDQJH IHHW EHIRUH 6WHS 2Q 6WHS WKH OHIW KDQGV DUH UDLVHG DQG RQ EHDW IRXU WKH PDQ PDNHV D VKDOORZ GUDJ KLV 6WHS D ZKLOH WKH ODG\ VNDWHV 6WHS D 'XULQJ KHU 6WHS E ZKLFK LV YHU\ GLIÂż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ÂłWZL]]OH OLNH PRWLRQ´ RQ EHDW RI WKH VWHS FRXQW WKUHH RI WKH PHDVXUH WKHQ SXVKHV RQWR WR KHU /), 6WHS 0HDQZKLOH WKH PDQ VNDWHV D WZR IRRWHG WKUHH WXUQ KLV 6WHS G OLIWV DQG H[WHQGV KLV IUHH OHJ RQ 6WHS H DQG FRQFOXGHV ZLWK D VHULHV RI FURVV VWHSV KLV 6WHSV I DQG J 7KHVH VWHSV DUH NQRZQ DV WKH Âł&DVFDGH DQG 'LS´VHFWLRQ During the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 30f, there is a change of hold to tango that is retained by the man until the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 32, with the man VOLJKWO\ DKHDG WKURXJKRXW KLV GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV KLV 6WHS During the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s second three-turn, on Step 32, the hold is reversed to Kilian with the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hand behind and on the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s shoulder, and the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hand and the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;s left hand open. The free legs of both partners are stretched behind. On Step 33, after the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s second three-turn, the couple is in Kilian hold with the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand behind and on the left shoulder of the man, and the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand and ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand open. Steps 34 to 45 are the same for both partners. On Step 34, the partners move into open hold with the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hand on the ODG\ÂśV ZDLVW WR H[HFXWH WKH RSHQ VZLQJ FKRFWDZV 7KH\ EHJLQ ZLWK D 5), SURJUHVVLYH IRU WKUHH EHDWV ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJV VWUHWFKHG behind, followed by a forward swing. Steps 34 and 35 and 40 and 41 are open swing side-by-side choctaws â&#x20AC;&#x201D; WKH ÂżUVW LQ RSHQ KROG 6WHSV DQG DQG WKH VHFRQG LQ .LOLDQ KROG 6WHSV DQG 6WHS LV D ZLGH VWHS IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV 6WHS IRU WKH lady is an open mohawk, while the hold changes to closed. Step 47 is performed on both feet, the majority of the body weight IRU WKH ODG\ PDLQO\ RQ KHU ULJKW IRRW DQG WKH PDQ RQ KLV OHIW IRRW 7KH PDQ H[HFXWHV D TXLFN WKUHH WXUQ DIWHU WKH WKLUG EHDW WR EH in position to restart the dance. ,19(17256 1DWDOLD 'XERYD 0DULQD .OLPRYD DQG 6HUJHL 3RQRPDUHQNR ),567 3(5)250$1&( 0RVFRZ &XS 0RVFRZ 8665
Dance-91
GOLDEN WALTZ â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold Closed
Tango 5HYHUVHG Kilian to hand-in-hand â&#x20AC;&#x153;Kilianâ&#x20AC;? DUPV H[WHQGHG
â&#x20AC;&#x153;Kilianâ&#x20AC;? DUPV ZUDSSHG
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7a 7b 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15a
5HYHUVHG Kilian
15b 15c 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
³.LOLDQ´ VHH WH[W
23 24
Kilian
Open Closed
25 26a 26b 26c
27 28
Dance-92
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Number of beats of Step music 5%2 2 1+1 /)2 ò ò 1 5%2 2 1+1 /)2 ò ò 1 5%2 3 2+1 /)2 3 &5 5)2 2+1 2+1 +6 /%2 6Z 6 &5 5%2 /)2 5%2 /)2 5%2 /)2 /%, &5 5)2 ;% /)I OpMo 5%, /%2 ;) 5%, :G /%, 5%2 /)2 5), /), 5)2 /)2 5), OpMo /%, 5%2 5), /%, 6SU( 5), 5N /%, /%2 5)2 /%2
3 1+1 1 1+1 1 3+3+3 3 3
3+3
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step /)2 5%2 /)2 5%2 /)2 5%2 &5 /%2 Tw 1 /%2 6Z &5 5%2 /)2 5%2 /)2 5%2 /)2 /%, &5 5)2 ;% /), %U
2 1 2 1 2 1 9 6+3 8+4 3 2 1 5+1 2 +1 +3
2+1 3
;) 5%, /%, 5%2 /)2 3+3+3 5), 5%, /), 2+3 5)2 5%, 3+4 5)2 /)2 5), OpMo /%, 2 5%2 1 /), 1+4 5), +3+1 5%2 5)2 ZLWK VOLJKW Td of left foot before UG WXUQ
2+1 /%2 7Z 2+1 5)2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? ;% /%2 EHWZHHQ FWV
Hold Kilian Changing Closed
Step No. 29 30a 30b 30c 30d
30e
Changing Closed 5HYHUVHG Kilian Kilian Open
Kilian
30f 30g 31 32a 32b 32c 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
Closed
47a 47b
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
Number of beats of music ;) 5%, 3 /)2 6 3 1+2 +3 5), 2+1 3+3+2 /)2 5), 3 +1 /)2 5), â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? EHWZHHQ FWV
/)2 5%2 3 VWDUWHG EULHĂ&#x20AC;\ RQ IHHW
5%2 ;) /%, 2 ;) 5%2 1 ;% /%2 3 ;) 5%, 2+3 1 5)2 +1 1 4 /)2 /%, 3+3+3 9 5), 5 Sw OpCho /%2 1 ;) 5%, 2 /%2 &K 1 5)2 3 ;% /), 2 OpCho 5%2 1 ;) /%2 2 5)2 1 ;% /), 3 :G 5), 3+3 /)2 2 5), 3U 1 /)2 5), /)2
2+ ò ò
1 2
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step ;) 5%, /)2 5), 5%27Z 5%2 5),Âł7Z´
/), 5)2 /), 3U 5)2 &U /)2 5), Sw OpCho /%2 ;) 5%, /%2 &K 5)2 ;% /), OpCho 5%2 ;) /%2 5)2 ;% /), :G 5), /)2 5), OpMo /%, /%, 5%2
Dance-93
GOLDEN WALTZ-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
24 25
Op
RF
I
LB
Mo
2
20 RFI
23 LFO
3
I
9
1 6+3
5+1
26a RBO3
22 RFO3
8+4
3 28 LBO
LFO
RB
O
I
15a XB-LFI
3
14 CR-RFO
29 XF-RBI
3
30a LFO
3
13 LFO3/LBI3
3+3+3
6
JUDGES STAND
18
15 bR Op BI Mo
2+1
27 RFO3
1
* 1 15 16 X 7W cL F d-L BO -RBI B
2
26c RFI-LBI-SprE/RFI-Rk/LBI/LBO
19
2
2
1 21 LFI3
2+1+3
1
2+1 1
30c RFI3
12 RBO
1+1
3 30d LFO-RFI/LFO-RFI3
30
8 CR-RBO
3
-L XB
9 LFO3
1
BI
f
30
3
2
O
B O/R
-RB
10 RBO
1+1
3
FO eL
11 LFO3
1
BO
F-R
gX
30
O
-LB
7b LBO-Sw
B 1X
3
6 7a CR-RFO3
32 XF-RBI3/RFO3
2+3+1
6 LFO 2+1
40 RBO OpCho 39 XB-LFI
33 LFO3/LBI3
3+3+3
2
3 38 RFO 1
37 LBO-Ch 36 XF-RBI
1
35 LBO
3
1
1
3
43 XB-LFI
½+½
*
2 3+3
44 Wd-RFI3
SwOpCho
2
34 RFI © ISU
Dance-94
5 RBO
42 RFO
2
rt sta
5
2
3
41 XF-LBO
45
LFO
1 Pr
46
IRF
½+½
4 LFO3 3 RBO 2 LFO3
2 1 RBO
2 ½+½ 47a LFO-RFI 47b LFO3
GOLDEN WALTZ-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
24 25
RF
I
opM
LB
o
26a RBO 26b LFI
20 RFI3/RBI3
23 LFO
2
I
3
1
3+3+3
2 1 21 LFI3
2+3+3+4
1
6+3 2
22 RFO3/RBI3/RFO3
1
2
16
1+4+3+1
18
19
LFO
RB
O
XF- 17 LB RB I I
26c RFI3/RBO3/RFO3 2+1
27 LBO-Tw1 28 RFO3
15 XB-LFI-Br
3+3 2+1
14 CR-RFO
XB-LBO
13 LFO3/LBI3 3
3
JUDGES STAND
3
29 XF-RBI
30a LFO
3+3+3
1+2+3+3+3+2+1 1
30b RFI3/RBOTw2/RBO3/RFI”Tw”
12 RBO
1+1 11 LFO3
1 1+1 3
10 RBO 9 LFO3
8 CR-RBO 3 31 LFI 32a RFO
1
32b LFI-Pr
1
7 CR-LBO-Tw1/LBO-Sw
32c RFO
39 XB-LFI
2 33 CR-LFO
3
9
38 RFO 1
1
35 LBO
5 LFO3
42 RFO
2
2+1
1
1
43 XB-LFI
3
1
* 44 Wd-RFI3
3+3 rt
sta
36 XF-RBI
3
41 XF-LBO
37 LBO-Ch
2
6 RBO
2+1+6
4 Op 40 RB Ch o O
SwOpCho
5
2 1 1 45 LFO © ISU
1+1
3 LFO3
1
2 RBO
1+1 1 LFO3
O
B I-R LB b I 47 LB a 47 o M Op FI R 46
34 RFI
2
4 RBO
Dance-95
MIDNIGHT BLUES 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
%OXHV IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:38 Adult Competition 2 = 1:38
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
6HW
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
7KH 0LGQLJKW %OXHV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK VWURQJ HGJHV DQG GHHS NQHH DFWLRQ WR DFKLHYH WKH GHVLUHG VORZ UK\WKPLF UHOD[HG DQG HDV\JRLQJ H[SUHVVLRQ ,QGLYLGXDO LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ E\ WKH FRXSOH WR DGG EOXHV FKDUDFWHU LV SHUPLWWHG SURYLGHG WKDW WKH VWHSV IUHH OHJ SRVLWLRQV DQG SRVLWLRQV KROGV DUH PDLQWDLQHG 7KH GDQFH PXVW EH VNDWHG ZLWK WKH IXOO SDWWHUQ DQG GHHS OREHV DV GHVFULEHG LQ the diagram. “The Beginning Section” — Steps 1 to 4 7KH GDQFH EHJLQV ZLWK WKH FRXSOH LQ DQ XQXVXDO RSHQ SRVLWLRQ UHYHUVH )R[WURW KROG VNDWLQJ SURJUHVVLYH 6WHSV DQG ZKLFK PLUURU HDFK RWKHU DQG VKRXOG EH VNDWHG RQ DQ HYHQ OREH WKDW VWDUWV WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ULQN 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ VNDWHV WZR IDVW ³EHKLQG FURVV IRRW´ WKUHH WXUQV 6WHSV D DQG E WXUQLQJ RQ WKH ODVW KDOI FRXQW RI EHDW WKUHH DQG WKH ODVW KDOI FRXQW RI EHDW IRXU ZKLOH WKH PDQ MRLQV KHU DV KH VNDWHV KLV 5)2 ³EHKLQG FURVV IRRW´ WKUHH WXUQ WXUQLQJ RQ WKH ODVW KDOI FRXQW RI EHDW IRXU 2Q 6WHS D WKH PDQ SDVVHV WKH ODG\ WR WUDFN EHKLQG KHU ZKLOH WKH\ DVVXPH D EULHI ³.LOLDQ´ KROG ZLWK ERWK RI KLV KDQGV RQ KHU KLSV 2Q WKLV VWHS 6WHS IRU WKH ODG\ WKH\ FRPPHQFH ZLWK WKH IUHH IRRW UHPDLQLQJ FURVVHG EHKLQG DQG WKHQ VNDWH ZLWK ³IDQ´ OHJ NLFNV HQGLQJ ZLWK EDFN FRXSpHV RQ FRXQW WKUHH DIWHU ZKLFK WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D VOLJKW FKDQJH RI HGJH RQ FRXQW IRXU ZKLOH WKH PDQ VWHSV IRUZDUG RQ D 5), 6WHS E RQ FRXQW IRXU RI WKH VDPH PHDVXUH “The Swing Change to the Tuck” — Steps 5 to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“The Swoop” — Steps 10 to 12 7KLV VHFWLRQ RI WKH GDQFH EHJLQV RQ FRXQW RQH ZLWK 6WHS D FURVV LQ IURQW /%, IRU WKH PDQ DQG D /)2 IRU WKH ODG\ LQ FORVHG KROG 7KH PDQ FRPPHQFHV KLV ORQJ QLQH EHDW 6WHS RQ FRXQW WZR WXUQV D 5%2 WKUHH WXUQ RQ FRXQW WKUHH H[HFXWHV D IURQW FRXSpH 5), EUDFNHW RQ FRXQW IRXU D FRXSpH EHKLQG RQ FRXQW RQH RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH KH WKHQ KROGV WKH 5%2 HGJH ZLWK KLV IUHH IRRW H[WHQGHG EDFN IRU WKUHH PRUH FRXQWV ZKHUHXSRQ KH VNDWHV D FKDQJH RI HGJH DIWHU ZKLFK RXWVLGH KROG LV DVVXPHG H[WHQGV KLV IUHH OHJ IRUZDUG SODFLQJ KLV OHIW DQNOH XQGHU WKH ODG\¶V OHIW DQNOH ZKLOH VKH LV LQ ³DWWLWXGH´ SRVLWLRQ IRU WZR EHDWV DQG FRQFOXGHV ZLWK D 5%, URFNHU RQ WKH ³DQG´ DW WKH HQG RI FRXQW WZR RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH 7KH ODG\ GXULQJ WKH PDQ¶V 6WHS VNDWHV D ULJKW SURJUHVVLYH 6WHS D WKHQ D /)2 IURQW FRXSpH WKUHH WXUQ 6WHS E ZKLOH KH WXUQV KLV EUDFNHW )RU 6WHS F DIWHU D 5%2 WKUHH WXUQ WXUQHG XQGHU KLV OHIW DUP WXUQHG RQ FRXQW WZR RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH WKH\ UHVXPH FORVHG KROG 6KH H[WHQGV KHU OHIW OHJ EDFNZDUG DQG DV VKH FKDQJHV HGJH WR DQ RXWVLGH WKH\ DVVXPH RXWVLGH ³KDQG WR KDQG´ KROG VR WKH ODG\ LV QRZ IDFLQJ WKH PDQ ZLWK ERWK KDQGV H[WHQGHG DQG SODFHV KHU H[WHQGHG EHQW OHIW OHJ EHKLQG KHU DFURVV KHU WUDFLQJ LQ KHU ³DWWLWXGH´ SRVLWLRQ ZKHUH KLV OHIW DQNOH WRXFKHV KHUV IRU WZR EHDWV FRXQWV RQH DQG WZR RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH 7KH\ FRQFOXGH WKLV VWHS ZLWK KHU 5)2 URFNHU DQG KLV 5%, URFNHU RQ WKH ³DQG´ EHWZHHQ FRXQWV WZR DQG WKUHH 2Q FRXQW WKUHH WKH PDQ WKHQ WKUXVWV VWURQJO\ LQ UHYHUVH RXWVLGH KROG RQ WR D /)2 6WHS IRU KLV /)2 WKUHH RQ FRXQW IRXU ZKLOH VKH VNDWHV D FURVV LQ IURQW Dance-96
/%, DQG WKHQ WXUQV KHU FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WZL]]OH RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ RQ FRXQW IRXU DV ZHOO IROORZHG E\ D YHU\ VKRUW 5%2 RQ “and.” “The Edge Section” — Steps 13 to 16 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D IRXU EHDW /)2 7KH PDQ VNDWHV D WZR EHDW 5%2 6WHS D LQ FORVHG KROG DQG D /)2 6WHS E IRU WZR EHDWV LQ RSHQ KROG 7KH FRXSOH VNDWHV D 5)2 FURVV UROO 6WHS DV WKH PDQ WXUQV KLV WKUHH WXUQ RQ FRXQW WZR DQG H[WHQGV KLV IUHH OHJ WR PDWFK WKH ODG\¶V IRXU EHDW VZLQJ UROO 7KLV LV IROORZHG E\ D /)2 WKUHH WXUQ IRU WKH ODG\ WXUQHG RQ FRXQW WZR RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH KHU 6WHS ZKLOH KH VNDWHV D /)2 6WHS D FURVV EHKLQG 5), 6WHS E FRQFOXGLQJ ZLWK D WZR EHDW RXWVLGH HGJH IRU ERWK 6WHS ² D /)2 IRU WKH PDQ DQG D 5%2 IRU WKH ODG\ “The Ina Bauer” — Steps 17 to 21 7KH PDQ FRPPHQFHV ZLWK D FURVV UROO RQWR D 5)2 6WHS D DQG RQ FRXQW WZR VNDWHV D FURVV EHKLQG /), LQWR DQ ³,QD %DXHU´ IRU WZR FRXQWV 7KH ODG\ VNDWHV D EDFN FURVV UROO /%2 WXUQLQJ D WKUHH WXUQ RQ FRXQW WZR MRLQLQJ WKH PDQ LQ .LOLDQ KROG WR PDWFK WKH ³,QD %DXHU´ ERWK ZLWK ERG\ ZHLJKW RQ WKH /), DQG WKH ULJKW IRRW LQ UHYHUVH SRVLWLRQ RQ D 5%, IROORZHG E\ D IDVW WKUHH WXUQ RQ WKH FRXQW RI ³DQG´ ZLWKRXW OLIWLQJ WKH ULJKW IRRW RII WKH LFH 2Q FRXQW RQH ERWK VNDWH D WZR EHDW FURVV LQ IURQW 5%, 6WHS IROORZHG E\ D YHU\ IDVW /%, VWHSSHG ZLGH E\ ERWK RQ WKH ³DQG´ EHWZHHQ FRXQWV WZR DQG WKUHH 7KH VHFWLRQ FRQFOXGHV RQ 6WHS ZKHQ WKH PDQ VNDWHV D 5%2 IRU IRXU FRXQWV ZKLOH WKH ODG\ VWHSV RQWR D 5%2 DQG LPPHGLDWHO\ WXUQV D EDFN WZL]]OH RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ RQ FRXQW IRXU WKHQ KROGV WKH HGJH IRU WZR EHDWV H[WHQGLQJ KHU OHJ WR PDWFK WKH PDQ %RWK FRQFOXGH ZLWK D SURJUHVVLYH UXQ RQ EHDWV WKUHH DQG IRXU 6WHS ² /)2 DQG 6WHS ² 5),
“The Layover /Layback” — Steps 22 and 23 7KLV VHFWLRQ EHJLQV LQ .LOLDQ KROG ZLWK D /)2 6WHS IRU ERWK VNDWHUV RQ FRXQW RQH 6WHS FRPPHQFHV RQ FRXQW WZR WKHQ WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D 5), URFNHU RQ FRXQW WKUHH DQG EULHÀ\ WXFNV KHU OHJ KROGLQJ WKH EDFN HGJH IRU FRXQW IRXU DQG DVVXPLQJ D ³OD\EDFN´ SRVLWLRQ RQ FRXQW RQH RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH 7KH PDQ VNDWHV KLV 5), FKDQJH RI HGJH DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV WKH ODG\ VNDWHV her rocker on count three, changing to outside hold. &RQWLQXLQJ RQ KLV ULJKW IRRW RQ FRXQW RQH WKH PDQ DVVXPHV D ³OD\RYHU´ SRVLWLRQ VNDWLQJ RQ KLV 5)2 ZLWK KLV IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG EDFNZDUGV ZKLOH VXSSRUWLQJ WKH ODG\ LQ KHU ³OD\EDFN´ SRVLWLRQ RQ KHU 5%, ZLWK KHU OHIW OHJ H[WHQGHG WR SDUDOOHO WKH OLQH RI the man’s free leg. Their body positions should also be parallel and they should be as horizontal to the ice as possible. These SRVLWLRQV DUH KHOG IRU WZR EHDWV DQG DUH FRPSOHWHG ZKHQ WKH\ ULVH XS WR H[HFXWH PDWFKLQJ GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV RQ FRXQWV WKUHH DQG IRXU 'XULQJ WKH WKUHH WXUQV WKH PDQ PRYHV KLV SDUWQHU IURP KLV ULJKW VLGH WR KLV OHIW VLGH LQ SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU WKH QH[W VWHS “The Concluding Section” — Steps 24 to 26 7KH GDQFH LV FRQFOXGHG E\ WKH PDQ VNDWLQJ 6WHS DV FURVV UROO /)2 WKUHH WXUQ RXWVLGH KROG RQ FRXQW WZR ZKLOH WKH ODG\ VNDWHV KHU /%, 6WHS IROORZHG E\ WKH FRXSOH VNDWLQJ D 5%2 LQ .LOLDQ SRVLWLRQ 6WHS RQ FRXQW WKUHH 2Q FRXQW IRXU WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D FURVV FXW /%, 6WHS D ZKLOH WKH PDQ FRPPHQFHV KLV 6WHS ZLWK D FURVV FXW 7KH ODG\ WKHQ VNDWHV KHU 6WHS E ZLWK D 5%2 VZLQJ UROO DV WKH\ PLUURU HDFK RWKHU LQ UHYHUVH )R[WURW KROG LQ SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU WKH UHVWDUW RI WKH GDQFH ZKLOH WKH PDQ matches her leg swing. 'H¿QLWLRQV Attitude: The free leg is bent at a 90-degree angle and brought up, out and behind. Behind Cross-Foot Three: A three-turn skated with the free foot crossed in behind the skating foot instead of at the heel. Coupée: The free foot is held up in contact with the skating leg from an open hip position so that the free foot is at right angles to the skating foot. Cross Cuts: 6LPLODU WR FURVV UROO DV IUHH OHJ FURVVHV VNDWLQJ OHJ DERYH WKH NQHH EXW VNDWHG ZLGH RQWR VDPH QRW FRQWUDVWLQJ curve. Fan Leg Kick: 7KH IUHH OHJ VZLQJV LQ DQ DUF GHJUHH DQJOH WR WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ DW KLS KHLJKW RU KLJKHU Ina Bauer: $ PRYHPHQW RQ WZR IHHW LQ ZKLFK WKH ZHLJKW LV RQ WKH IURQW IRRW ZLWK WKH EDFN IRRW H[WHQGHG LQ WKH RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQ EXW EHKLQG WKH WUDFLQJ RI WKH OHDGLQJ IURQW IRRW Tuck: 7KH IUHH IRRW LV KHOG XS LQ FRQWDFW ZLWK WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ IURP D FORVHG KLS SRVLWLRQ MXVW EHORZ WKH NQHH ,19(1725 5R\ %UDGVKDZ 6XH %UDGVKDZ 0DUN %UDGVKDZ DQG -XOLH 0DF'RQDOG ),567 3(5)250(' 9DQFRXYHU &DQDGD 0DUFK Dance-97
MIDNIGHT BLUES â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold Open
â&#x20AC;&#x153;Kilianâ&#x20AC;? both manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s hands on ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s hips
Step No. 1 2 3a 3b 4a
4b Closed 5 6 2XWVLGH &ORVHG 7 8 Kilian 9a 9b Closed
Closed at ch of edge to Outside hand-to hand with arms H[WHQGHG 5HYHUVH Outside Handto hand with DUPV H[WHQGHG Open Closed
Kilian
10 11a 11b 11c
Kilian Open
Dance-98
5)2 /), 5)2 5)2 ;)W
Number of beats of music 1 1 ò ò ò ò ò ò 3 3+1
;% /%2 ÂľIDQÂś leg kick to back coupĂŠ on ct 3 5), RQ FW
1 /)2 5), 3U /)2, ;) 5%, :G /%, 1 5%2 FRQFOXGHG 2 with leg tuck ;) /%, 5%2 -front coupĂŠ5), %U 5%2 -coupĂŠ behind H[WHQVLRQ IRU 5%2, 5%, 5N EHWZHHQ
1 1+1
+2
1+3 +2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1+1
13a
5%2
2
13b 14 15a 15b 16 17a 17b
/)2 &5 5)26Z /)2 ;% 5), /)2 &5 5)2 ;% /), ,Q%D /), EHWZHHQ FRXQWV
;) 5%, :G /%, EHWZHHQ
5%2 /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 5)2 With layover on count 1 5)2 5%, &5 /)2 5%2 ; &XW /%, 6Z5
2 1+3 1 1
24 25 26a 26b
1+2
1
/)2
19 20 21 22 23
1 1 2+1+3 1
1+1 +5
12
18
Outside
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
4 1+1
&5 5)2 6Z5 /)2
1+1 +2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
5%2 &5 /%2 /), ,Q%D /), EHWZHHQ FRXQWV
1+3 1 1 1 1+2 +2 +1+1
1+1
2 1
5
5%2 /%, 3U 5%2, /), 3U :G 5), RQ FRXQW 5), IROORZHG by leg tuck /)2 5), 3U front coupĂŠ /)2 5%2 5),2 5)2 5N EHWZHHQ
;) /%, 7ZO 5%2 /)2
2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 4
/), 5)2 /), ;)W 5)2 ;)W ;% /%2, ÂľIDQÂś leg kick to back coupĂŠ on ct 3 change on ct 4
1+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 4
2 1 1+2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
1 4
;) 5%, :G /%, EHWZHHQ
5%27ZO 5%2 /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 5N 5%, With layback on FRXQW 5%, 5)2 /%, 5%2 ; &XW /%, 5%2 6Z5
MIDNIGHT BLUES-MAN — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
25 RBO
21 RFI-Pr
1
5
1
1
1
1+1 26 XCut LBI-SwR
20 LFO
22 LFO
24 CR-LFO3
start
23 RFI/RFO/ RFO3/RBI3 1 1
1 RFO
1+2+2+1+1
4 2
19 RBO
* 18 XF-RBI
Wd-LBI
2 LFI 1+2 3 RFO/RFO-XFt3
17b XB-LFI-InBa/LFI3
1½+½ 17a CR-RFO
4a XB-LBO
2
3
4b RFI
JUDGES STAND
16 LFO
1
1
5 LFO
15b XB-RFI
1
1 1 6 RFI-Pr
15a LFO
1 2+1+3 1+3
14 CR-RFO-Sw3
7 LFOI3 13b LFO 2
8 XF * 1 9b RBO
2
BI -R
9a Wd-LBI
1
1+1
2
10 XF-LBI
13a RBO
12 LFO3
1
1+1+5+2 11 RBO3/RFI-Br/RBOI/RBI-Rk © ISU
Dance-99
MIDNIGHT BLUES-LADY — 6(7 3$77(51 '$1&(
25 RBO
21 RFI-Pr
26a XCut LBI 1
26b RBO-SwR
24 LBI
1
1 1
2
start
4
20 LFO
22 LFO
1
1
2
1+2+2+1+1 1 LFI 2 RFO
1
3a LFI-XFt3 3b RFO-XFt3
* 18 XF-RBI
Wd-LBI
½+½ 17 CR-LBO3/LFI-InBa/LFI3 ½+½
1+1+2
16 RBO
4 XB-LBOI 2
3+1
JUDGES STAND
19 RBOTw1/RBO
1+3
23 RFI-Rk/RBI/ RBI3/RFO3
5 RBO 1+1
1 6 LBI-Pr
15 LFO3
1 2+1+3 4
14 CR-RFO-SwR
7 RBOI3
13 LFO 4
8 r
I-P LF
* 9 Wd-RFI/RFI3
1
1+2
RBO
1+1
12 XF-LBI-Tw1
10 LFO
1
1+3+2 1
11a RFI-Pr
1+1 11b LFO3 © ISU
Dance-100
11c RBO3/RFIO/RFORk
RAVENSBURGER WALTZ 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
:DOW] WKUHH EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = :58 Adult Competition 2 = :58
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
7KH 5DYHQVEXUJHU :DOW] VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK WKH FKDUDFWHU RI D 9LHQQHVH :DOW] $ VWURQJ ZDOW] IHHOLQJ LV DFKLHYHG E\ D continuous, lilting knee action accenting counts one and four, and by stressing the â&#x20AC;&#x153;2 + 1â&#x20AC;? count of many of the steps. 7KH GDQFH EHJLQV ZLWK 6WHSV WR RI VL[ EHDWV HDFK LQ ZKLFK WKH PDQ DQG WKH ODG\ DOWHUQDWHO\ H[HFXWH LQVLGH WKUHH WXUQV RQ FRXQW WKUHH ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ EHLQJ OLIWHG ZKLOH WKH SDUWQHU VNDWHV D VL[ EHDW VZLQJ UROO 7KHVH WXUQV DUH NQRZQ DV Âł5DYHQVEXUJHU W\SH´ WKUHH WXUQV 7KHVH VWHSV DUH VNDWHG LQ RSHQ KROG IRU WKH ÂżUVW WZR EHDWV EXW LQ FORVHG KROG DIWHU WKH WXUQ IRU WKH VZLQJ UROO GXULQJ EHDWV IRXU ÂżYH DQG VL[ 2Q 6WHS WKH ODG\ WXUQV D IRUZDUG LQVLGH WZL]]OH RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ XQGHU WKH PDQÂśV OHIW DUP RQ FRXQW WZR IROORZHG E\ D IDVW PRKDZN WXUQ RQWR WKH /%, 6WHS IRU FRXQW WKUHH 7KH SDUWQHUV UHWDLQ FORVHG KROG GXULQJ WKH FKDVVp DQG VL[ EHDW VZLQJ UROO WKDW IROORZ DV 6WHSV WR The ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Steps 10 to 13b are also turned under the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left arm with a transition into an open mohawk to change to Kilian hold on Step 13b. The lady may move her right hand as she wishes during Steps 17 and 18. A change of edge at the end of Step 18 is skated by both partners. Steps 20 to 27 are skated in Kilian hold, interrupted on Step 22 by the lady skating a twizzle of one revolution under the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s OHIW DUP RQ WKH ÂłDQG´ DW WKH HQG RI FRXQW WZR IROORZHG E\ D 5), RQ FRXQW WKUHH 6WHSV WR DQG WR FRQVWLWXWH D FKDVVp DQG D SURJUHVVLYH IROORZHG E\ D /), WKUHH WXUQ IRU WKH ODG\ WKDW LV WXUQHG XQGHU WKH PDQÂśV OHIW DUP LQWR D FORVHG KROG RQ 6WHS 28. The ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s one-rotation back outside twizzle on Step 30 followed by a step forward is turned under the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left arm while he turns a three on count three of the measure. This leads to a chassĂŠ for both partners in open hold. Steps 32 to 36 are skated in RSHQ KROG 7KH ODG\ÂśV VZLQJ URFNHU RQ 6WHS LV VLPLODU WR WKDW LQ WKH 5RFNHU )R[WURW 6WHSV WR DUH VNDWHG LQ FORVHG KROG During the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s closed choctaw on Steps 37 and 38, a change from open to closed hold occurs. Step 39 for the man is a twobeat three-turn, and Step 40 for the lady is a quick one-beat three-turn in closed position. These constitute the â&#x20AC;&#x153;walk-aroundâ&#x20AC;? threes with the fast timing for the lady matching the syncopation of the music. ,19(17256 $QJHOLND DQG (ULFK %XFN DQG %HWW\ &DOODZD\ ),567 3(5)250(' :HVW *HUPDQ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV .UHIHOG
Dance-101
RAVENSBURGER WALTZ â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold
Step No.
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
Closed
1
5), Sw /)2 6Z5
2+1+3
6
/)2 6Z5
6
2+1+3
2+1+3
6
4
5), Sw /)2
5), Sw /)2 6Z5
2
1+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
5), &K /)2 5), &K /)2 6Z5 5)2 /), &K 5)2
12 13a 13b 14
/), &K 5)2
2 3
Kilian
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29a 29b 30
5), &K /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /), 5)2
5%2
Closed
31a 31b 32 33 34 35 36a 36b
/)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 5)2
Open
37
/)2
Closed
38 39 40 41
5)2 /)2 5%2 /)2
Closed
Open
Dance-102
/), OpMo 5%, /%2 IUHH OHJ behind 5)2 ;% /),2 5), &K /)2 5), &K /)2
Number of beats of music
1 2 1 6 2 1 2 1 3
2 1 2 1 2 1 1+1 1 2 1
2
2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1 2 1 2 1
3 3
/)2
2+1 2 1 2+1
3
2 1 2 1 2 1
3 3
2+1 +3 3 3
1+1 1
2 ò ò 3
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step
5), 7Z 5), 2S0R EHWZHHQ
/%, H[LW 0R
5%2 /%, &K 5%2 6Z5 /%2 5)2 /), OpMo 5%, /%2 5)2 /), OpMo 5%, /%2 IUHH OHJ EHKLQG 5)2 ;% /),2 5), &K /)2 5), &K /)2 /)27Z EHWZHHQ
5), /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /), ;) 5%, /%, &K 5%2 5%27Z /)2 5), &K /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 VZ 5N WXUQHG RQ FRXQW OHJ VZLQJ RQ FRXQW
5), ClCho /%2 5%2 /)2 5%2
RAVENSBURGER WALTZ-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
2 LFO-SwR 6 3 RFI3-Sw
4 LFO
1 RFI3-Sw
2+1+3
2+1+3
2 start
5 RFI-Ch
1
6 LFO
2
7 RFI-Ch
1
41 LFO
3
1 1+1
40 RBO
6 39 LFO3
8 LFO-SwR 2
JUDGES STAND
38 RFO
3
9 RFO 1 10 LFI-Ch 2
11 RFO
18
12 LFI-Ch
1
13 RFO
3
14 opM LFI o 15 2 RB I 16 1 LB O 17 RF 2 O
XB
-LF
37 LFO
3
36b RFO
3
36a LFO 3
35 RFI-Pr
IO
2
1 20 LFO 21 RFI-Ch
29
28
1
1
27
2
26
1 25
24 LFO
RF
LFI
1
RF
O
RF
r
2
2+1 30
I-P
2
2 1
23 RFI-Ch
3
3
2
22 LFO
34 LFO
1
1 1+1
19 RFI-Ch
33 RFI-Ch
32 LFO
LFO
3 3
31
RB
O
LFO
I-C
h © ISU
Dance-103
RAVENSBURGER WALTZ-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
2 RFI3-Sw 2+1+3 3 LFO-SwR
1 LFO-SwR 6
6
4 RFI-Tw1
1+1
opMo
t
5 LBI
star
1
6 RBO
41 RBO
3
2 1
7 LBI-Ch
½+½ 40 LFO3
2
6
39 RBO
8 RBO-SwR 3
2
38 LBO
9 LBO
JUDGES STAND
1
clCho
10 RFO 2
11 LFI opMo
13a LBO 13b opM
o
15 16
RF
18
17
XB
2
I
RF
36 LFO-SwRk
1
O
2+1+3
2
O
-LF
1
LFI
RB
LB
37 RFI
2
O
14
3
1
12 RBI
35 RFI-Pr
IO
1
19 RFI-Ch 1 20 LFO
28
29a
LFI
3
2
21 RFI-Ch
2
1
22 LFO/LFO Tw1
2 1
2
1 25
23 RFI
24 LFO
27 26
RF
RF
I-P
LFO
r
I-C
h © ISU
Dance-104
2
X
-Ch
I
w OT
B
O/R
B 0R
3
1
1
29
1
1
2
B F-R
B bL
2+1
34 LFO
1
I
1+1
2
2
33 RFI-Ch 32 LFO
1 31b RFI-Ch
2+1 31a LFO
RHUMBA 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
5KXPED WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 4 = 1:00 Adult Competition 3 = :45
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
7KH 5KXPED LV D OLYHO\ EXW VRIW DQG VXEWOH GDQFH WKDW PXVW EH VNDWHG ZLWK KLGGHQ SRZHU DQG FRQWURO 7KH 5KXPED LV VNDWHG LQ .LOLDQ KROG WKURXJKRXW ZLWK ERWK SDUWQHUV H[HFXWLQJ WKH VDPH VWHSV 7KH GDQFH VWDUWV ZLWK D FKDVVp followed by a double change of edge on Step 3. The left forward outside edge is held for two beats while the free foot is brought to the side of the skating foot followed by a lift and a pronounced outward movement on beat three coinciding with a rise of the skating knee as the edge is changed to inside and then back to outside. Step 4, which is crossed in front, is followed by a bold outside edge on Step 5. 6WHS LV D FURVV UROO DQG 6WHS LV D FURVV EHKLQG 7KH ULJKW IRRW LV WKHQ H[WHQGHG ZLGH WKH PDQ¶V ULJKW OHJ SDVVHV RYHU KLV SDUWQHU¶V OHIW IRU 6WHS 6WHS LV SODFHG DW WKH VLGH RI WKH ULJKW IRRW DQG WKHQ 6WHS LV FURVVHG EHKLQG 6WHSV WR DUH KHOG for four beats each with each step commencing on the third beat of the measure. A further wide step is made on Step 11 with the lady crossing her leg in front of the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s and, on this edge, the man takes the lead. Step 12 is a wide-stepped crossed in front open choctaw immediately followed by a back wide-stepped crossed behind closed choctaw on Step 13. On the latter the left foot is drawn back and placed inside the circle. The free leg must be well controlled after the turn so that it moves forward immediately to ensure that the second choctaw is a choctaw and not a mere step forward. Care must be taken to ensure that a full four-beat edge is skated after both choctaws. In order to facilitate the simultaneous three-turns on Step 14, the lady must move slightly ahead of her partner. The free leg swings in front before the turn. The free leg position after the turn is optional. Step 15 is a cross roll, and Step 16 is crossed in front in order to facilitate stepping forward to restart the dance. &DUH PXVW EH WDNHQ WR SUHVHUYH WKH VPRRWKQHVV RI WKH 5KXPED DQG WR SUHYHQW WKH GDQFH IURP EHFRPLQJ H[FHVVLYHO\ ERXQF\ RU jerky. The tendency to jump Steps 8 and 11 must be avoided. If these steps and the choctaws are not stepped wide enough, the dance loses much of its strength. ,19(1725 :DOWHU *UHJRU\ ),567 3(5)250(' :HVWPLQVWHU ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-105
RHUMBA â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold
Step No.
Kilian
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Dance-106
Step (same for both) /)2 5), &K /)2,2 ;) 5), /)2 &5 5)2 ;% /), :G 5), /)2 ;% 5), :G /), Wd-XF Op Cho 5%2 Wd-XB-Cl Cho /), 5), &5 /%2 ;) 5%,
Number of beats of music 1 1 2+1+1 2 4 2 1 1 2 4 4 4 4 4+2 2 2
RHUMBA — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
2 RFI-Ch
3 LFOIO 1
1 LFO
2+1+1 4 XF-RFI
1
2
rt
sta
5 LFO
4
* 6 CR-RFO 8 Wd-RFI
2
1 1 *
7 XB-LFI
*
9 LFO
* 4
*
10 XB-RFI
11 Wd-LFI Wd-XF-opCho
12 RBO
4
*
JUDGES STAND
2
*
4
* Wd-XB-clCho 13 LFI 4 16 XF-RBI 15 CR-LBO
2
2
t
tar
res
4+2 14 RFI3
© ISU
Dance-107
SILVER SAMBA 086,& 5+<7+0 7(032
6DPED WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = :59 Adult Competition 2 = :59
6.$7(5¶6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHU¶V &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
The dance begins with the partners in Kilian hold as they skate two run sequences. Steps 4 and 8, after each run sequence, DUH VNDWHG DV D ³TXLFN FURVV RYHU VOLS 5), ´ 7KLV LV D PRYHPHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH ULJKW IUHH IRRW GXULQJ WKH WKLUG VWHS /)2 RI WKH UXQ LV KHOG DW IXOO H[WHQVLRQ DQG DV LW WDNHV WKH LFH IRU 6WHSV DQG 5), FURVV WKH OHIW IRRW RQ EHFRPLQJ WKH IUHH IRRW LV TXLFNO\ VOLSSHG EHKLQG DQG VLGHZD\V DFURVV WKH WUDFLQJ MXVW FOHDU RI WKH LFH EHFRPLQJ IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DQG SRLQWLQJ GRZQZDUG WR accentuate the rhythm. 7KH ODG\ WKHQ VNDWHV DQ RSHQ VZLQJ WKUHH WXUQ LQWR FORVHG KROG ZLWK D EULHI OLIW RI WKH IUHH OHJ DIWHU WKH WXUQ 6WHS ZKLOH WKH PDQ VNDWHV D VOLGH FKDVVp ZLWK WKH IUHH IRRW SDVVLQJ IRUZDUG 6WHSV D DQG E 7KHQ WKH SDUWQHUV GDQFH D VHULHV RI FKDVVpV LQ WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH 6DPED 6WHSV WR RQ D FXUYHG SDWWHUQ 6WHSV DQG DQG DQG DUH VNDWHG DV VOLGH FKDVVpV ZLWK WKH PDQ VOLSSLQJ KLV OHIW IUHH OHJ WXUQHG RXW DQG IRUZDUG ZKLOH WKH ODG\ PDWFKHV E\ H[WHQGLQJ KHU ULJKW IUHH OHJ EDFNZDUG 2Q 6WHS WKH SDUWQHUV VNDWH D WZR EHDW GHHS LQVLGH VZLQJ UROO PDQ /), ODG\ 5%, 7KHQ WKH\ VNDWH D VHULHV RI FKDVVpV DZD\ IURP WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ULQN WRZDUG WKH EDUULHU RQ DQ HYHQO\ FXUYHG SDWWHUQ 6WHSV WR 6WHS LV D WZR EHDW VZLQJ $IWHU ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH D FKDVVp 6WHSV DQG WKH PDQ VNDWHV D WKUHH WXUQ LQWR .LOLDQ KROG 6WHS ZKLOH WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D 5%2 IROORZHG E\ D /%, FURVV LQ IURQW WR MRLQ WKH PDQ LQ VNDWLQJ D 5%2 IRU WKUHH EHDWV 6WHS 7KH WLPLQJ RI WKH PDQ¶V WKUHH KLV 6WHS LV XQXVXDO LQ WKDW KH VWHSV RQ FRXQW IRXU DQG WXUQV RQ FRXQW RQH RI WKH PHDVXUH %RWK SDUWQHUV WKHQ VNDWH D FURVV UROO /%2 6WHS DQG RQ 6WHS D FURVV LQ IURQW ULJKW EDFN LQVLGH DQG FKDQJH RI HGJH WR RXWVLGH ZLWK D WULSOH VZLQJ RI WKH IUHH OHJ IRUZDUG EDFN IRUZDUG WR FRLQFLGH ZLWK WKH PXVLF 7KH UHVW RI WKH GDQFH LV VNDWHG LQ .LOLDQ KROG DQG DIWHU 6WHSV DQG WKH UHPDLQLQJ VWHSV FRQVLVW RI IRXU VWHS FKDVVp VWHS VHTXHQFHV WKH VR FDOOHG ³LQVLGH FKDVVpV´ DV WKH VHFRQG DQG WKLUG VWHS RI HDFK DUH LQVLGH HGJHV ² 6WHSV DQG DQG DQG DQG DQG D ¿YH VOLS VOLGH VWHSV DQG WZR LQVLGH HGJHV ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ KHOG EHKLQG FURVVLQJ WKH WUDFLQJ 7KH WLPLQJ RI WKH VOLS VWHSV LV RQH RQH KDOI KDOI RQH DOWKRXJK IRU WKLV ODVW VOLS VWHS ² 6WHS ² WKH IRRW UHPDLQV RQ WKH LFH IRU KDOI D EHDW EHIRUH WKH KDOI EHDW OHJ OLIW $ WXFN DFWLRQ RI WKH IRRW LV UHTXLUHG RQ WKH WZR LQVLGH HGJHV 6WHSV DQG Individual interpretation by couples to add Samba character is permitted provided that the integrity of steps, free leg positions and holds is maintained. ,19(17256 &RXUWQH\ - / -RQHV DQG 3HUL 9 +RUQH ),567 3(5)250$1&( 4XHHQ¶V ,FH 5LQN /RQGRQ (QJODQG
Dance-108
SILVER SAMBA â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold Kilian
Closed
Kilian
Kilian
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9a 9b 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26a 26b 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43a 43b 44 45 46 47 48 49
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 4FV /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 4FV /)2 5), 6O &K /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 4OI /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 4OI /), 6Z5 5)2 /), &K 5)2 /), &K 5)2 6Z5 /)2 5), &K /)2 5%2 &5 /%2 ;) 5%,2 VZLQJ free leg forwardEDFN IRUZDUG
;) /%, 5%2 4OI /)2 5), &K /), 5)2 /), &K 5), /)2 5), &K /), 5)2 /), &K 5), 5) /II /) 5II 5) /II /) 5II 5) /II Qlf at end /), 5),
Number of beats of music 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1 1 ò ò 1 1 ò ò 1 1 2 ò ò ò ò 2 ò ò 1+1 1 1 3 1 1+3 1 2 ò ò 1 ò ò 1 ò ò 1 ò ò 1 1 1 ò ò ò ò 2 2
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 4FV /)2 5), 3U /)2 5), 4FV /)26Z 5%2 /%, &K 5%2 /%, 4OE 5%2 /%, &K 5%2 /%, 4OE 5%, 6Z5 /%2 5%, &K /%2 5%, &K /%2 6Z5 5%2 /%, &K 5%2 ;) /%, 5%2 &5 /%2 ;) 5%,2 VZLQJ free leg forwardEDFN IRUZDUG
;) /%, 5%2 4OI /)2 5), &K /), 5)2 /), &K 5), /)2 5), &K /), 5)2 /), &K 5), 5) /II /) 5II 5) /II /) 5II 5) /II Qlf at end /), 5),
Dance-109
SILVER SAMBA-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
6 RFI-Pr
4 RFI-Qcs
5 LFO
3 LFO
7 LFO 8 RFI-Qcs
1
1
1
2 RFI-Pr
1
1
1
1
9a LFO
1 LFO
1
1
9b RFI-SlCh 1 10 LFO
start
½
2
½
11 RFI-Ch 12 LFO
49 RFI 1
2 48 LFI 1
13 RFI-Qlf
½ ½
14 LFO
46 LF-Rff
½
1
45 RF-Lff
½
17 RFI-Qlf
JUDGES STAND
47 RF-Lff-Qlf
½+½
1
15 RFI-Ch 16 LFO
18 LFI-SwR
2
44 LF-Rff
1
43b RF-Lff
1 19 RFO
½
20 LFI-Ch
½
21 RFO 22 LFI-Ch
½ ½
42 LFI-Ch ½
25 RFI-Ch
41 RFO 40 LFI
23 RFO-SwR 1
2
24 LFO
43a RFI
1 ½
39 RFI-Ch
½
38 LFO ½
½
1
½
37 RFI
36 LFI-Ch
26 LFO3
35 RFO
1+1
½ ½ 33 RFI-Ch
1 34 LFI
32 LFO
½ ½
1 28 CR-LBO 3 29 XF-RBIO 27 RBO
1+3
31 RBO-Qlf
1 30 XF-LBI
© ISU
Dance-110
2
SILVER SAMBA-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
6 RFI-Pr
4 RFI-Qcs
5 LFO
3 LFO
7 LFO 8 RFI-Qcs
1
10 RBO 11 LBI-Ch
1
2 RFI-Pr
1
1
1 9 LFO-Sw3
1 1
1 LFO
1+1
1 start
½
2
½
12 RBO
49 RFI 1
2 48 LFI
13 LBI-Qlb
1 ½ ½
14 RBO
16 RBO
46 LF-Rff
½
1
45 RF-Lff
½
17 LBI-Qlb
JUDGES STAND
47 RF-Lff-Qlf
½+½
1
15 LBI-Ch
18 RBI-SwR
19 LBO
22 RBI-Ch
½
½
43a RFI
1 ½
½
42 LFI-Ch ½
41 RFO 40 LFI
23 LBO-SwR 1
2
24 RBO 25 LBI-Ch ½ ½ 26a RBO 1 26b XF-LBI 1
43b RF-Lff
1 ½
20 RBI-Ch 21 LBO
44 LF-Rff
1
2
39 RFI-Ch
½
38 LFO ½ 1
37 RFI
36 LFI-Ch 35 RFO
½ ½ 33 RFI-Ch
1 34 LFI
32 LFO
½ ½
1 28 CR-LBO 3 29 XF-RBIO 27 RBO
2
1+3
31 RBO-Qlf
1 30 XF-LBI
© ISU
Dance-111
TANGO ROMANTICA 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
7DQJR IRXU EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:43 Adult Competition 2 = 1:43
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
This a romantic dance which is skated in a soft, lyrical and sinuous manner with both a soft and strong character where appropriate; however, deep edges are necessary to convey its mood. 6WHSV WR DUH VNDWHG LQ FORVHG KROG 7KH ODG\ SODFHV KHU ULJKW KDQG RQ WKH PDQÂśV OHIW VKRXOGHU ZLWK WKHLU OHIW DUPV H[WHQGHG 7KH LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV VKRXOG ÂżQLVK ZLWK DQ RSHQ VWURNH WR IDFLOLWDWH VNDWLQJ WKH ÂżUVW VWHS RI WKH GDQFH WKDW EHJLQV RQ WKH IRXUWK beat of the measure. The man starts on a left forward outside edge with his right foot on the ice to the side; the lady starts on D ULJKW EDFNZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH ZLWK KHU OHIW IRRW RQ WKH LFH WR WKH VLGH ERWK SDUWQHUV DUH RQ WZR IHHW GXULQJ RQH EHDW %RWK SDUWQHUV H[HFXWH GRXEOH WKUHH WXUQV ZLWK D VLGH OLIW RI WKH IUHH OHJ IRU WZR EHDWV WKH Âł+HOLFRSWHU´ 6WHS LV FURVVHG ZLGHO\ ZLWK both feet on the ice and the right knee bent. At the end of this step, the man skates a left forward inside edge and brings his feet WRJHWKHU WKH ODG\ VLPSO\ VWUDLJKWHQV KHU ULJKW NQHH RQ WKH ÂżUVW EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH DQG EULQJV KHU IHHW WRJHWKHU 2Q 6WHS WKH PDQ H[HFXWHV D VZLQJ ÂłWZL]]OH OLNH´ PRWLRQ Âł7Z ´ ² KLV ERG\ WXUQV RQH IXOO FRQWLQXRXV URWDWLRQ EXW WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW GRHV QRW WHFKQLFDOO\ H[HFXWH D IXOO WXUQ ZKLOH KLV SDUWQHU GRHV D VZLQJ WKUHH FRPSOHWHG ZLWK DQ RSHQ LQVLGH FKRFWDZ 'XULQJ WKH VZLQJ WKH PDQ SODFHV KLV ULJKW KDQG RQ WKH ODG\ÂśV OHIW KLS RQ WKH ÂżUVW EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH 6KH FRYHUV KLV hand with her left and they join their free hands overhead. They skate in this hold for one beat. The manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s â&#x20AC;&#x153;twizzle-likeâ&#x20AC;? motion and the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s choctaw are performed simultaneously on the â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? between counts two and three of the measure. On Step 7 the man skates a chassĂŠ while the lady skates an open mohawk, both on the â&#x20AC;&#x153;and â&#x20AC;&#x153; between counts four and one of the measure, IROORZHG E\ WKH RQH EHDW /%, H[LW IURP KHU PRKDZN DQG KLV /)2 During Step 8, the lady places her right hand on the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right shoulder and places her left hand behind her back to clasp WKH PDQÂśV ULJKW KDQG 6WHS EHJLQV DV D FURVV UROO DQG ÂżQLVKHV ZLWK D FKDQJH RI HGJH IRU ERWK $W WKH HQG RI WKLV VWHS WKH ODG\ performs an counterclockwise back inside twizzle of one rotation without releasing her left hand on â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? between counts two DQG WKUHH 2Q 6WHS WKH PDQÂśV OHIW KDQG LV H[WHQGHG ZKLOH WKH ODG\ÂśV ULJKW KDQG UHVWV RQ KLV OHIW VKRXOGHU ZLWK KHU OHIW KDQG DQG KLV ULJKW KDQG MRLQHG RQ KHU OHIW KLS 7KH IUHH OHJV FURVV RQ WKH ÂżUVW EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH DQG WKHQ RQ WKH VHFRQG EHDW WKH\ FORVH their free legs and take an outside hold. A progressive sequence leads to Step 14 when the man skates a closed mohawk and the ODG\ VNDWHV D 5), WKUHH WXUQ LQ RSHQ KROG 7KH VHULHV RI 6WHSV WR DUH VNDWHG YHU\ VRIWO\ ZLWK EHQW NQHHV DQG GHHS HGJHV 6WHS LV VNDWHG LQ 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG LQ V\QFRSDWLRQ ZLWK WKH UK\WKP RI WKH PXVLF ZLWK WKH ;) /%, EHLQJ KHOG IRU WZR EHDWV IROORZHG E\ D YHU\ VKRUW 5%2 RQ WKH â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? between beats four and one. Steps 16 to 19 are a series of cross steps skated in Kilian hold. Steps 20 to 22 are skated in 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG DQG FXOPLQDWH LQ WKHLU PDWFKLQJ FURVVHG URFNHU WXUQV 6WHSV DQG PD\ EH VOLJKWO\ ZLGH VWHSSHG 6WHSV WR DUH VNDWHG LQ .LOLDQ KROG 2Q 6WHS WKH SDUWQHUV H[HFXWH D FURVVHG LQVLGH WKUHH WXUQ WRJHWKHU WKHQ RQ 6WHS WKH PDQ skates an open mohawk while his partner skates another inside three-turn, but not crossed this time. 6WHSV DQG DUH SHUIRUPHG LQ FORVHG KROG RQ GHHSO\ EHQW NQHHV 6WHS LV D IRXU EHDW FURVV UROO RI ZKLFK WKH ÂżUVW WZR EHDWV DUH SHUIRUPHG LQ UHYHUVHG RXWVLGH KROG 7KH ODG\ WDNHV WKH XVXDO RXWVLGH KROG RQ WKH WKLUG EHDW NQRZQ DV WKH ÂłFULVV FURVV´ PRYHPHQW ² WKH ODG\ XVLQJ WKH FURVV UROOV WR FKDQJH VLGH DQG UDLVHV KHU ULJKW NQHH XQWLO WKH VNDWH DOPRVW WRXFKHV KHU OHIW NQHH At the same time, the man draws his free leg to his skating foot. The lady swings her right leg forward and crosses over the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right leg on the fourth beat of the measure. On Step 29, she touches the ice with her right foot and the right knee bent, left OHJ H[WHQGHG ERWK EODGHV RQ RXWVLGH HGJHV $W WKH VDPH WLPH WKH PDQ VNDWHV D /%2 DQG TXLFNO\ H[WHQGV KLV ULJKW OHJ WR VNDWH D ZLGH 5%, 7KHUH DUH VHYHUDO DFFHSWDEOH RSWLRQV LQ WKH PDQQHU LQ ZKLFK WKH PDQ SHUIRUPV WKLV WKDW DUH XVHG IRU GUDPDWLF HIIHFW Dance-112
Both partners skate close together on both feet for two beats. On the third beat, she turns a three-turn that places the partners in closed hold. The man then turns a three on Step 30. Steps 31 and 32 are skated in closed hold. These are followed by the rapid running Steps 33 and 34 in open hold. On Step 35, ERWK SDUWQHUV VNDWH /)2 RQ WKH WKLUG EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH DQG WKHQ RQ WKH IRXUWK EHDW WKH ODG\ WXUQV D URFNHU KHU 6WHS D While performing the rocker, the lady places her left hand on the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right shoulder and her right hand and his left hand join RQ KHU ULJKW KLS +LV ULJKW KDQG LV H[WHQGHG 7KH PDQ VWULNHV KLV 6WHS E LQ FORVHG KROG DQG GXULQJ KLV VZLQJ PRYHV WR WKH VLGH RI WKH ODG\ IRU KLV VZLQJ FORVHG FKRFWDZ 2Q WKH ÂżUVW EHDW RI WKH QH[W PHDVXUH VHFRQG EHDW RI KHU /%2 WKH ODG\ H[WHQGV KHU ULJKW OHJ IRUZDUG UHWXUQLQJ LW WR WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ RQ WKH VHFRQG EHDW RI WKH VDPH PHDVXUH WKLUG EHDW RI KHU HGJH 2Q WKH WKLUG EHDW RI WKLV PHDVXUH WKH ODG\ VNDWHV D 5%, KHU 6WHS E DQG VZLQJV KHU IUHH OHJ EDFN ZKLOH WKH PDQ OLIWV KLV IUHH OHJ 2Q WKH IRXUWK EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH WKH ODG\ WXUQV D WKUHH KHU 6WHS F ZDYLQJ KHU ULJKW KDQG RYHUKHDG ZKLOH WKH PDQ VNDWHV D VZLQJ closed choctaw. On Step 36, the partners skate backward in open hold with the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hand on the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left shoulder. They then VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ VZLQJ WKHLU OHIW DUPV WKH ODG\ VZLQJV KHU OHIW OHJ DV VKH WXUQV KHU 5%2 DQG WKH PDQ KLV ULJKW 2Q WKH IRXUWK EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH WKH SDUWQHUV SODFH WKHLU OHIW KDQG RQ HDFK RWKHUÂśV ULJKW HOERZV PRYLQJ WKHLU IUHH OHJV ÂżUVW WR WKH VLGH DQG then the lady crosses behind and the man in front. Step 37 is a left forward inside closed choctaw for the lady and a change of edge for the man. Step 38 is crossed in front. 6WHSV WR DUH D FKDVVp DQG SURJUHVVLYH VHTXHQFH VNDWHG LQ 5HYHUVHG .LOLDQ KROG 2Q 6WHS ZKLFK FRPPHQFHV RQ WKH ÂżUVW EHDW RI WKH PHDVXUH WKH SDUWQHUV H[WHQG WKHLU ULJKW DUPV IRUZDUG SDUDOOHO WKHQ WKH ODG\ WDNHV WKH PDQÂśV ULJKW KDQG ZLWK KHU OHIW going into open hold to skate a left forward inside closed choctaw. During Step 45, the free legs are drawn to the skating legs on the second beat of the measure, and on the third beat the lady H[WHQGV KHU IUHH OHJ IRUZDUG 7KH H[LW IURP KHU FKRFWDZ LV FRQFOXGHG E\ D 5%2 WZL]]OH RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ 7KH PDQ VNDWHV D three-turn on Step 45b. During this step, the partners are in reverse outside hold. Steps 46 to 49 are a chassĂŠ sequence skated in open hold. Step 49 commences as a cross roll, and then at its end there is a very TXLFN FKDQJH RI HGJH 7KH ODG\ WKHQ VNDWHV D WKUHH WXUQ WR ÂżQLVK LQ FORVHG KROG UHDG\ WR UHVWDUW WKH GDQFH 7KH GDQFH FRQFOXGHV on beat three of the measure. ,19(17256 /MXGPLOD 3DNKRPRYD $OHNVDQGU *RUVKNRY DQG ( 7VFKDLNRYVNDMD ),567 3(5)250(' 0RVFRZ 5XVVLD
TANGO ROMANTICA â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 67(3 &+$57 Hold Closed
Step No. 1 2 3 4 5
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step /)2 5), IRRW WR VLGH /)2 /%, :G ;) 5)2 /), /), IHHW WRJHWKHU
5)2 /), 3U 5)2 6Z
8 9
â&#x20AC;&#x153;Twâ&#x20AC;? between 2,3 /)2 5), &K EHWZHHQ FRXQWV 4&1 /)2 5), EHWZHHQ FRXQWV /)2 &5 5)2,
10
/),
6 7
Number of beats of music 1+ PXVLFDO FRXQW
1+1 2 +1 1 1 3 1+2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
2
2 1+1
1+1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 4
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 5%2 /%, IRRW WR VLGH 5%2 5), :G ;% /%2 5%, 5%, IHHW WRJHWKHU
/%2 ;) 5%, /%2 6Z OpCho 5%2 EHWZHHQ ;) /%, 5), 2S0R Between cts 4&1 /%, H[LW HGJH 0R
5%2 &5 /%2, /%, 7Z EHWZHHQ FWV
5%, Dance-113
Hold Outside
5HYHUVHG Kilian Kilian
5HYHUVHG Kilian Kilian
Closed 5HYHUVH Outside to Outside Closed
Open
Closed Open
5HYHUVHG Kilian
Closed Outside Open
Dance-114
Step No. 11 12 13 14a 14b 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25a 25b 26 27 28 29 30 31 32a 32b 33 34 35a 35b 35c 36 37a
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 5)2 /), 3U 5)2 /)2 ClMo 5%2 ;) /%, 5%2 EHWZHHQ FWV
/)2 ;) 5), ;% /)2 ;) 5)2 ;) /), ;% 5)2 ;) /)2 5N ;) 5%, ;) /%, 5), OpMo /%, 5%2 &5 /%2 &5 5%2 :G /%2 5%, /%2 5)2 /%2 5%2 /)2 5), 3U /)2 5)2 6Z ClCho /%, 5%,2
37b 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
;) /%, 5), /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /),
45a 45b 45c 46 47 48 49
5), /)2 5%2 /)2 5), &K /)2 &5 5)2, 6Z
Number of beats of music 1 1 2 1 1+1
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step /%2 5%, 3U /%2 5),
1 2 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 2 1 1 2 1 1 1+1 2 1+1 1
1+1
;) /%, 5%2 EHWZHHQ FWV
/)2 ;) 5), ;% /)2 ;) 5)2 ;) /), ;% 5)2 ;) /)2 5N ;) 5%, ;) /%, 5),
1 1 1 4 2
/)2 &5 5)2 &5 /)2 :G ;) 5)2 /)2 5)2
+1 ò ò
1
3
/%2 5)2 ;) /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /)2 5N 5%, 6Z /)2 5%2 /), ClCho 5%2 ;) /%, 5), /)2 5), &K /)2 5), 3U /), ClCho 5%2
+1
5%2 7ZO
3+ ò ò â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
/)2 5), &K /)2 &5 5)2, 6Z 5), RQ FW
/%, EHWZHHQ FWV
2 2
1 1 1 1
2 4
1+3 1 ò ò 2+2 2
4 2+1
1 1 1 ò ò 1 1 4 2 ò ò 1 1 1 1 3+1
TANGO ROMANTICA-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
45c RBO 46 LFO
1
1
47 RFI-Ch
45b LFO3 ½+½
48 LFO
42 LFO
45a RFI
1
2
1 1
40 LFO
41 RFI-Ch
43 RFI-Pr
39 RFI
½ ½ 1
1
1
38 XF-LBI
49 CR-RFOI-Sw 44 LFI 3+1
37 RBIO
2+1 4
start
1+1+1
1 LFO-RFI/LFO3/LBI3
2+1 *
4 36 LBI
2 Wd-XF-RFO-LFI/LFI 3 RFO 4 LFI-Pr
5R
RF
JUDGES STAND
I-C
6L
FO
h
7 LFO
1
clCho 1
FO
“Tw
-Sw
”
35b RFO-Sw 3
4
2 35a LFO
2
2
RFI
9 CR-RFOI
2 2
32 RBO
10 LFI
31 LBO
11 12
14a LFO
13
O
LFI
O
1
1
2+1 29 Wd-LBO-RBI/LBO
1
2
1
½+½ 30 RFO3
RF
-Pr
RF
ClMo
2 19
15a XF-LBI
20 XF
-RF
1
*
FI F-L
X
1 1
RBO 2
18
O
-RF
4
B 1X
2
1+1 -Rk
FO
XB
-LF
O
17
28 CR-RBO
1
O
2
33 LFO
1
1+1 4
14b RBO
34 RFI-Pr
1
2
8 LFO
22
-L XF
2
I
-RB
F 3X
XF
-RF
2
I
1+1 BI3
16 LFO © ISU
CR-LBO
1
F-L
2
4X
1
1 1
26 RBO 25
25
opM
o
aR
bL
BI
FI
Dance-115
TANGO ROMANTICA-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
41 46 LFO
43
3+1
1
47 RFI-Ch
42
45 RBO/RBO-Tw1
40
I-C
LFO
h
LFO 39 RFI
½ ½
I-P
1 1
48 LFO
RF
RF
1
1
r 1
38 XF-LBI
1
clCho 1
49 CR-RFOI-Sw/RFI3 44 LFI
3+½+½ LBI
clCho 2
37a LFI
2+2
36 RBO3
4
start
1+1+1
2+1 *
1 RBO-LBI/RBO3/RFI3
37b RBO
2 Wd-XB-LBO-RBI/RBI 3 LBO 4X F-R 5L BI BO -Sw op Ch 3
6X
F-L
JUDGES STAND
BI
1
½+½ 35c LFO3
1
35b RBI-Sw
1
o
RB
O
1+2
op RFI Mo
2
35 LFO-Rk 1+3
7 LBI
2
1
33
1+1
9 CR-LBOI
2
10 RBI
11 12 13
O
RB
LB
r 1
14 RFI3 1+1
2
RBO
2
1
2
bR
FI-
aX
F-L
FO
Ch
1 30 LBO
I-P
O
15 XF-LBI
LB
32
32
31 RFO
LFO
1
1
4
LBITw1
1
2+1 29 Wd-XF-RFO-LFO/RFO3
*
2
FI 1 F-L -RFO X B 20 X 19 21 XF 1+1 -RF k O R FO 1 18 F-L X XB 22 -LF 1 O BI 2 17 F-R X XF -RF 23 1+1 I I3
16 LFO © ISU
Dance-116
34 RFI-Pr
1
2 8 RBO
24
X
B F-L
28 CR-LFO 4
1
27 CR-RFO 1
26 LFO
1+1 25 RFI3
YANKEE POLKA 86,& 5+<7+0 0 7(032
3ROND WZR EHDW PHDVXUHV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH
ISU MUSIC ,1752'8&7,21
EHDWV VHFRQGV
3$77(51 7,0,1*
'85$7,21
7HVW Competition 2 = 1:04 Adult Competition 2 = 1:04
6.$7(5Âś6 &+2,&( 7,0,1*
6HH 6NDWHUœV &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7LPLQJ &KDUW RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN
3$77(51
2SWLRQDO
7(67
,QWHUQDWLRQDO
$OWKRXJK WKH SROND LV D ERXQF\ GDQFH WKH EDVLF SULQFLSOH RI VWURNLQJ DQG HIIRUWOHVV Ă&#x20AC;RZ PXVW EH DGKHUHG WR 7KH SDUWQHUV PXVW remain close together to minimize the whipping action generated by the short precise steps and rapid turning movements. Steps 1 and 2 are skated in open hold and constitute a chassĂŠ sequence skated almost in a straight line. Step 3 is an open inside three-turn skated by both partners on edges deep enough that they change sides with the man passing in front of the lady after the turn. The edges must not be so deep that the partners separate greatly, since Step 4 of the man adds to that separation before bringing the partners together again. A change of hold occurs during Steps 3 and 4 into a â&#x20AC;&#x153;high Kilianâ&#x20AC;? hold in which the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s OHIW DUP LV H[WHQGHG DFURVV LQ IURQW RI WKH PDQÂśV FKHVW 7KH ULJKW KDQGV DUH FODVSHG DQG KHOG VLGHZD\V DQG XSZDUG 7KH PDQÂśV ULJKW DUP SDVVHV EHKLQG WKH ODG\ WR JUDVS KHU ULJKW KDQG H[WHQGHG VLGHZD\V DQG XSZDUG $W OHDVW RQH SDLU RI KDQGV LV KHOG slightly above shoulder level with the elbows slightly bent. This hold is maintained to Step 12. The lady may be slightly in front of the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hip, rather than in tight side-by-side Kilian hold. Step 6 is a two-beat swing for both partners and on count two the free legs are bent at the knee and raised past the horizontal. &RXSOHV PD\ WRXFK WKH LFH EULHĂ&#x20AC;\ ZLWK WKHLU WRH SLFNV ZKLOH H[HFXWLQJ WKH TXLFN VZLQJ &DUH VKRXOG EH WDNHQ WKDW 6WHSV WR 12 are skated on very deep edges. Step 13 is a right backward outside three-turn for the man and a right forward inside open stroke for the lady, and on count two the free feet are raised beside the skating legs close to and just below the skating knee. $V WKHVH VWHSV DUH H[HFXWHG WKH SDUWQHUV DVVXPH DUP LQ DUP KROG ZLWK WKH PDQÂśV ULJKW DQG WKH ODG\ÂśV OHIW DUPV ORFNHG DW WKH elbows. The free hands are held on the hips. Step 16 is started on count three with a forward outside three-turn followed by a change of edge immediately after the turn on count four. Care should be taken that couples do not skate a rocker instead. The arm-in-arm hold must not be altered during these steps. Step 19 is performed with the same free leg action as on Step 6. Steps 22 and 23 form a cross behind closed toe to toe choctaw for both partners from a left forward inside edge. At the commencement of Step 23, the right foot is crossed EHKLQG 7KH IUHH OHJV DUH H[WHQGHG LQ IURQW GXULQJ WKH FRQFOXGLQJ HGJH 7KH QH[W VHFWLRQ 6WHSV WR LV VNDWHG LQ W\SLFDO SROND FKDUDFWHU DQG WKH ÂłFORVHG´ KROG LV UHDOO\ GRQH LQ KDQG WR KDQG PDQQHU ZLWK WKH DUPV RI ERWK SDUWQHUV H[WHQGHG WR WKH VLGH DQG WKHLU KDQGV FODVSHG ,W VWDUWV ZLWK WKH ODG\ EDFNZDUG DQG WKH man forward and then reverses after Steps 32 and 33. The â&#x20AC;&#x153;closedâ&#x20AC;? dance hold in only broken for Steps 32 when the partners separate. Steps 26 and 27 are slightly wide stepped by both partners. Steps 28 to 31 are very short crossed behind steps that may EH XVHG DV VPDOO SRZHU VWURNHV WR PDLQWDLQ WKH Ă&#x20AC;RZ RI WKH GDQFH On Steps 31 and 37, the free legs are carried directly to the outside of the tracing and back. 6WHSV DQG 5), /)2 5N IRU WKH ODG\ DQG /), 5)2 IRU WKH PDQ DUH VNDWHG LQ RSSRVLWH GLUHFWLRQ &DUH VKRXOG EH taken that partners stay close together, â&#x20AC;&#x153;rolling on each otherâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s backs,â&#x20AC;? skating a nicely rounded lobe with clean footwork and no lunging. It is preferable that the same hold be regained on beat two of Step 33 as the turns are skated. The very short step sequences EHIRUH 6WHSV DQG DUH VLPLODU WR WKRVH EHIRUH 6WHSV DQG 7KH KROGV IRU 6WHS DQG 6WHS DUH VLPLODU H[FHSW Dance-117
that the partners assume a semi-open hold upon completion of the manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s turn. The manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s left hand and ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s right hand are not clasped. The hands are joined again as the lady skates her three-turn on Step 39, which places the partners in closed hold. The manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s free leg on Step 39 and the ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s free leg on Step 40 are swung through to match the partnerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s free leg position after the three-turns. Steps 41 to 44 form a typical ballroom polka sequence. The partners skate clockwise while skating a basically counterclockwise curve. Steps 45 to 48 are wide-stepped chassĂŠs skated almost in a straight line, the bodies leaning to the same side as each wide step is skated. Steps 49 to 52 are similar to Steps 41 to 44. The wide-stepped chassĂŠs may be skated in either RI WZR ZD\V ZLGH FORVHG FORVHG RU ZLGH FORVHG ZLGH The character of the dance is achieved through the interesting use of one beat edges and very short steps skated on the â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? EHWZHHQ FRXQWV 7KH YHU\ VKRUW VWHSV WKURXJKRXW WKH GDQFH DUH H[HFXWHG EHWZHHQ WKH EHDWV DQG QRW JLYHQ D VWHS QXPEHU RQ WKH diagram, and on the chart the time value is indicated as â&#x20AC;&#x153;and.â&#x20AC;? ,19(17256 -DPHV 6ODGN\ -XG\ 6FKZRPH\HU DQG 5RQ /XGLQJWRQ ),567 3(5)250(' 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI :LOPLQJWRQ :LOPLQJWRQ 'HO
YANKEE POLKA ² 67(3 &+$57 Hold Open
Step No. 1 2
High Kilian
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Arm-inarm
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Dance-118
Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step /)2 5), &K /)2 5), &K /), 5), /)2 &K 5), 2S0R /%, 5%2 6Z /), 2S0R 5%, /%, 5%, /%2 5%, &K /), 2S0R 5%, /%, 5%2 VHH WH[W
/)2 5), &K /)2 &5 5)2 5%,2 ;) /%, ;% 5%2 ;) /%, 5%2 6Z ;% /%2 ;) 5%, /), XB-ClCho 5%2
Number of beats of music 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1+1 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;?
1 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 2 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1 1 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1
1+1
2 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1 1+ ò ò 1 â&#x20AC;&#x153;andâ&#x20AC;? 1 2 1 1 2 2
Ladyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Step 5), /)2 &K 5), /)2 &K 5), /), 5), 2S0R /%, 5%2 6Z /), 2S0R 5%, /%, 5%, /%2 5%, &K /), 2S0R 5%, /%, 5), VHH WH[W
/)2 5), &K /)2 &5 5)2 5%,2 ;) /%, ;% 5%2 ;) /%, 5%2 6Z ;% /%2 ;) 5%, /), XB-ClCho 5%2
Hold
Step No. “Closed” 24 +DQG WR KDQG
25 26 27 28 “Closed” +DQG WR KDQG
Separate “Closed” +DQG WR KDQG
;) /%,
Number of beats of music 1 1 “and” 1 1 1 “and” 1 “and” 1 “and”1
37 38
5), :G /), :G 5), /)2 ;) 5), ;% /)2 ;) 5), ;% /)2 ;) 5), /)2 5), /), 5)2 IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG LQ IURQW /%2 ;) 5%, ;% /%2 ;) 5%, ;% /%2 ;) 5%, /%2 5%2
1+1
39
/)2 6Z
2
40 41
5), /), 2S0R 5%, /%, 5), /)2 &K 5), :G /), 5)2 &K :G /), :G 5), /)2 &K :G 5), /), 2S0R 5%, /%, 5), /)2 &K 5),
1+1
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
SemiOpen Closed
Man’s Step
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
1 “and” 1+1 1+1 “and” 1 “and” 1 “and” 1 1 “and” 2 “and” 1+1 2 1 “and” 1 1 “and” 1 1 “and” 1 1 “and” 1 1 “and” 1 1 “and” 1
Lady’s Step ;) /%, 5%2 &K /%, :G 5%, :G /%, 5%2 ;) /%, ;% 5%2 ;) /%, ;% 5%2 ;) /%, 5%2 /%, 5), /)2 5N IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG LQ IURQW 5)2 ;) /), ;% 5), ;) /), ;% 5)2 ;) /), 5)2 /), 5), /), 5), /)2 6Z 5)2 /)2 &K 5), /), 2S0R 5%, /%, :G 5%, /%2 &K :G 5%, :G /%, 5%2 &K :G /%, 5)2 /)2 &K 5), /), 2S0R 5%, /%,
Dance-119
YANKEE POLKA-MAN — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
d44
45
R
W
W
1
FI LF OCh
L
LF I
RF FI OCh
d-
1
46
*
* 1
*
1
*
I RF
I LF
1 51 RFI
I RF
d-
d-
W
W -Ch O LF
8 9
4 o M op I RB
50 LBI
43 RFI
1
1
1
1
42 LBI
LFO-Ch
1 1
52 RFI
t
star
RBI opMo
41 LFI
1
1
1 LFO
40 RFI3
1+1
RFI-Ch
1
2 LFO
RFI-Ch
2 1+1
3 LFI3
39 LFO-sw
1+1 1
4 RFI LFO-Ch
5 RFI
1
1
36 XB
1
1
35
opMo
XB
JUDGES STAND
LBI
-LB
1
1
LB
I
RB
XF-
O
O3
I
RB
I
I RB
1
33 RFO3
1
8
LB
I
op
M
o
7
LF
I
6 RBO-Sw
34
RB
RB
XFO
38 LB
O
XF-
O
-LB
2
37
1+1
9 RBI 10 O
LB
I RF FO
XF -
I -R F XF -R F
28
1+1
LF
O
1 1
15 LFO
1
21 XF-RBI 20 XB-LBO 22 LFI
1 2
26 Wd-LFI
1
XB-clCho
2
1+½+½ 16 CR-RFO3/RBIO 1 17 XF-LBI
1 2 23 RBO
1
25 RFI
1 24 XF-LBI
18 XF-LBI XB-RBO
Dance-120
19 RBO-Sw
27 Wd-RFI
*
1
RFI-Ch
*
1 14 LFO
I
-L XB
1
13 RBO3
FO
29
1
XF
1
1
XB -L
I
LB
1
30
31
12
1+1
LF
RF
I
O
h
-C
I I RB LF 11 o M I op RB
32 LFI3
1
© ISU
RB LB I I op 43 Mo
LF
O-
1
1
t
star
1
1
1 RFI
2
LFO-Ch
RF O
1
1
Ch
42
1
RF I
LF
I
44
W 45
*
1
41
52 LBI
d-
O-
*
*
1
1
51 LFI opMo RBI
RB I
RB I dLB
46
h
I
1
W
-C
LB
1
*
O RB
dW
O
1
BI -L
8 O RF 49 Ch -
LF
50 RFI
Ch
YANKEE POLKA-LADY — 237,21$/ 3$77(51 '$1&(
40 LFO-Sw
1
2 RFI
1+1
LFO-Ch
39 RFI3 1+1
3 RFI3
1 4 LFI
1
JUDGES STAND
1
XB
O
XF
1
1+1
I
I
XF
-LF
I
33 LFO-Rk
8
LB
I
6
RB
7
O-
1
RF
I
O
-LF
I
RFO
op LF M I RB o I
Sw
1
34
LFI
38
RF
-LF
-RF
-RF
2
XF
XB
35
LFI
37
36
1
5 RFI opMo LBI
2
1
1
LB
O
BI I LB
XF -L BI
-R
1
1 1
21 XF-RBI 20 XB-LBO 22 LFI
RB
1 2
27 Wd-LBI
26 Wd-RBI
1
*
1
RFI-Ch
15 LFO
1
1
*
14 LFO
O
28
XF
2
XB
13 RFI
BO
29
1
-R BO
1
1
XB
1
XF -L
I
30
LB
1+1
O
opM LFI o RB I
h
31
12
32 RFI3
1
I-C
I
11
RB
LB
10
RB
9 RBI
XB-clCho
16 CR-RFO3/RBIO
2
1+½+½ 1
2 1
23 RBO
XB-RBO
25 LBI 1
RBO-Ch
24 XF-LBI
18 XF-LBI
17 XF-LBI
1
19 RBO-Sw
© ISU
Dance-121